Five Star |
Service Guaranteed |
The U.S. Bank Five Star Service Guarantee
Our service is what ultimately differentiates U.S. Bank from our competitors. Every day. Every transaction. To win customers, satisfy them, keep them and expand their business relationship with U.S. Bank, we strive to deliver outstanding service to every customer. | |
If we fall short in keeping our service guarantees, and the customer tells us they did not get the service they expected and deserved, we pay the customer for the inconvenience. We consider it a privilege to serve our customers; they are the reason we are in business and because of them, our bank succeeds. | |
Our service guarantees apply to every line of business, and we pledge outstanding service to every customerfrom personal checking account customers to large corporate banking clients; from small business partners to private banking clients. Every one of our ten million customers is covered by one or more guarantees that encompass accuracy, accessibility, timeliness and responsiveness. | |
The U.S. Bank Five Star Service Guarantee is fundamental to the way we do business. Evaluating outstanding customer service is a key element in our recruiting practices, our training programs and our employee compensation structure. |
Corporate Profile
U.S. Bancorp is a multi-state financial holding company with headquarters in
Minneapolis, Minnesota. U.S. Bancorp is the
8th largest
financial holding
company in the United States with total assets exceeding
$180 billion
at
year-end 2002.
Through U.S. Bank® and other subsidiaries, U.S. Bancorp serves more than
10 million customers
, principally through 2,142 full-service branch offices in
24 states
. In addition, specialized offices across the country and in several
foreign countries provide corporate, loan, private client and brokerage
services. Customers also access their accounts at U.S. Bancorp through
4,604
U.S. Bank ATMs
and telephone banking. More than 1,300,000 customers also do all
or part of their banking with U.S. Bancorp via U.S. Bank Internet Banking.
U.S. Bancorp and its subsidiaries provide a comprehensive selection of
premium financial products
and services to individuals, businesses, nonprofit
organizations, institutions, government entities and public sector clients.
Major lines of business provided by U.S. Bancorp through U.S. Bank and
other subsidiaries include Consumer Banking, Payment Services, Wholesale
Banking and Private Client, Trust & Asset Management. All products and services are
backed by the exclusive U.S. Bank
Five Star Service Guarantee
.
Recent announcement regarding our capital markets business:
On February 19,
2003, U.S. Bancorp announced its plans to spin-off to U.S. Bancorp shareholders
its capital markets business unit, including the investment banking and
brokerage activities primarily conducted by its wholly owned subsidiary, U.S.
Bancorp Piper Jaffray®. As a result, U.S. Bancorp shareholders would receive
shares of the new Piper Jaffray company in a tax-free stock dividend
distribution. It is anticipated that the spin-off will be completed in the
third quarter of 2003. Once the spin-off is completed, our capital markets business
will be owned 100 percent by U.S. Bancorp shareholders, and will become an
independent publicly traded company. U.S. Bancorp will hold no continuing
equity interest in the company.
U.S. Bancorp will continue to offer a comprehensive range of investment
and financial solutions through U.S. Bank, U.S. Bancorp Asset Management and U.S.
Bancorp Investments. U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray, through its Capital Markets
and Private Advisory Services operations, provides a full range of investment
products and services to individuals, institutions and businesses.
1 U.S. Bancorp |
Graphs of Selected Financial Highlights
2 U.S. Bancorp
Financial Summary
2002 | 2001 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Year Ended December 31 (Dollars and Shares in Millions, Except Per Share Data) | 2002 | 2001 | 2000 | v 2001 | v 2000 | ||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||
Total net revenue (taxable-equivalent basis)
|
$ | 12,744.9 | $ | 11,761.9 | $ | 11,018.2 | 8.4 | % | 6.7 | % | |||||||||||
Noninterest expense
|
5,932.5 | 5,658.8 | 5,368.3 | 4.8 | 5.4 | ||||||||||||||||
Provision for credit losses
|
1,349.0 | 2,146.6 | 828.0 | ||||||||||||||||||
Income taxes
|
1,925.7 | 1,405.7 | 1,715.0 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Operating earnings (a)
|
$ | 3,537.7 | $ | 2,550.8 | $ | 3,106.9 | 38.7 | % | (17.9 | )% | |||||||||||
Merger and restructuring-related items (after-tax)
|
(211.3 | ) | (844.3 | ) | (231.3 | ) | |||||||||||||||
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principles (after-tax)
|
(37.2 | ) | | | |||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Net income
|
$ | 3,289.2 | $ | 1,706.5 | $ | 2,875.6 | 92.7 | % | (40.7 | )% | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
Per Common Share
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
Earnings per share before cumulative effect of
change in accounting principles
|
$ | 1.74 | $ | .89 | $ | 1.51 | 95.5 | % | (41.1 | )% | |||||||||||
Diluted earnings per share before cumulative
effect of change in accounting principles
|
1.73 | .88 | 1.50 | 96.6 | (41.3 | ) | |||||||||||||||
Earnings per share
|
1.72 | .89 | 1.51 | 93.3 | (41.1 | ) | |||||||||||||||
Diluted earnings per share
|
1.71 | .88 | 1.50 | 94.3 | (41.3 | ) | |||||||||||||||
Dividends declared per share (b)
|
.78 | .75 | .65 | 4.0 | 15.4 | ||||||||||||||||
Book value per share
|
9.44 | 8.43 | 7.97 | 12.0 | 5.8 | ||||||||||||||||
Market value per share
|
21.22 | 20.93 | 23.25 | 1.4 | (10.0 | ) | |||||||||||||||
Average shares outstanding
|
1,916.0 | 1,927.9 | 1,906.0 | (.6 | ) | 1.1 | |||||||||||||||
Average diluted shares outstanding
|
1,926.1 | 1,939.5 | 1,918.5 | (.7 | ) | 1.1 | |||||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
Financial Ratios
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
Return on average assets
|
1.91 | % | 1.03 | % | 1.81 | % | |||||||||||||||
Return on average equity
|
19.4 | 10.5 | 20.0 | ||||||||||||||||||
Net interest margin (taxable-equivalent basis)
|
4.61 | 4.42 | 4.33 | ||||||||||||||||||
Efficiency ratio
|
50.3 | 57.5 | 51.9 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
Financial Ratios Excluding Merger and
Restructuring-Related Items and Cumulative
Effect of Change in Accounting Principles (a)
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
Return on average assets
|
2.06 | % | 1.54 | % | 1.96 | % | |||||||||||||||
Return on average equity
|
20.9 | 15.7 | 21.6 | ||||||||||||||||||
Efficiency ratio
|
47.7 | 49.5 | 48.8 | ||||||||||||||||||
Banking efficiency ratio (c)
|
44.0 | 45.2 | 43.5 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
Average Balances
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
Loans
|
$ | 114,456 | $ | 118,177 | $ | 118,317 | (3.1 | )% | (.1 | )% | |||||||||||
Investment securities
|
28,829 | 21,916 | 17,311 | 31.5 | 26.6 | ||||||||||||||||
Earning assets
|
149,143 | 145,165 | 140,606 | 2.7 | 3.2 | ||||||||||||||||
Assets
|
171,948 | 165,944 | 158,481 | 3.6 | 4.7 | ||||||||||||||||
Deposits
|
105,124 | 104,956 | 103,426 | .2 | 1.5 | ||||||||||||||||
Total shareholders equity
|
16,963 | 16,201 | 14,365 | 4.7 | 12.8 | ||||||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
Period End Balances
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
Loans
|
$ | 116,251 | $ | 114,405 | $ | 122,365 | 1.6 | % | (6.5 | )% | |||||||||||
Allowance for credit losses
|
2,422 | 2,457 | 1,787 | (1.4 | ) | 37.5 | |||||||||||||||
Investment securities
|
28,488 | 26,608 | 17,642 | 7.1 | 50.8 | ||||||||||||||||
Assets
|
180,027 | 171,390 | 164,921 | 5.0 | 3.9 | ||||||||||||||||
Deposits
|
115,534 | 105,219 | 109,535 | 9.8 | (3.9 | ) | |||||||||||||||
Total shareholders equity
|
18,101 | 16,461 | 15,168 | 10.0 | 8.5 | ||||||||||||||||
Regulatory capital ratios
Tangible common equity |
5.6 | % | 5.7 | % | 6.3 | % | |||||||||||||||
Tier 1 capital
|
7.8 | 7.7 | 7.2 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total risk-based capital
|
12.2 | 11.7 | 10.6 | ||||||||||||||||||
Leverage
|
7.5 | 7.7 | 7.4 |
(a) | The Company analyzes its performance on a net income basis in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, as well as on an operating basis before merger and restructuring-related items and cumulative effect of change in accounting principles referred to in this Annual Report and Form 10-K as operating earnings. Operating earnings are presented as supplemental information to enhance the readers understanding of, and highlight trends in, the Companys financial results excluding the impact of merger and restructuring-related items of specific business acquisitions and restructuring activities and cumulative effect of change in accounting principles. Operating earnings should not be viewed as a substitute for net income and earnings per share as determined in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. Merger and restructuring-related items excluded from net income to derive operating earnings may be significant and may not be comparable to other companies. | |
(b) | Dividends per share have not been restated for the 2001 merger of Firstar and the former U.S. Bancorp. | |
(c) | Without investment banking and brokerage activity. |
Forward-Looking Statements
This Annual Report and Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements. Statements that are not historical or current facts, including statements about beliefs and expectations, are forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements cover, among other things, anticipated future revenue and expenses and the future prospects of the Company. Forward-looking statements involve inherent risks and uncertainties, and important factors could cause actual results to differ materially from those anticipated, including the following, in addition to those contained in U.S. Bancorps reports on file with the SEC: (i) general economic or industry conditions could be less favorable than expected, resulting in a deterioration in credit quality, a change in the allowance for credit losses, or a reduced demand for credit or fee-based products and services; (ii) changes in the domestic interest rate environment could reduce net interest income and could increase credit losses; (iii) the conditions of the securities markets could change, adversely affecting revenues from capital markets businesses, the value or credit quality of the Companys assets, or the availability and terms of funding necessary to meet the Companys liquidity needs; (iv) changes in the extensive laws, regulations and policies governing financial services companies could alter the Companys business environment or affect operations; (v) the potential need to adapt to industry changes in information technology systems, on which the Company is highly dependent, could present operational issues or require significant capital spending; (vi) competitive pressures could intensify and affect the Companys profitability, including as a result of continued industry consolidation, the increased availability of financial services from non-banks, technological developments or bank regulatory reform; (vii) acquisitions may not produce revenue enhancements or cost savings at levels or within timeframes originally anticipated, or may result in unforeseen integration difficulties; and (viii) capital investments in the Companys businesses may not produce expected growth in earnings anticipated at the time of the expenditure. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made, and the Company undertakes no obligation to update them in light of new information or future events.
U.S. Bancorp 3
Fellow Shareholders: | |
I am pleased to tell you that U.S. Bancorp achieved its goals for the year 2002to successfully complete the systems integration of Firstar and the old U.S. Bancorp without any disruption of superior service to our customers; to reduce the risk profile of our corporation; and to improve customer service throughout our entire franchise |
First, it is not overstating to say that the integration process was virtually
flawless and transparent to our more than ten million customers. The
integration was completed on schedule and met or exceeded our high expectations. We are now
a rarity in our industrya 24-state, $180 billion corporation doing business
on a totally unified, single operating system for all of our markets and all of
our customers. The service, cost, accuracy and responsiveness advantages of that
are enormous, and we are already putting our new capabilities to work for our
customers.
Second, during the year, we continued to reduce the risk profile of
our corporation. We exited higher risk businesses; we intensified and improved
collection efforts; and we put improved credit and underwriting policies into
effect across the corporation. While our credit costs are still too high,
reflecting the nations current economic condition, it appears credit quality
has stabilized, and the improvements we have made put us in a position of
strength to take every advantage of our skill and expertise, our products and
services, our markets and an economic recovery.
Third, a re-energized culture of outstanding customer service is growing appreciably
throughout our company, which is especially gratifying in those markets where our
relentless pursuit of unparalleled service is a newer concept. We are pleased that our
employees embrace customer service as the single most important factor in our ongoing and
future success.
Our goals for 2003 are to generate increased organic growth, maximize our
operating leverage, skillfully manage credit quality, continue the reduction of
our risk profileand, as always, grow revenues faster than expenses. We are
persistent and disciplined in our approach to these goalswe have specific
initiatives in process, and fully anticipate achieving our goals.
Despite a challenging economy, we ended 2002 seeing an increase in core revenue
growth, a decrease in total noninterest expense, improvement in the net
interest margin and a significant increase in deposits. Though 2003 will most certainly
present its own demands, we have the pieces in place to grow and the momentum to
meet whatever challenges may lie ahead.
Please know that, as always, our highest priority is increasing the value of
your investment in U.S. Bancorp. It is the reason we come to work each day.
Sincerely,
Jerry A. Grundhofer
Chairman, President and
Chief Executive Officer
February 28, 2003
In Remembrance
September 26, 2002, was a sad day for all members of the U.S. Bank family. Four
of our U.S. Bank colleagues and a valued customer were victims of a fatal
robbery attempt at a U.S. Bank branch office in Norfolk, Nebraska.
Our hearts are still heavy with the pain of this tragedy, and our thoughts
and prayers continue to go out to the families, friends and co-workers of Lisa,
Lola, Jo, Samuel and Evonne.
Lisa Bryant | Lola Elwood | Jo Mausbach | Samuel Sun | Evonne Tuttle |
4 U.S. Bancorp
Corporate Governance
Good corporate governance promotes ethical business practices, demands
meticulous accounting policies and procedures, and includes a structure with
effective checks and balances. Corporate governance is vital to the continued
success of U.S. Bancorp and the entire financial services industry.
Our ethical standards have rewarded us with an enviable reputation in todays
marketplacea marketplace where trust is hard to earn. Our shareholders,
customers, communities and employees demandand deserveto do business with
companies they can trust.
U.S. Bancorp operates with uncompromising honesty and integrity. Our Board of
Directors has had a Corporate Governance Committee for many years. We have
adopted new Corporate Governance Guidelines in response to todays heightened
concern. Our Corporate Governance Guidelines are available for you to view on
our Internet web site at usbank.com.
Following are some of the important elements of our Corporate Governance
practices.
Independent Oversight
Our Audit Committee is composed entirely of independent outside directors. In
addition, the Board, the Audit Committee and the other committees of the Board
meet in executive session without management in attendance at every meeting.
The presiding director at every executive session of the Board is an independent
director. The Board and each committee also have express authority to engage
outside advisors to provide additional independent expertise for their deliberations.
Board of Directors Focus on U.S. Bancorp
To ensure that our directors are able to focus effectively on our business, we
limit the number of other public company boards a director may serve on to
three. The Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of U.S. Bancorp
serves on only two other public company boards. Audit Committee members may
serve on no more than three other public company audit committees, and the
chairman of the Audit Committee serves on no other audit committees.
Board of Directors Knowledge and Expertise
All of our directors are skilled business leaders. Directors are encouraged to
attend continuing director education seminars in order to keep a sharp focus on
current good governance practices. In addition, the Board and each committee
have express authority to retain outside advisors.
Managements Vested Interest in U.S. Bancorp
We understand clearly that U.S. Bancorp shareholders are the primary
beneficiaries of managements actions. All U.S. Bancorp executive officers and
directors own shares of company stock, and in order to further emphasize the
alignment of managements interests with those of our shareholders, we have
established stock ownership guidelines for our executive officers.
Disclosure Controls
We have established rigorous procedures to ensure that we provide complete and
accurate disclosure in our publicly filed documents. We have also established a
telephone hotline for employees to anonymously submit any concern they may have
regarding corporate controls or ethical breaches. Management investigates all
complaints and directs to our Audit Committee any relating to concerns about
our financial statements or public disclosures.
Shareholder Approval of Equity Compensation Plans
All equity compensation plans under which future grants may be made have been
shareholder approved. In addition, no options issued under any current plans
have been repriced.
U.S. Bancorp Code of Ethics and Business Conduct
Each year, we reiterate the vital importance of our Code of Ethics and Business
Conduct. The Code applies to directors, officers and all employees, who must
certify annually their compliance with the standards of the Code. The content
of the Code is based not solely on what we have the right to do, but, even more
importantly, on what is the right thing to do. Our standards are higher than
any legal minimum because our business is built on trust. You may review our Code
of Ethics and Business Conduct on our Internet web site at usbank.com. Click on
About U.S. Bancorp and then on Ethics at U.S. Bank.
U.S. Bancorp 5
Outstanding Service and Convenience
Choices. Flexibility. Availability. U.S. Bank customers bank on their own schedules and on their own terms. Whether its visiting one of our 2,142 branch offices in 24 states, logging onto U.S. Bank Internet Banking from the comfort of home, or stopping by a U.S. Bank ATM while traveling, our customers enjoy the ease and convenience of financial services delivered when, where and how they want them. And, regardless of the distribution system they choose, we deliver responsive, prompt and helpful serviceguaranteed.
Broadening Relationships Across Our
Branch Network
Our expansive scope multiplies our sales opportunities, and enhances the
access our customers have to bank when and where they want.
Local decision-making, combined with the strength of our companys
extensive resources, is the hallmark of Community Banking. Smaller,
non-urban communities enjoy our full array of financial products and
services delivered by local people living and working in their communities
and responding to local situations with autonomy. In our larger and urban
locations, Metropolitan Banking staff deliver products and services as
separate lines of business, partnering with all areas of the bank to
provide customers with the specialized services they need, such as
Commercial Banking, Corporate Banking, Trust or Treasury Management.
Banking with us doesnt stop with brick and mortar buildings. In-Store and
Corporate On-Site Banking brings banking right to customers, inside grocery
and convenience stores, colleges and universities, workplaces, retirement
centers and other high-traffic locations. Specialized trust, home mortgage
and brokerage offices across the country and in several international
cities add to the extensive network of locations U.S. Bank operates.
Delivering Anytime ATM Access
Customers enjoy 24-hour access to 4,604 U.S. Bank ATMs, making ours the
third largest bank-owned ATM network in the nation. But our ATM network
isnt just big; its the best in the business. Customers can withdraw
funds, make deposits, check balances, receive statements, order checks,
purchase phone minutes and stamps, transfer funds between accounts and
request check copies. To deliver on our commitment of convenience, nearly
one-half of the ATMs owned by U.S. Bank are located in non-bank settings,
including corporate offices, manufacturing facilities, shopping centers,
gas stations, medical facilities and airports. We deliver convenient
access where our customers need it.
Providing Anytime Phone Banking Options
Around the clock, our 24-hour call center bankers are ready to take
customers calls. Our service centers in Cincinnati, Milwaukee, St. Paul,
Denver and Portland handled over 126 million inbound inquiries in 2002,
including those served by our interactive voice response system. These
centers also handled over one million inbound
6 U.S. Bancorp
and outbound telesales calls, offering customers new products and services to meet their needs while generating revenue growth. Spanish language options and multilingual call center bankers are always available to meet the needs of our non-English-speaking customers. In 2002, an average of 50,000 callers each month chose to use the Spanish version of 24-Hour Banking, representing a 90 percent increase over 2001. The number of customer service calls to our multilingual call center bankers reached an average of 15,000 each month, representing a 131 percent annual increase. Personalized service, account information, product sales, and moreall with one phone call to U.S. Bank.
E-Enabling Customers with Online Capabilities
Our nationally recognized Internet web site, usbank.com, makes it easier
than ever for customers to review account balances, make transfers, open
checking accounts, apply for loans and moreanywhere they have Internet
access. With a host of new features introduced in 2002, including a
streamlined transfer function and online account opening, U.S. Bank
Internet Banking was ranked in the elite top 10 Internet banking sites by
Gomez.com, an independent quality measurement company. More than 1.3
million customers have selected U.S. Bank Internet Banking to meet their
need for easy-to-use, comprehensive and secure online services. In 2002,
enrollment in U.S. Bank Bill Pay, our online bill payment product,
increased by 25 percent, showing that online banking is quickly becoming
the most active banking delivery channel.
Among other new benefits and functionality introduced in the past year,
Trust customers can now enjoy the convenience of U.S. Bank TrustNow Essentials,
a way to retrieve account information and reports via the Internet. Corporate
Payment Systems has significantly enhanced the capabilities of PowerTrack®,
our innovative online business to business payment and transaction system, giving
corporate customers even greater control of costs in the supply and payment
process. And U.S. Bank AccessOnline, a web-based program management and
reporting tool, is the next generation in our complete suite of commercial
products.
U.S. Bank operates branches across 24 states in a wide variety of traditional offices and non-traditional locations. Our Pike Place Market office matches the excitement, traffic and customer service renown of the Pike Place Fish Market. Pictured from U.S. Bank in Seattle are (left) Jeff Shular, region manager, and (center) Julie Jin, assistant branch manager.
U.S. Bancorp 7
Growing Core Revenue
Attracting. Retaining. Expanding. These are the building blocks we will use to grow core revenue, the foundation for creating and sustaining shareholder value. Ultimately, growth depends on our employees fulfilling the financial needs of our customers. By tapping into the tremendous potential of our employee sales force, focusing on the highest level of service, building cross-market and cross-business partnerships and developing new products and services, we are exceeding customers needs, positioning us for superior revenue growth.
Taking Ownership of Our Business
Employees, shareholders and customers are all linked by a common
interestachieving our goals and performance expectations. Ownership of
these goals exists at the business line level. Business lines have the
autonomy to implement industry-competitive business models and strategies.
Resources are allocated based on growth and return expectations, and
monthly financial reviews track results. This environment creates a front
line accountability where every employee understands and contributes to
sales volume targets, service standards and profit objectives. Results are
measured quickly and widely shared. National sales management calls
provide a forum to communicate sales opportunities and best practices among
business lines.
Developing a Superior Sales Culture
Customer needs drive our business. U.S. Bank continues to develop a sales
culture designed to proactively identify sales opportunities based on
customer needs. Every employee contributes to the revenue growth of our
company through sales production, superior customer service, efficiency
and a continuous focus on shareholder value. Employees know what is expected
within this dynamic sales environment, where everyone takes ownership of
our business and is held accountable for the results. And every employee
can stand proudly behind our Five Star Service Guaranteed products and
services because they are among the finest in the industry, backed by
up-to-date processing and technology, personalized training, ongoing
product education, effective marketing campaigns and competitive
performance incentives. Our Pay for Performance compensation program
rewards employees financially and personally for their achievements in
sales and customer service and for their contributions to company
earnings.
Introducing a New FOCUS
Recognizing the power of the primary checking customer, on April 1, 2002,
U.S. Bank introduced a dedicated and focused strategy across the entire
franchise to attract, retain and expand the core U.S. Bank customer base,
specifically those customers who maintain a primary checking account with
U.S. Bank. This initiative, called FOCUS, involves dramatically modifying
our activities, investments and attention to increase our demand deposit
account base. By concentrating on this critical segment, we are more
likely to grow and strengthen a customers existing banking relationship with us,
providing opportunities for increased sales and service across every line
of business, from credit cards and trust products to home mortgages and
investments and insurance products.
Among other support programs,
employees are regularly supplied with specialized tools designed to drive growth,
build new customer relationships and enhance existing relationships. We
are extremely pleased with the exceptional results of our first years FOCUS
efforts, which have energized us for an even more powerful FOCUS
commitment in 2003.
8 U.S. Bancorp
Partnering Across Our Company
We have the power to share ideas, best practices, capabilities and sales
opportunities across business lines throughout 24 states. Local relationship
management, combined with expert advice and support from across our
organization, truly gives our customers an advantagepersonalized service and
increased resources. A great partnership in our Private Client Group shows the
power of cross-business cooperation. In 2002, the collaboration among Private
Banking, Personal Trust and Asset Management was strengthened, allowing clients
to manage all their complex financial needs in one place. Significantly more
referrals among these business lines resulted in a 28 percent increase in
Personal Trust sales.
Providing Innovative Products and Services
We continuously expand our line of superior, competitive products and services
to fulfill the financial needs of our broad customer base. In 2002, U.S. Bank
introduced a variety of financial services that are helping to fuel revenue and
customer growth, while providing first-rate benefits our customers expect and
deserve.
Checking That Pays® Rewards customers for using their U.S. Bank
Check Card by giving them up to a one percent cash rebate for certain purchases,
such as groceries or gas.
Cash Rewards Visa® Card Allows consumer customers to earn a cash
rebate of up to one percent on all purchases made with their U.S. Bank Cash
Rewards Visa Card.
Verified By Visa® A new security feature that lets customers add a
personal password to their existing U.S. Bank Check Card and U.S. Bank Credit
Card.
Private Select Platinum Services A comprehensive, integrated approach
to financial management in the areas of private banking, personal trust and
investments offered through our Private Client Group.
PowerTrack® The newest release in November 2002, significantly
enhances customer capability to control costs in the supply chain and payment
process.
U.S. Bank Access Online A web-based program management and reporting
tool that can be configured to best support customers business processes.
Quick Credit Line A one-application line, loan or lease solution for
small business credit needs under $50,000.
SBA Express Provides streamlined loan processing for Small Business
Administration loans under $250,000.
U.S. Bank TrustNow Essentials A way for Trust customers to retrieve
and customize account information and reports via the Internet.
FACTS 529 Trust and Agency Accounts Unique products combining the
benefits of a 529 Savings Plan with the value of a fiduciary relationship.
First American Funds Enhanced family of funds with three new fixed income fundsIntermediate Government Bond Fund, Short Tax Free Fund and Ohio Tax Free Fund.
U.S. Bancorp 9
Lines of Business
Diversified. Specialized. Extensive. U.S. Bancorp is among the leaders in virtually every segment of the financial services industry. Each U.S. Bancorp line of business works strategically with customers to meet their needs, deepening each relationship with best-in-class products and comprehensive service.
Consumer Banking
Consumer Banking delivers an extensive array of products and services to the
consumer and small business markets. Our multiple delivery channels include
full-service banking offices, ATMs, telephone customer service and telesales,
highly-ranked online banking and direct mail. These channels ensure customers
have anytime, all-the-time access to all of their U.S. Bank accounts. Our
Consumer Banking business is a recognized industry leader with its mandate for
service and convenience, new products and other competitive advantages.
Strengths
Key Business Units
-
2,142 full-service branch banking offices
-
Community Branch Banking
-
4,604 ATMs
-
Metropolitan Branch Banking
-
Top 2 bank lessor
-
In-Store and Corporate On-Site Banking
-
Top 3 Small Business Administration (SBA) bank
-
24-Hour Banking and Financial Sales
lender by volume
-
Consumer Lending
-
Top 3 small business lender
-
Home Mortgage
-
Top 4 branch network
-
Investments and Insurance
-
Top 4 Small Business Internet Banking site as rated by
-
Group Sales and Student Banking
by Speer and Associates
-
Small Business Banking
-
Top 9 student loan provider
-
Top 9 Internet Banking site as rated by Gomez.com
-
Unparalleled sales and service culture
built on customer needs
Successes
| Enhanced usbank.com with a host of new features, including easy-to-use customer screens, a streamlined transfer function, online account opening and the ability to nickname accounts. | |
| U.S. Bank Internet Bill Pay reached 100,000 subscribers in 2002 as enrollment grew by 25 percent. | |
| In the August 12, 2002, issue of BtoB magazine, usbank.com was named one of the 100 best business to business sites in the country. | |
| U.S. Bank SBA Division provided an all-time record $416.9 million in SBA loans, a 24 percent increase over 2001; originated a record 1,127 loans to small businesses nationwide, a 91 percent increase over 2001. | |
| Introduced the innovative Free x 3 checking program, offering free checking for small business owners, their businesses and their employees. | |
| Home Mortgage realized its fifth straight year of increased profitability, with an average annual growth rate of 23 percent. | |
| Consumer Finance achieved a record $5 billion in receivables. Consumer Finance, a nationally recognized Home Equity mortgage lender, provides an additional level of credit to U.S. Bank customers not served by traditional products. | |
| Group Sales and Student Banking reached a milestone of over 500 Campus Banking relationships with colleges and universities, and over 6,000 Group Sales workplace banking relationships with companies across the country. | |
* | Total net revenue is on a taxable-equivalent basis. Treasury and Corporate Support contributed 7.2% of 2002 total net revenue. |
10 U.S. Bancorp
Payment Services
Our unique payment services business specializes in credit and debit card
products, corporate and purchasing card services and ATM and merchant
processing. Customized products and services, coupled with cutting-edge
technology, provide consumers, small and large merchants, government entities,
financial institutions, small businesses, large corporations and co-brand
partners with the most advanced payment services tools available. Revenue growth
in this business is accelerating and its ultimate long-term potential is
virtually limitless.
Strengths
Key Business Units
Top commercial bankcard issuer
Processor of 6 percent of all
Corporate Payment Systems
Top purchasing bankcard
ATM/debit
point of sale
Travel and entertainment, purchasing, fleet,
provider
transactions in
the U.S.
freight
payment systems and business to business
Top corporate bankcard
Processor of
payments
provider
ATM/debit/credit
Transaction Services
Top 2 fleet card
transactions for more than
ATM banking
provider
21 percent of all banks in the
Elan Financial Services
Top 2 freight payments provider
U.S.
NOVA Information Systems, Inc.
Top 3 bank-owned ATM network
Proprietary technology
Merchant processing with top 3 market share
Top 3 merchant payment
Industry-leading
Retail Payment Solutions
processor
implementation and service
Relationship-based retail payment solutions;
Top 6 U.S. credit and debit card
models
includes
credit, debit and stored value cards
issuer
in total sales volume
through U.S. Bank,
correspondent agent banks
Top 9 ATM
processor
and co-brand partners
Top 8 worldwide credit and debit
card issuer in total sales volume
Successes
| We upgraded an additional 1,376 ATMs to meet the enhanced functionality of our network of 3,408 Super ATMs. Innovative products and services available include stamp dispensing, event ticket sales, voice guidance, multi-language support, pre-paid phone minutes, PIN changes, statements, check reorders and check copy requests. | |
| More than 3,300 financial institutions, located in every state and Puerto Rico, choose Elan Financial Services for credit card issuing and to fulfill their ATM, debit card and merchant processing needs. | |
| PowerTrack, our innovative online business to business payment and transaction processing system, is our fastest growing Corporate Payment Systems product, with 2002 revenue growth of 25 percent and income contribution growth of 60 percent. | |
| Leading the industry, Corporate Payment Systems successfully held its first ever Financial Supply Chain conference, attended by 1,000 clients. | |
| Corporate Payment Systems signed its first Global Corporate Payment Systems client, marking the start of exciting new growth and revenue potential. | |
| Introduced eCommerce Suite, an e-procurement product that helps businesses empower their employees to make company purchases while simplifying the procurement process. | |
| Retail Payment Solutions launched the U.S. Bank Payroll (AccelaPay) and Child Support (ReliaCard) products in 2002; one of the first four issuers to launch payroll product. | |
| Retail Payment Solutions successfully launched REI® Visa and Korean Air SKYPASS® co-brand credit card programs. | |
| Continued to expand U.S. Bank ATM convenience in non-bank locations such as corporate offices, manufacturing facilities, shopping centers, retailers, supermarkets, gas and convenience stores, colleges and universities, medical facilities, airports and more. |
Private Client, Trust & Asset Management
To help individual and institutional clients build, manage and preserve wealth, Private Client, Trust & Asset Management provides mutual fund processing, trust, private banking, financial advisory, retirement, trustee, custody and investment management services. Experienced, committed advisors and relationship managers offer thoughtful solutions based on a highly sophisticated understanding of client needs.
Successes
| Introduced Private Select Platinum Services, an innovative and comprehensive approach to financial and estate management. | |
| Private Client Group implemented new financial and estate planning software tools, enhancing our ability to provide sophisticated planning for clients. | |
| Launched broker resource site within First American Funds Internet web site. | |
| Automation of the U.S. Bancorp Fund Services compliance and financial reporting in 2002, coupled with the development of online client service tools, increased efficiencies and accuracy and enhanced client convenience. | |
| Fund Services grew core revenue by 10 percent due to expansion of services offered, a solid and winning client base and a strong competitive position. | |
| Corporate Trust Services introduced U.S. Bank SPANS Online, a state-of-the-art Internet reporting and processing system for commercial paper and medium-term issuing and paying agency clients. | |
| Institutional Trust & Custody introduced Solution Online, an online, fully automated, multifund-family retirement product. | |
| Asset Management introduced the FACTS 529 Plan and Oregon College Savings Plan, and the Private Client Group introduced new FACTS 529 Trust and Agency Accounts, new tax-efficient ways to save for college expenses. | |
|
|
|
* | Total net revenue is on a taxable-equivalent basis. Treasury and Corporate Support contributed 7.2% of 2002 total net revenue. | |
** | Assets are as of December 31, 2002, and reflect U.S. Bancorp Asset Management, Inc. and its affiliated private asset management group within U.S. Bank National Association. Investment products, including shares of mutual funds, are not obligations of, or guaranteed by, any bank, including U.S. Bank or any U.S. Bancorp affiliate, nor are they insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Federal Reserve Board or any other agency. An investment in such products involves investment risk, including possible loss of principal. |
Wholesale Banking
U.S. Bank is a full financial partner with the expertise, flexibility and responsiveness to make a difference. We offer lending, depository, treasury management and other financial solutions to meet the complex needs of middle market, large corporate, financial institution and public sector clients. Whether working with local or global clients, U.S. Bank understands industries and markets, and has enormous resources to help our customers grow. Partnering with all areas of U.S. Bank, including Corporate Payment Systems, ATM and Merchant Processing, Trust, e-Commerce and more, we deliver all the financial pieces that can mean success.
Key Business Units
Strengths
Commercial Banking
Leading depository bank for federal, state and municipal governments
Corporate Banking
Leading correspondent banking depository for community banks
Government Banking
Top 5 bank-owned leasing company
International Banking
Top 7 treasury management provider
Real Estate Banking
Locally based relationship managers
Treasury Management
U.S. Bancorp Equipment Finance
Combine superior relationship-based partnerships with the most effective new
electronic systems and technology platforms
Strategic
solutions driven by customer need
Successes
| Launched U.S. Bank E-Payment Service, allowing government entities and businesses to accept or collect payments via the Internet (e-check). | |
| Enhanced imaging functionality and Internet access for lockbox customers. | |
| U.S. Bancorp Equipment Finance ended 2002 with record bookings in the small ticket leasing group. | |
| Corporate Banking Capital Markets had a record year using interest rate risk management products to help customers take full advantage of the historical low interest rates. | |
| Record spread on new business volume in U.S. Bancorp Equipment Finance. | |
| Launched U.S. Bank Global Trade Works, an Internet-based international trade solution for initiating and reviewing import, export and standby letters of credit, as well as documentary collections. |
Capital Markets
Under the U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray brand, the division engages in equity and fixed income trading activities, offers investment banking and underwriting services for corporate and public sector clients and provides financial advisory services and securities, mutual funds, annuities and insurance products to consumers and regionally based businesses through a network of brokerage offices.
Key Business Units
Strengths
Equity Capital Markets
Leading provider of fixed-income investment banking services
Fixed Income Capital Markets
Leading growth company investment bank
Private Advisory Services
Experienced, trusted advisors
Venture Capital
Offers personalized guidance and convenient financial products and services
to meet investment needs
Provides in-depth research in the communications, consumer, health care,
financial institutions, industrial growth and technology industries
Successes
| Private Advisory Services enhanced financial advisor tools and streamlined back office systems, creating greater client convenience and satisfaction. | |
| Equity Capital Markets continued to gain share in merger and acquisition product area, despite a decline in the overall industry. | |
| Expanded in various strategic product categories, including a significant addition to convertible securities investment banking and trading product offering. | |
| Record year for Fixed Income Capital Markets in public finance deal volume. | |
| Fixed Income taxable co-managed deals doubled over 2001. |
U.S. Bancorp 13
U.S. Bank Hispanic Initiative
You have friends at U.S. Bank.
Our vision is to become the Best Bank in America for Hispanics. To deliver on
our commitment of providing unparalleled products, service and support to the
Hispanic market, the coordinated U.S. Bank Hispanic Initiative focuses our
strategies on four impact areas: staffing, marketing, products and community
involvement.
Hiring Spanish-speaking branch staff and call center representatives is
a priority. Our employees reflect the diversity of their local communities,
maintain strong relationships with Hispanic individuals, businesses and
community organizations and communicate most effectively with customers.
Any employee across our company can contact bilingual bankers using an internal
directory, so customers who speak another language can be served anywhere,
anytime.
Spanish-language marketing tools assist our employees in fulfilling the
financial needs of Spanish-speaking customers. Branch signage, brochures,
bilingual direct mail, billboards and print and radio advertisements communicate
our products, services and commitment to the Hispanic market.
We offer many products and services tailored to meet the specific needs
of Hispanic customers. Our ATMs and 24-Hour Banking system feature complete
Spanish language options. Product information in Spanish is also available on
our web site at usbank.com/espanol. We accept identification issued by the
Consulate of Mexico to open an account. First-time borrowers can qualify for
credit using our Credit Builder Secured Loan and the Secured Visa Card, and U.S.
Bank is a partner in the En Su Casa program to provide homeownership counseling
and flexible mortgages. We reach out to Hispanic-owned businesses in
face-to-face meetings, calling sessions and letters.
U.S. Bank also sponsors a variety of cultural and community events of
importance to Hispanic communities, including events during Cinco de Mayo and
Hispanic Heritage Month. We sponsor and partner with local and national Hispanic
organizations, including the United States Hispanic Chamber of Commerce (USHCC),
the National Council of La Raza (NCLR) and the Latin Business Association (LBA).
Iniciativa Hispana de U.S. Bank
Usted tiene amigos en U.S. Bank.
Nuestra vision es convertirnos en el Mejor Banco de los Estados Unidos de
America para la comunidad hispana. Para poder cumplir con nuestro compromiso de
brindar productos, servicios y asistencia inigualables al mercado de la
comunidad hispana, la coordinada Iniciativa Hispana de U.S. Bank concentra su
estrategia en cuatro areas de impacto: contratacion de personal, mercadeo,
productos y compromiso con la comunidad.
Una de nuestras prioridades es la contratacion de personal que hable
espanol para las sucursales y centros de atencion telefonica. Nuestros empleados
reflejan la diversidad de sus comunidades locales, mantienen solidas relaciones
con particulares, empresas y organizaciones comunitarias hispanas y se comunican
de un modo muy eficaz con los clientes. Todos los empleados de nuestra empresa
pueden ponerse en contacto con agentes bilingües por medio de un directorio
interno, para que los clientes que hablan otros idiomas puedan recibir atencion
en cualquier lugar y en cualquier momento.
Las herramientas de mercadeo en espanol ayudan a nuestros empleados a
satisfacer las necesidades financieras de los clientes de habla hispana. Los
carteles publicitarios de las sucursales, los folletos, la correspondencia
directa bilingüe, las carteleras y la publicidad en medios graficos y
radiofonicos difunden nuestros productos, servicios y compromiso con el mercado
hispano.
Ofrecemos multiples productos y servicios personalizados para
satisfacer las necesidades especificas de los clientes hispanos. Nuestros
cajeros automaticos y nuestro Servicio bancario las 24 horas (24-Hour Banking)
presentan todo el menu de opciones en espanol. La informacion de productos en
espanol tambien esta disponible en nuestro sitio de Internet:
usbank.com/espanol. Aceptamos documentos de identidad emitidos por el Consulado
de Mexico para abrir una cuenta. Quienes solicitan un credito por primera vez
pueden calificar para dicho credito utilizando nuestro Prestamo Asegurado para
el Desarrollo de Historial de Credito y la Tarjeta Visa Asegurada. U.S. Bank es
socio del programa En Su Casa que brinda asesoramiento e hipotecas flexibles a
los propietarios. Llegamos a las empresas cuyos duenos son hispanos a traves de
reuniones personales, sesiones telefonicas y correspondencia.
U.S. Bank tambien es patrocinador de una variedad de acontecimientos
culturales y comunitarios de importancia para la poblacion hispana, entre los
cuales se incluyen los eventos del Cinco de Mayo y del Mes de la Herencia
Hispana. Patrocinamos y nos asociamos con organizaciones hispanas locales y
nacionales, incluyendo la Camara de Comercio Hispana de los Estados Unidos de
America (USHCC, por sus siglas en ingles), el Consejo Nacional de la Raza (NCLR)
y la Asociacion de Empresas Latinas/os (LBA).
14 U.S. Bancorp
U.S. Bank supports a wide range of community events and activities, including (above) the U.S. Bank Junior Padres program for youngsters in San Diego and (left) U.S. Bank Wild Lights at the St. Louis Zoo.
Every Community Counts
From Seattle to Sioux Falls, from San Diego to Paducah, from Minneapolis to
Missoula, U.S. Bank values each community we serve. Recognizing that we are only
as successful as the communities in which we operate, we take a leadership
position in economic development, quality of life issues and cultural and
charitable endeavors.
We offer customers in all our markets top quality financial products
and services, and we offer specialized products for those customers who may just
be starting out or who need extra help in getting established or reestablished
financially.
Among those specialized products are our innovative programs for
first-time home buyers, small businesses and affordable housing developers. In
2002, we made over a billion dollars in loans and investments to support the
creation of affordable housing, to launch businesses and to foster economic
revitalization.
U.S. Bancorp Continues Our Long Tradition of Charitable Giving
Through the U.S. Bancorp Foundation, in 2002, we provided more than $22 million
in cash grants to a wide range of qualified nonprofit organizations. From
affordable housing to art museums, from youth mentorship to United Way, U.S.
Bancorp Foundation helped communities achieve their dreams in 2002.
In addition to cash grants, we provide loan assistance, expertise, more
than 150 sponsor relationships across our banking region, in-kind donations and
tens of thousands of hours of volunteering by our employees.
Local Bank Management and Bank Advisory Boards Ensure Focus on Each Market
U.S. Bancorp 15
Our bank is structured so that every community has seasoned leaders, capable
managers and an employee base committed to their local market. These leadership
teams know their markets and the people in them; they know the community needs
and what it takes to build a strong economic base; they understand the
businesses and the industries that make their communities strong. In addition,
we have more than 174 local advisory boards whose 1,266 members are respected
business leaders of the cities, towns and rural areas in which we do business.
Our advisory boards offer us valuable insights and
perspective..
OVERVIEW
U.S. Bancorp and its subsidiaries (the Company) comprise the organization created by the acquisition by Firstar Corporation of the former U.S. Bancorp of Minneapolis, Minnesota (USBM). The merger was completed on February 27, 2001, as a pooling-of-interests, and accordingly all financial information has been restated to include the historical information of both companies. Each share of Firstar stock was exchanged for one share of the Companys common stock while each share of USBM stock was exchanged for 1.265 shares of the Companys common stock. The new company retained the U.S. Bancorp name.
Earnings Summary The Company reported net income of $3.3 billion in 2002, or $1.71 per diluted share, compared with $1.7 billion, or $.88 per diluted share, in 2001. Return on average assets and return on average equity were 1.91 percent and 19.4 percent in 2002, compared with returns of 1.03 percent and 10.5 percent in 2001. The increase in earnings per diluted share, return on average assets and return on average equity was primarily due to total net revenue growth, lower noninterest expense and a reduction in the provision for credit losses. Net income in 2002 included after-tax merger and restructuring-related items of $211.3 million ($324.1 million on a pre-tax basis) and a cumulative effect of change in accounting principles of $37.2 million, or $0.2 per diluted share, compared with after-tax merger and restructuring-related items of $844.3 million ($1.3 billion on a pre-tax basis) in 2001. Refer to the Accounting Changes section for further discussion of the earnings impact of changes in accounting principles. Merger and restructuring-related items in 2002, on a pre-tax basis, included $271.1 million of net expenses associated with the Firstar/USBM merger and $53.0 million associated with the acquisition of NOVA Corporation and other smaller acquisitions. In 2001, merger and restructuring-related items, on a pre-tax basis, included a $62.2 million gain on the sale of branches, $847.2 million of noninterest expense and $382.2 million of provision for credit losses associated with the Firstar/USBM merger. Merger and restructuring-related items in 2001 also included $50.7 million of expense for restructuring operations of U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray, and $48.5 million related to the acquisition of NOVA and other smaller acquisitions. Refer to the Merger and Restructuring-Related Items section for further discussion.
Table 1 | Selected Financial Data |
Year Ended December 31 | |||||||||||||||||||||
(Dollars and Shares in Millions, Except Per Share Data) | 2002 | 2001 | 2000 | 1999 | 1998 | ||||||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
Condensed Income Statement
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
Net interest income (taxable-equivalent
basis) (a)
|
$ | 6,876.3 | $ | 6,423.0 | $ | 6,091.8 | $ | 5,888.0 | $ | 5,659.9 | |||||||||||
Noninterest income
|
5,568.7 | 5,072.0 | 4,918.3 | 4,276.4 | 3,637.2 | ||||||||||||||||
Securities gains, net
|
299.9 | 329.1 | 8.1 | 13.2 | 29.1 | ||||||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
Total net revenue | 12,744.9 | 11,824.1 | 11,018.2 | 10,177.6 | 9,326.2 | ||||||||||||||||
Noninterest expense
|
6,256.6 | 6,605.2 | 5,717.0 | 5,661.3 | 5,423.4 | ||||||||||||||||
Provision for credit losses
|
1,349.0 | 2,528.8 | 828.0 | 646.0 | 491.3 | ||||||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
Income before taxes and cumulative effect of
change in accounting principles
|
5,139.3 | 2,690.1 | 4,473.2 | 3,870.3 | 3,411.5 | ||||||||||||||||
Taxable-equivalent adjustment
|
36.6 | 55.9 | 85.4 | 96.3 | 111.2 | ||||||||||||||||
Income taxes
|
1,776.3 | 927.7 | 1,512.2 | 1,392.2 | 1,167.4 | ||||||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
Income before cumulative effect of change in
accounting principles
|
3,326.4 | 1,706.5 | 2,875.6 | 2,381.8 | 2,132.9 | ||||||||||||||||
Cumulative effect of change in accounting
principles (after-tax)
|
(37.2 | ) | | | | | |||||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
Net income | $ | 3,289.2 | $ | 1,706.5 | $ | 2,875.6 | $ | 2,381.8 | $ | 2,132.9 | |||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
Per Common Share
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
Earnings per share before cumulative effect of
change in accounting principles
|
$ | 1.74 | $ | .89 | $ | 1.51 | $ | 1.25 | $ | 1.12 | |||||||||||
Diluted earnings per share before cumulative
effect of change in accounting principles
|
1.73 | .88 | 1.50 | 1.23 | 1.10 | ||||||||||||||||
Earnings per share
|
1.72 | .89 | 1.51 | 1.25 | 1.12 | ||||||||||||||||
Diluted earnings per share
|
1.71 | .88 | 1.50 | 1.23 | 1.10 | ||||||||||||||||
Dividends declared per share (b)
|
.78 | .75 | .65 | .46 | .33 | ||||||||||||||||
Book value per share
|
9.44 | 8.43 | 7.97 | 7.23 | 6.61 | ||||||||||||||||
Market value per share
|
21.22 | 20.93 | 23.25 | 21.13 | 31.00 | ||||||||||||||||
Average shares outstanding
|
1,916.0 | 1,927.9 | 1,906.0 | 1,907.8 | 1,898.8 | ||||||||||||||||
Average diluted shares outstanding
|
1,926.1 | 1,939.5 | 1,918.5 | 1,930.0 | 1,930.5 | ||||||||||||||||
Financial Ratios
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
Return on average assets
|
1.91 | % | 1.03 | % | 1.81 | % | 1.59 | % | 1.49 | % | |||||||||||
Return on average equity
|
19.4 | 10.5 | 20.0 | 18.0 | 17.2 | ||||||||||||||||
Net interest margin (taxable-equivalent basis)
|
4.61 | 4.42 | 4.33 | 4.40 | 4.43 | ||||||||||||||||
Efficiency ratio
|
50.3 | 57.5 | 51.9 | 55.7 | 58.3 | ||||||||||||||||
Average Balances
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
Loans
|
$ | 114,456 | $ | 118,177 | $ | 118,317 | $ | 109,638 | $ | 102,451 | |||||||||||
Loans held for sale
|
2,644 | 1,911 | 1,303 | 1,450 | 1,264 | ||||||||||||||||
Investment securities
|
28,829 | 21,916 | 17,311 | 19,271 | 21,114 | ||||||||||||||||
Earning assets
|
149,143 | 145,165 | 140,606 | 133,757 | 127,738 | ||||||||||||||||
Assets
|
171,948 | 165,944 | 158,481 | 150,167 | 142,887 | ||||||||||||||||
Noninterest-bearing deposits
|
28,715 | 25,109 | 23,820 | 23,556 | 23,011 | ||||||||||||||||
Deposits
|
105,124 | 104,956 | 103,426 | 99,920 | 98,940 | ||||||||||||||||
Short-term borrowings
|
11,304 | 12,980 | 12,586 | 11,707 | 11,102 | ||||||||||||||||
Long-term debt
|
29,604 | 24,608 | 22,410 | 20,248 | 15,732 | ||||||||||||||||
Total shareholders equity
|
16,963 | 16,201 | 14,365 | 13,221 | 12,383 | ||||||||||||||||
Period End Balances
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
Loans
|
$ | 116,251 | $ | 114,405 | $ | 122,365 | $ | 113,229 | $ | 106,958 | |||||||||||
Allowance for credit losses
|
2,422 | 2,457 | 1,787 | 1,710 | 1,706 | ||||||||||||||||
Investment securities
|
28,488 | 26,608 | 17,642 | 17,449 | 20,965 | ||||||||||||||||
Assets
|
180,027 | 171,390 | 164,921 | 154,318 | 150,714 | ||||||||||||||||
Deposits
|
115,534 | 105,219 | 109,535 | 103,417 | 104,346 | ||||||||||||||||
Long-term debt
|
28,588 | 25,716 | 21,876 | 21,027 | 18,679 | ||||||||||||||||
Total shareholders equity
|
18,101 | 16,461 | 15,168 | 13,947 | 12,574 | ||||||||||||||||
Regulatory capital ratios
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
Tangible common equity
|
5.6 | % | 5.7 | % | 6.3 | % | * | * | |||||||||||||
Tier 1 capital
|
7.8 | 7.7 | 7.2 | 7.4 | * | ||||||||||||||||
Total risk-based capital
|
12.2 | 11.7 | 10.6 | 11.0 | * | ||||||||||||||||
Leverage
|
7.5 | 7.7 | 7.4 | 7.5 | * | ||||||||||||||||
|
* | Information was not available to compute pre-merger proforma percentages. |
$29.2 million, compared with 2001, and the recognition of $186.0 million in MSR impairments in 2002, an increase of $125.2 million, compared with 2001. Results for 2002 also reflected $67.4 million in gains from credit card portfolio sales; a $50.0 million litigation charge, including investment banking regulatory matters at Piper; incremental personnel costs of $46.4 million, in part to rationalize post-integration technology, operations and support functions; and $25.5 million in leasing residual impairments. Notable items in 2001 included $1.2 billion in the provision for credit losses representing an incremental third quarter provision of $1,025 million and a $160 million increase in the first quarter of 2001 in connection with the acceleration of certain workout strategies. Results for 2001 also reflected $36.0 million of leasing residual impairments, $40.2 million of write-downs of commercial leasing partnerships and $22.2 million of asset write-downs of tractor/trailer inventory and other items. Excluding the impact of these items, accounting changes and acquisitions, the Companys revenue growth in 2002 was 5.4 percent while noninterest expense was essentially flat.
Table 1 | Selected Financial Data Supplemental Information |
Financial Results and Ratios on an Operating Basis (c)
Year Ended December 31 | |||||||||||||||||||||
(Dollars and Shares in Millions) | 2002 | 2001 | 2000 | 1999 | 1998 | ||||||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
Condensed Income Statement
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
Net interest income (taxable-equivalent
basis) (a)
|
$ | 6,876.3 | $ | 6,423.0 | $ | 6,091.8 | $ | 5,888.0 | $ | 5,659.9 | |||||||||||
Noninterest income
|
5,568.7 | 5,009.8 | 4,918.3 | 4,276.4 | 3,589.1 | ||||||||||||||||
Securities gains, net
|
299.9 | 329.1 | 8.1 | 13.2 | 29.1 | ||||||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
Total net revenue
|
12,744.9 | 11,761.9 | 11,018.2 | 10,177.6 | 9,278.1 | ||||||||||||||||
Noninterest expense
|
5,932.5 | 5,658.8 | 5,368.3 | 5,128.5 | 4,829.6 | ||||||||||||||||
Provision for credit losses
|
1,349.0 | 2,146.6 | 828.0 | 638.5 | 453.4 | ||||||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
Income before taxes and merger and restructuring-
related items and cumulative effect of change in
accounting principles
|
5,463.4 | 3,956.5 | 4,821.9 | 4,410.6 | 3,995.1 | ||||||||||||||||
Taxable-equivalent adjustment
|
36.6 | 55.9 | 85.4 | 96.3 | 111.2 | ||||||||||||||||
Income taxes
|
1,889.1 | 1,349.8 | 1,629.6 | 1,515.3 | 1,364.6 | ||||||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
Operating earnings
|
3,537.7 | 2,550.8 | 3,106.9 | 2,799.0 | 2,519.3 | ||||||||||||||||
Merger and restructuring-related items (after-tax)
|
(211.3 | ) | (844.3 | ) | (231.3 | ) | (417.2 | ) | (386.4 | ) | |||||||||||
Cumulative effect of change in accounting
principles (after-tax)
|
(37.2 | ) | | | | | |||||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
Net income in accordance with GAAP
|
$ | 3,289.2 | $ | 1,706.5 | $ | 2,875.6 | $ | 2,381.8 | $ | 2,132.9 | |||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
Average diluted shares outstanding
|
1,926.1 | 1,939.5 | 1,918.5 | 1,930.0 | 1,930.5 | ||||||||||||||||
Financial Ratios
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
Return on average assets
|
2.06 | % | 1.54 | % | 1.96 | % | 1.86 | % | 1.76 | % | |||||||||||
Return on average equity
|
20.9 | 15.7 | 21.6 | 21.2 | 20.3 | ||||||||||||||||
Efficiency ratio
|
47.7 | 49.5 | 48.8 | 50.5 | 52.2 | ||||||||||||||||
Banking efficiency ratio (d)
|
44.0 | 45.2 | 43.5 | 46.3 | 49.7 | ||||||||||||||||
|
(a) | Interest and rates are presented on a fully taxable-equivalent basis utilizing a tax rate of 35 percent. |
(b) | Dividends per share have not been restated for the 2001 Firstar/USBM merger. |
(c) | The Company analyzes its performance on a net income basis in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, as well as on an operating basis before merger and restructuring-related items and cumulative effect of change in accounting principles referred to in this Annual Report and Form 10-K as operating earnings. Operating earnings are presented as supplemental information to enhance the readers understanding of, and highlight trends in, the Companys financial results excluding the impact of merger and restructuring-related items of specific business acquisitions and restructuring activities and cumulative effect of change in accounting principles. Operating earnings should not be viewed as a substitute for net income and earnings per share as determined in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. Merger and restructuring-related items excluded from net income to derive operating earnings may be significant and may not be comparable to other companies. |
(d) | Without investment banking and brokerage activity. |
Acquisition and Divestiture Activity In addition to restating all prior periods to reflect the Firstar/USBM merger, operating results for 2002 reflected the following transactions accounted for as purchases from the date of completion.
Table 2 | Reconciliation of Operating Earnings to Net Income in Accordance with GAAP |
Year Ended December 31 (Dollars in Millions, Except Per Share Data) | 2002 | 2001 | 2000 | 1999 | 1998 | |||||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
Operating earnings (a)
|
$ | 3,537.7 | $ | 2,550.8 | $ | 3,106.9 | $ | 2,799.0 | $ | 2,519.3 | ||||||||||||
Merger and restructuring-related items
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
Gains on the sale of branches
|
| 62.2 | | | 48.1 | |||||||||||||||||
Integration, conversion and other charges
|
(324.1 | ) | (946.4 | ) | (348.7 | ) | (355.1 | ) | (593.8 | ) | ||||||||||||
Securities losses to restructure portfolio
|
| | | (177.7 | ) | | ||||||||||||||||
Provision for credit losses (b)
|
| (382.2 | ) | | (7.5 | ) | (37.9 | ) | ||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
Pre-tax impact
|
(324.1 | ) | (1,266.4 | ) | (348.7 | ) | (540.3 | ) | (583.6 | ) | ||||||||||||
Applicable tax benefit
|
112.8 | 422.1 | 117.4 | 123.1 | 197.2 | |||||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
Total merger and restructuring-related items
(after-tax)
|
(211.3 | ) | (844.3 | ) | (231.3 | ) | (417.2 | ) | (386.4 | ) | ||||||||||||
Cumulative effect of change in accounting
principles (after-tax)
|
(37.2 | ) | | | | | ||||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
Net income in accordance with GAAP
|
$ | 3,289.2 | $ | 1,706.5 | $ | 2,875.6 | $ | 2,381.8 | $ | 2,132.9 | ||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
Diluted earnings per share
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
Operating earnings (a)
|
$ | 1.84 | $ | 1.32 | $ | 1.62 | $ | 1.45 | $ | 1.30 | ||||||||||||
Net income in accordance with GAAP
|
1.71 | .88 | 1.50 | 1.23 | 1.10 | |||||||||||||||||
|
(a) | The Company analyzes its performance on a net income basis in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, as well as on an operating basis before merger and restructuring-related items and cumulative effect of change in accounting principles referred to in this Annual Report and Form 10-K as operating earnings. Operating earnings are presented as supplemental information to enhance the readers understanding of, and highlight trends in, the Companys financial results excluding the impact of merger and restructuring-related items of specific business acquisitions and restructuring activities and cumulative effect of change in accounting principles. Operating earnings should not be viewed as a substitute for net income and earnings per share as determined in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. Merger and restructuring-related items excluded from net income to derive operating earnings may be significant and may not be comparable to other companies. |
(b) | Provision for credit losses in 2001 includes losses of $201.3 million on the disposition of an unsecured small business product, losses of $76.6 million on the sales of high loan-to-value home equity loans and the indirect automobile loan portfolio of USBM, a $90.0 million charge to align risk management practices, align charge-off policies and expedite the transition out of a specific segment of the health care industry not meeting the lower risk appetite of the Company, and a $14.3 million charge related to the restructuring of a co-branding credit card relationship. |
Planned Tax-Free Distribution On February 19, 2003, the Company announced that its Board of Directors approved a plan to effect a spin-off of its capital markets business unit, including investment banking and brokerage activities primarily conducted by its wholly owned subsidiary, U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray Inc. In 2002, the capital markets business unit had average assets of $3.0 billion, generated revenues of $737.3 million (5.8 percent of total consolidated revenues) and contributed $1.1 million of net income representing less than 1 percent of the Companys consolidated net income.
STATEMENT OF INCOME ANALYSIS
Net Interest Income Net interest income, on a taxable-equivalent basis, was $6.9 billion in 2002, compared with $6.4 billion in 2001 and $6.1 billion in 2000. The increase in net interest income in 2002 was due to improvement in net interest margin and growth in average earning assets. The net interest margin in 2002 was 4.61 percent, compared with 4.42 percent and 4.33 percent in 2001 and 2000, respectively. Average earning assets were $149.1 billion for 2002, compared with $145.2 billion and $140.6 billion for 2001 and 2000, respectively.
Table 3 | Analysis of Net Interest Income |
2002 | 2001 | ||||||||||||||||||||
(Dollars in Millions) | 2002 | 2001 | 2000 | v 2001 | v 2000 | ||||||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
Components of net interest income
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
Income on earning assets (taxable-equivalent
basis) (a)
|
$ | 9,590.3 | $ | 11,097.8 | $ | 12,114.7 | $ | (1,507.5 | ) | $ | (1,016.9 | ) | |||||||||
Expenses on interest-bearing liabilities
|
2,714.0 | 4,674.8 | 6,022.9 | (1,960.8 | ) | (1,348.1 | ) | ||||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
Net interest income (taxable-equivalent basis)
|
$ | 6,876.3 | $ | 6,423.0 | $ | 6,091.8 | $ | 453.3 | $ | 331.2 | |||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
Net interest income, as reported
|
$ | 6,839.7 | $ | 6,367.1 | $ | 6,006.4 | $ | 472.6 | $ | 360.7 | |||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
Average yields and rates paid
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
Earning assets yield (taxable-equivalent basis)
|
6.43 | % | 7.64 | % | 8.62 | % | (1.21 | )% | (.98 | )% | |||||||||||
Rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities
|
2.26 | 3.92 | 5.19 | (1.66 | ) | (1.27 | ) | ||||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
Gross interest margin (taxable-equivalent basis)
|
4.17 | % | 3.72 | % | 3.43 | % | .45 | % | .29 | % | |||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
Net interest margin (taxable-equivalent basis)
|
4.61 | % | 4.42 | % | 4.33 | % | .19 | % | .09 | % | |||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
Average balances
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
Investment securities
|
$ | 28,829 | $ | 21,916 | $ | 17,311 | $ | 6,913 | $ | 4,605 | |||||||||||
Loans
|
114,456 | 118,177 | 118,317 | (3,721 | ) | (140 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Earning assets
|
149,143 | 145,165 | 140,606 | 3,978 | 4,559 | ||||||||||||||||
Interest-bearing liabilities
|
120,221 | 119,390 | 116,002 | 831 | 3,388 | ||||||||||||||||
Net free funds (b)
|
28,922 | 25,775 | 24,604 | 3,147 | 1,171 | ||||||||||||||||
|
(a) | Interest and rates are presented on a fully taxable-equivalent basis utilizing a tax rate of 35 percent. |
(b) | Represents noninterest-bearing deposits, allowance for credit losses, non-earning assets, other liabilities and equity. |
Provision for Credit Losses The provision for credit losses is recorded to bring the allowance for credit losses to a level deemed appropriate by management based on factors discussed in the Analysis and Determination of Allowance for Credit Losses section. The provision for credit losses was $1,349.0 million in 2002, compared with $2,528.8 million and $828.0 million in 2001 and 2000, respectively.
Table 4 | Net Interest Income Changes Due to Rate and Volume (a) |
2002 v 2001 | 2001 v 2000 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(Dollars in Millions) | Volume | Yield/Rate | Total | Volume | Yield/Rate | Total | |||||||||||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Increase (decrease) in
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest income
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial loans
|
$ | (450.8 | ) | $ | (535.7 | ) | $ | (986.5 | ) | $ | .8 | $ | (614.1 | ) | $ | (613.3 | ) | ||||||||||
Commercial real estate
|
(27.5 | ) | (338.9 | ) | (366.4 | ) | 3.6 | (297.8 | ) | (294.2 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Residential mortgages
|
(12.6 | ) | (50.3 | ) | (62.9 | ) | (202.9 | ) | (2.6 | ) | (205.5 | ) | |||||||||||||||
Retail loans
|
288.2 | (543.6 | ) | (255.4 | ) | 248.4 | (245.3 | ) | 3.1 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total loans
|
(202.7 | ) | (1,468.5 | ) | (1,671.2 | ) | 49.9 | (1,159.8 | ) | (1,109.9 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Loans held for sale
|
56.4 | (32.7 | ) | 23.7 | 47.7 | (2.9 | ) | 44.8 | |||||||||||||||||||
Investment securities
|
403.7 | (235.2 | ) | 168.5 | 314.1 | (190.5 | ) | 123.6 | |||||||||||||||||||
Money market investments
|
(1.8 | ) | (14.2 | ) | (16.0 | ) | (12.7 | ) | (14.6 | ) | (27.3 | ) | |||||||||||||||
Trading securities
|
12.6 | (31.0 | ) | (18.4 | ) | (.6 | ) | 2.3 | 1.7 | ||||||||||||||||||
Other earning assets
|
(3.9 | ) | 9.8 | 5.9 | (22.1 | ) | (27.7 | ) | (49.8 | ) | |||||||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total
|
264.3 | (1,771.8 | ) | (1,507.5 | ) | 376.3 | (1,393.2 | ) | (1,016.9 | ) | |||||||||||||||||
Interest expense
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest checking
|
24.4 | (125.7 | ) | (101.3 | ) | 19.2 | (86.0 | ) | (66.8 | ) | |||||||||||||||||
Money market accounts
|
8.7 | (406.9 | ) | (398.2 | ) | 94.7 | (383.7 | ) | (289.0 | ) | |||||||||||||||||
Savings accounts
|
3.3 | (20.7 | ) | (17.4 | ) | (6.7 | ) | (24.8 | ) | (31.5 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Time certificates of deposit less than $100,000
|
(215.2 | ) | (282.8 | ) | (498.0 | ) | (142.9 | ) | (74.0 | ) | (216.9 | ) | |||||||||||||||
Time deposits greater than $100,000
|
(83.1 | ) | (244.8 | ) | (327.9 | ) | 9.2 | (195.7 | ) | (186.5 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total interest-bearing deposits
|
(261.9 | ) | (1,080.9 | ) | (1,342.8 | ) | (26.5 | ) | (764.2 | ) | (790.7 | ) | |||||||||||||||
Short-term borrowings
|
(68.9 | ) | (215.8 | ) | (284.7 | ) | 24.5 | (272.1 | ) | (247.6 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Long-term debt
|
240.3 | (582.4 | ) | (342.1 | ) | 148.4 | (475.3 | ) | (326.9 | ) | |||||||||||||||||
Company-obligated mandatorily redeemable
preferred securities
|
62.1 | (53.3 | ) | 8.8 | 43.9 | (26.8 | ) | 17.1 | |||||||||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total
|
(28.4 | ) | (1,932.4 | ) | (1,960.8 | ) | 190.3 | (1,538.4 | ) | (1,348.1 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Increase (decrease) in net interest income
|
$ | 292.7 | $ | 160.6 | $ | 453.3 | $ | 186.0 | $ | 145.2 | $ | 331.2 | |||||||||||||||
|
(a) | This table shows the components of the change in net interest income by volume and rate on a taxable-equivalent basis utilizing a tax rate of 35 percent. This table does not take into account the level of noninterest-bearing funding, nor does it fully reflect changes in the mix of assets and liabilities. The change in interest not solely due to changes in volume or rates has been allocated on a pro-rata basis to volume and yield/rate. |
Noninterest Income Noninterest income in 2002 was $5.9 billion, compared with $5.4 billion in 2001 and $4.9 billion in 2000. Noninterest income in 2001 included $62.2 million of merger and restructuring-related gains in connection with the sale of 14 branches representing $771 million in deposits. Refer to Note 5 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further information on merger and restructuring-related items.
Table 5 | Noninterest Income |
2002 | 2001 | ||||||||||||||||||||
(Dollars in Millions) | 2002 | 2001 | 2000 | v 2001 | v 2000 | ||||||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
Credit and debit card revenue
|
$ | 517.0 | $ | 465.9 | $ | 431.0 | 11.0 | % | 8.1 | % | |||||||||||
Corporate payment products revenue
|
325.7 | 297.7 | 299.2 | 9.4 | (.5 | ) | |||||||||||||||
ATM processing services
|
136.9 | 130.6 | 141.9 | 4.8 | (8.0 | ) | |||||||||||||||
Merchant processing services
|
567.3 | 308.9 | 120.0 | 83.7 | * | ||||||||||||||||
Trust and investment management fees
|
899.1 | 894.4 | 926.2 | .5 | (3.4 | ) | |||||||||||||||
Deposit service charges
|
714.0 | 667.3 | 555.6 | 7.0 | 20.1 | ||||||||||||||||
Cash management fees
|
416.9 | 347.3 | 292.4 | 20.0 | 18.8 | ||||||||||||||||
Commercial products revenue
|
479.2 | 437.4 | 350.0 | 9.6 | 25.0 | ||||||||||||||||
Mortgage banking revenue
|
330.2 | 234.0 | 189.9 | 41.1 | 23.2 | ||||||||||||||||
Trading account profits and commissions
|
206.5 | 221.6 | 258.4 | (6.8 | ) | (14.2 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Investment products fees and commissions
|
428.9 | 460.1 | 466.6 | (6.8 | ) | (1.4 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Investment banking revenue
|
207.4 | 258.2 | 360.3 | (19.7 | ) | (28.3 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Securities gains, net
|
299.9 | 329.1 | 8.1 | (8.9 | ) | * | |||||||||||||||
Other
|
339.6 | 286.4 | 526.8 | 18.6 | (45.6 | ) | |||||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
Total operating noninterest income
|
5,868.6 | 5,338.9 | 4,926.4 | 9.9 | 8.4 | ||||||||||||||||
Merger and restructuring-related gains
|
| 62.2 | | * | * | ||||||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
Total noninterest income
|
$ | 5,868.6 | $ | 5,401.1 | $ | 4,926.4 | 8.7 | % | 9.6 | % | |||||||||||
|
* Not meaningful
Noninterest Expense Noninterest expense in 2002 was $6.3 billion, compared with $6.6 billion and $5.7 billion in 2001 and 2000, respectively. Noninterest expense included merger and restructuring-related charges of $324.1 million in 2002, compared with $946.4 million in 2001 and $348.7 million in 2000. Excluding merger and
Table 6 | Noninterest Expense |
2002 | 2001 | ||||||||||||||||||||
(Dollars in Millions) | 2002 | 2001 | 2000 | v 2001 | v 2000 | ||||||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
Salaries
|
$ | 2,409.2 | $ | 2,347.1 | $ | 2,427.1 | 2.6 | % | (3.3 | )% | |||||||||||
Employee benefits
|
367.7 | 366.2 | 399.8 | .4 | (8.4 | ) | |||||||||||||||
Net occupancy
|
409.3 | 417.9 | 396.9 | (2.1 | ) | 5.3 | |||||||||||||||
Furniture and equipment
|
306.0 | 305.5 | 308.2 | .2 | (.9 | ) | |||||||||||||||
Professional services
|
142.5 | 123.8 | 109.0 | 15.1 | 13.6 | ||||||||||||||||
Advertising and marketing
|
117.9 | 121.6 | 122.1 | (3.0 | ) | (.4 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Travel and entertainment
|
83.6 | 90.6 | 107.0 | (7.7 | ) | (15.3 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Capitalized software
|
148.1 | 136.1 | 111.9 | 8.8 | 21.6 | ||||||||||||||||
Data processing
|
112.5 | 80.0 | 149.7 | 40.6 | (46.6 | ) | |||||||||||||||
Communication
|
183.8 | 181.4 | 138.8 | 1.3 | 30.7 | ||||||||||||||||
Postage
|
178.4 | 179.8 | 174.5 | (.8 | ) | 3.0 | |||||||||||||||
Printing
|
79.8 | 77.9 | 86.5 | 2.4 | (9.9 | ) | |||||||||||||||
Goodwill
|
| 251.1 | 235.0 | * | 6.9 | ||||||||||||||||
Other intangible assets
|
553.0 | 278.4 | 157.3 | 98.6 | 77.0 | ||||||||||||||||
Other
|
840.7 | 701.4 | 444.5 | 19.9 | 57.8 | ||||||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
Total operating noninterest expense
|
5,932.5 | 5,658.8 | 5,368.3 | 4.8 | 5.4 | ||||||||||||||||
Merger and restructuring-related charges
|
324.1 | 946.4 | 348.7 | (65.8 | ) | * | |||||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
Total noninterest expense
|
$ | 6,256.6 | $ | 6,605.2 | $ | 5,717.0 | (5.3 | )% | 15.5 | % | |||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
Efficiency ratio (a)
|
50.3 | % | 57.5 | % | 51.9 | % | |||||||||||||||
Efficiency ratio, operating basis (b)
|
47.7 | 49.5 | 48.8 | ||||||||||||||||||
Banking efficiency ratio, operating
basis (b) (c)
|
44.0 | 45.2 | 43.5 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
(a) | Computed as noninterest expense divided by the sum of net interest income on a taxable-equivalent basis and noninterest income excluding securities gains (losses), net. |
(b) | Operating basis represents the efficiency ratios excluding merger and restructuring-related items. |
(c) | Without investment banking and brokerage activity. |
* | Not meaningful |
Pension Plans Because of the long-term nature of pension plans, the accounting for pensions is complex and can be impacted by several factors, including accounting methods, investment and funding policies and the plans actuarial assumptions. The Companys pension accounting policy complies with the Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 87, Employers Accounting for Pension Plans (SFAS 87), and reflects the long-term nature of benefit obligations and the investment horizon of plan assets. The Company has an established process for evaluating the plans, their performance and significant plan assumptions, including the assumed discount rate and the long-term rate of return (LTROR). At least annually, an independent consultant is engaged to assist U.S. Bancorps Compensation Committee in evaluating plan objectives, investment policies considering its long-term investment time horizon and asset allocation strategies, funding policies and significant plan assumptions. Although plan assumptions are established annually, the Company may update its analysis on an interim basis in order to be responsive to significant events that occur during the year, such as plan mergers and amendments.
As Reported | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Combined or Weighted Plan | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Assumptions (a) | USBM | Firstar | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2003 | 2002 | 2001 | 2001 | 2000 | 2001 | 2000 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Expected long-term return on plan assets
|
9.9 | % | 10.9 | % | 11.6 | % | 11.0 | % | 9.5 | % | 12.2 | % | 12.2 | % | ||||||||||||||
Discount rate in determining benefit obligations
|
6.8 | 7.2 | 7.9 | 7.5 | 7.8 | 7.5 | 8.0 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Rate of increase in future compensation
|
3.5 | 3.5 | 4.8 | 3.5 | 5.6 | 3.5 | 4.0 | |||||||||||||||||||||
|
(a) | The weighted rates for 2002 represent a blended rate utilizing the original 2002 assumption for the first six months of 2002 and the rates for 2003 for the second six months of 2002. The rates for 2003 represent the most recent information available at the re-measurement date. |
Asset Allocation | Expected Returns | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Typical | December | Standard | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Asset Class | Asset Mix | 2002 | Target (a) | Compound | Average | Deviation | |||||||||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Domestic Equities
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Large Cap
|
30 | % | 33 | % | 36 | % | 8.5 | % | 9.9 | % | 18.0 | % | |||||||||||||
Mid Cap
|
15 | 18 | 18 | 8.8 | 10.8 | 21.1 | |||||||||||||||||||
Small Cap
|
15 | 27 | 26 | 9.0 | 11.5 | 24.0 | |||||||||||||||||||
International Equities
|
10 | 18 | 20 | 8.7 | 10.8 | 21.9 | |||||||||||||||||||
Fixed Income
|
30 | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Other
|
| 4 | | ||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Total mix or weighted rates
|
100 | % | 100 | % | 100 | % | 9.1 | 10.7 | 18.8 | ||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
LTROR assumed
|
8.1 | % | 9.9 | % (b) | |||||||||||||||||||||
Standard deviation
|
14.1 | % | 18.8 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||
Sharpe ratio (c)
|
.409 | .382 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
|
(a) | The target asset allocation was modified slightly from the existing asset allocation at September 30, 2002, to enhance the portfolios diversification. |
(b) | The LTROR assumed for the target asset allocation strategy of 9.9 percent is based on a range of estimates evaluated by the Company, including the compound expected return of 9.1 percent and the average expected return of 10.7 percent. |
(c) | The Sharpe ratio is a direct measure of reward-to-risk. The Sharpe ratio for these asset allocation strategies is considered to be within acceptable parameters. |
Regardless of the extent of the Companys analysis of alternative asset allocation strategies, economic scenarios and possible outcomes, plan assumptions developed are subject to imprecision and changes in economic factors. To illustrate, for the period from 1994 to 2001, the actual return on plan assets was 11.3 percent compared with an
Base | ||||||||||||||||||||
LTROR | 7.9% | 8.9% | 9.9% | 10.9% | 11.9% | |||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||
Incremental benefit (cost)
|
$ | (40.7 | ) | $ | (20.4 | ) | $ | | $ | 20.4 | $ | 40.7 | ||||||||
Percent of 2002 net income
|
(.77 | )% | (.38 | )% | | % | .38 | % | .77 | % | ||||||||||
|
Base | ||||||||||||||||||||
Discount | 4.8% | 5.8% | 6.8% | 7.8% | 8.8% | |||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||
Incremental benefit (cost)
|
$ | (49.3 | ) | $ | (25.2 | ) | $ | | $ | 9.9 | $ | 26.2 | ||||||||
Percent of 2002 net income
|
(.93 | )% | (.48 | )% | | % | .19 | % | .49 | % | ||||||||||
|
Merger and Restructuring-Related Items The Company incurred merger and restructuring-related items in each of the last three years in conjunction with its acquisitions. Merger and restructuring-related items included in pre-tax earnings were $324.1 million ($211.3 million after-tax) in 2002, compared with $1,266.4 million ($844.3 million after-tax) and $348.7 million ($231.3 million after-tax) for 2001 and 2000, respectively. Merger and restructuring-related items in 2002 included $271.1 million of net expense associated with the Firstar/USBM merger and $53.0 million associated with NOVA and other smaller acquisitions. Merger and restructuring-related items in 2002 associated with the Firstar/USBM merger were primarily related to systems conversions and integration, asset write-downs and lease terminations recognized at the completion of conversions. Offsetting a portion of these costs in 2002 was an asset gain related to the sale of a non-strategic investment in a sub-prime lending business and a mark-to-market recovery associated with the liquidation of U.S. Bancorp Libras investment portfolio. The Company exited this business in 2001 and the liquidation efforts were substantially completed in the second quarter of 2002.
Income Tax Expense The provision for income taxes was $1,776.3 million (an effective rate of 34.8 percent) in 2002, compared with $927.7 million (an effective rate of 35.2 percent) in 2001 and $1,512.2 million (an effective rate of 34.5 percent) in 2000. The decrease in the effective tax rate in 2002, compared with 2001, was primarily driven by a change in unitary state tax apportionment factors, a decrease in non-deductible merger and restructuring-related charges and the change in accounting for goodwill. The effective tax rate increase in 2001, compared with 2000, was primarily due to a decline in tax-exempt interest related to sales of investment securities, the impact of unitary state tax apportionment factors on the Company, non-deductible merger and restructuring-related costs and the acquisition of NOVA.
BALANCE SHEET ANALYSIS
Average earning assets were $149.1 billion in 2002, compared with $145.2 billion in 2001. The increase in average earning assets of $3.9 billion (2.7 percent) was primarily driven by increases in the investment portfolio, core retail loan growth, and the impact of acquisitions. This growth was partially offset by declines in commercial and commercial real estate loans reflecting lower borrowing
Table 7 | Loan Portfolio Distribution |
2002 | 2001 | 2000 | 1999 | 1998 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Percent | Percent | Percent | Percent | Percent | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
December 31 (Dollars in Millions) | Amount | of Total | Amount | of Total | Amount | of Total | Amount | of Total | Amount | of Total | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial
|
$ | 36,584 | 31.5 | % | $ | 40,472 | 35.4 | % | $ | 47,041 | 38.5 | % | $ | 42,021 | 37.1 | % | $ | 37,777 | 35.3 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Lease financing
|
5,360 | 4.6 | 5,858 | 5.1 | 5,776 | 4.7 | 3,835 | 3.4 | 3,291 | 3.1 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total commercial
|
41,944 | 36.1 | 46,330 | 40.5 | 52,817 | 43.2 | 45,856 | 40.5 | 41,068 | 38.4 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial real estate
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial mortgages
|
20,325 | 17.5 | 18,765 | 16.4 | 19,466 | 15.9 | 18,636 | 16.5 | 16,602 | 15.5 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Construction and development
|
6,542 | 5.6 | 6,608 | 5.8 | 6,977 | 5.7 | 6,506 | 5.7 | 5,206 | 4.9 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total commercial real estate
|
26,867 | 23.1 | 25,373 | 22.2 | 26,443 | 21.6 | 25,142 | 22.2 | 21,808 | 20.4 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Residential mortgages
|
9,746 | 8.4 | 7,829 | 6.8 | 9,397 | 7.7 | 12,760 | 11.3 | 14,982 | 14.0 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Retail
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Credit card
|
5,665 | 4.9 | 5,889 | 5.1 | 6,012 | 4.9 | 5,004 | 4.4 | 4,856 | 4.5 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Retail leasing
|
5,680 | 4.9 | 4,906 | 4.3 | 4,153 | 3.4 | 2,123 | 1.9 | 1,621 | 1.5 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Home equity and second mortgages (a)
|
13,572 | 11.6 | 12,235 | 10.7 | 11,956 | 9.7 | * | * | * | * | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other retail
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Revolving credit
|
2,650 | 2.3 | 2,673 | 2.3 | 2,750 | 2.2 | * | * | * | * | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Installment
|
2,258 | 1.9 | 2,292 | 2.0 | 2,186 | 1.8 | * | * | * | * | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Automobile
|
6,343 | 5.5 | 5,660 | 5.0 | 5,609 | 4.6 | * | * | * | * | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Student
|
1,526 | 1.3 | 1,218 | 1.1 | 1,042 | .9 | * | * | * | * | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total other retail (a)
|
12,777 | 11.0 | 11,843 | 10.4 | 11,587 | 9.5 | 22,344 | 19.7 | 22,623 | 21.2 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total retail
|
37,694 | 32.4 | 34,873 | 30.5 | 33,708 | 27.5 | 29,471 | 26.0 | 29,100 | 27.2 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total loans
|
$ | 116,251 | 100.0 | % | $ | 114,405 | 100.0 | % | $ | 122,365 | 100.0 | % | $ | 113,229 | 100.0 | % | $ | 106,958 | 100.0 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||||
|
(a) | Home equity and second mortgages are included within the total other retail category for the periods prior to the year 2000. |
* | Information not available |
Loans The Companys total loan portfolio was $116.3 billion at December 31, 2002, compared with $114.4 billion at December 31, 2001, an increase of $1.9 billion (1.6 percent). The increase in total loans was driven by strong retail loan and residential mortgage growth, partially offset by a decline in commercial loans due in part to current economic conditions. During 2002, there were reclassifications between loan categories that occurred in connection with conforming loan classifications at the time of system conversions. Prior years were not restated, as it was impractical to determine the extent of reclassification for all periods presented. Average total loans decreased $3.7 billion (3.1 percent) in 2002, compared with 2001. The decline in total average loans in 2002, compared with 2001, was driven by the decline in commercial and commercial real estate loans in 2002 and the impact of transfers of high credit quality commercial loans to the loan conduit in 2001. The decline in commercial and commercial real estate loans was partially offset by growth in retail loans and residential mortgages. Average total loans on a core basis decreased by $2.7 billion (2.2 percent) relative to the prior year.
Commercial Commercial loans, including lease financing, totaled $41.9 billion at December 31, 2002, compared with $46.3 billion at December 31, 2001, a decrease of $4.4 billion (9.5 percent). The decline was driven by softness in loan demand, credit-related actions including
Table 8 | Commercial Loan Exposure by Industry Group and Geography |
December 31, 2002 | December 31, 2001 | ||||||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||
Industry Group (Dollars in Millions) | Loans | Percent | Loans | Percent | |||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||
Consumer products and services
|
$ | 7,206 | 17.2 | % | $ | 7,622 | 16.5 | % | |||||||||
Financials
|
5,769 | 13.7 | 5,859 | 12.6 | |||||||||||||
Capital goods
|
5,486 | 13.1 | 6,497 | 14.0 | |||||||||||||
Commercial services and supplies
|
3,853 | 9.2 | 4,178 | 9.0 | |||||||||||||
Agriculture
|
3,153 | 7.5 | 3,433 | 7.4 | |||||||||||||
Transportation
|
2,231 | 5.3 | 2,560 | 5.5 | |||||||||||||
Consumer staples
|
1,924 | 4.6 | 2,060 | 4.5 | |||||||||||||
Private investors
|
1,759 | 4.2 | 1,864 | 4.0 | |||||||||||||
Paper and forestry products, mining and basic
materials
|
1,664 | 4.0 | 2,053 | 4.4 | |||||||||||||
Health care
|
1,475 | 3.5 | 1,567 | 3.4 | |||||||||||||
Property management and development
|
1,266 | 3.0 | 1,384 | 3.0 | |||||||||||||
Technology
|
797 | 1.9 | 1,089 | 2.4 | |||||||||||||
Energy
|
575 | 1.4 | 410 | .9 | |||||||||||||
Other
|
4,786 | 11.4 | 5,754 | 12.4 | |||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||
Total
|
$ | 41,944 | 100.0 | % | $ | 46,330 | 100.0 | % | |||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||
Geography
|
|||||||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||
California
|
$ | 4,127 | 9.8 | % | $ | 3,969 | 8.6 | % | |||||||||
Colorado
|
1,796 | 4.3 | 2,008 | 4.3 | |||||||||||||
Illinois
|
2,214 | 5.3 | 2,339 | 5.0 | |||||||||||||
Minnesota
|
6,605 | 15.7 | 6,511 | 14.1 | |||||||||||||
Missouri
|
2,895 | 6.9 | 2,104 | 4.5 | |||||||||||||
Ohio
|
2,455 | 5.9 | 2,896 | 6.3 | |||||||||||||
Oregon
|
1,604 | 3.8 | 2,014 | 4.3 | |||||||||||||
Washington
|
3,129 | 7.5 | 3,882 | 8.4 | |||||||||||||
Wisconsin
|
3,052 | 7.3 | 3,115 | 6.7 | |||||||||||||
Iowa, Kansas, Nebraska, North Dakota, South Dakota
|
4,421 | 10.5 | 5,059 | 10.9 | |||||||||||||
Arkansas, Indiana, Kentucky, Tennessee
|
1,865 | 4.4 | 1,897 | 4.1 | |||||||||||||
Idaho, Montana, Wyoming
|
996 | 2.4 | 1,014 | 2.2 | |||||||||||||
Arizona, Nevada, Utah
|
986 | 2.4 | 1,057 | 2.3 | |||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||
Total banking region
|
36,145 | 86.2 | 37,865 | 81.7 | |||||||||||||
Outside the Companys banking region
|
5,799 | 13.8 | 8,465 | 18.3 | |||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||
Total
|
$ | 41,944 | 100.0 | % | $ | 46,330 | 100.0 | % | |||||||||
|
Commercial Real Estate The Companys portfolio of commercial real estate loans, which includes commercial mortgages and construction loans, was $26.9 billion at December 31, 2002, compared with $25.4 billion at December 31, 2001, an increase of $1.5 billion (5.9 percent). Included in the change in commercial real estate loans at year-end was a net reclassification of approximately $.5 billion to the commercial real estate loan category predominately from the commercial loan category. Commercial mortgages outstanding increased by $1.6 billion (8.3 percent), driven by loan reclassifications and growth in small business administration lending, while real estate construction and development loans remained essentially flat compared with a year ago. Average commercial real estate loans were essentially flat at $25.7 billion in 2002, compared with $26.1 billion in 2001. Table 9 provides a summary of commercial real estate exposures by property type and geographic location.
Table 9 | Commercial Real Estate Exposure by Property Type and Geography |
December 31, 2002 | December 31, 2001 | ||||||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||
Property Type (Dollars in Millions) | Loans | Percent | Loans | Percent | |||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||
Business owner occupied
|
$ | 6,513 | 24.2 | % | $ | 5,159 | 20.3 | % | |||||||||
Multi-family
|
3,258 | 12.1 | 2,842 | 11.2 | |||||||||||||
Commercial property
|
|||||||||||||||||
Industrial
|
1,227 | 4.6 | 1,995 | 7.9 | |||||||||||||
Office
|
3,564 | 13.3 | 2,948 | 11.6 | |||||||||||||
Retail
|
3,832 | 14.3 | 2,704 | 10.7 | |||||||||||||
Other
|
1,447 | 5.4 | 1,949 | 7.7 | |||||||||||||
Homebuilders
|
2,142 | 8.0 | 1,417 | 5.6 | |||||||||||||
Hotel/motel
|
2,585 | 9.6 | 1,985 | 7.8 | |||||||||||||
Health care facilities
|
1,290 | 4.8 | 1,183 | 4.7 | |||||||||||||
Other
|
1,009 | 3.7 | 3,191 | 12.5 | |||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||
Total
|
$ | 26,867 | 100.0 | % | $ | 25,373 | 100.0 | % | |||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||
Geography
|
|||||||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||
California
|
$ | 4,277 | 15.9 | % | $ | 3,399 | 13.4 | % | |||||||||
Colorado
|
1,190 | 4.4 | 840 | 3.3 | |||||||||||||
Illinois
|
1,140 | 4.2 | 1,581 | 6.2 | |||||||||||||
Minnesota
|
1,508 | 5.6 | 1,401 | 5.5 | |||||||||||||
Missouri
|
2,297 | 8.6 | 2,439 | 9.6 | |||||||||||||
Ohio
|
2,264 | 8.4 | 2,274 | 9.0 | |||||||||||||
Oregon
|
1,614 | 6.0 | 1,427 | 5.6 | |||||||||||||
Washington
|
3,242 | 12.1 | 2,671 | 10.5 | |||||||||||||
Wisconsin
|
2,040 | 7.6 | 2,128 | 8.4 | |||||||||||||
Iowa, Kansas, Nebraska, North Dakota, South Dakota
|
1,895 | 7.1 | 2,016 | 8.0 | |||||||||||||
Arkansas, Indiana, Kentucky, Tennessee
|
1,679 | 6.2 | 2,055 | 8.1 | |||||||||||||
Idaho, Montana, Wyoming
|
682 | 2.5 | 690 | 2.7 | |||||||||||||
Arizona, Nevada, Utah
|
1,439 | 5.4 | 1,182 | 4.7 | |||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||
Total banking region
|
25,267 | 94.0 | 24,103 | 95.0 | |||||||||||||
Outside the Companys banking region
|
1,600 | 6.0 | 1,270 | 5.0 | |||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||
Total
|
$ | 26,867 | 100.0 | % | $ | 25,373 | 100.0 | % | |||||||||
|
Residential Mortgages Residential mortgages held in the loan portfolio were $9.7 billion at December 31, 2002, compared with $7.8 billion at December 31, 2001, an increase of $1.9 billion (24.5 percent). The increase in residential mortgages was driven by an increase in refinancing given the current rate environment and strong growth in first lien home equity loans through the Companys Consumer Finance division. The increase also reflects a decision to retain adjustable rate mortgages in the portfolio for asset liability management purposes and a reclassification of approximately $.7 billion to the residential mortgages category predominately from the commercial loan category. This growth was partially offset by approximately $.9 billion in residential loan sales during 2002. Average residential mortgages of $8.4 billion were essentially unchanged from a year ago.
Retail Total retail loans outstanding, which include credit card, retail leasing, home equity and second mortgages and other retail loans, were $37.7 billion at December 31, 2002, compared with $34.9 billion at December 31, 2001. The increase of $2.8 billion (8.1 percent) was driven by an increase in home equity lines during the recent declining rate environment and an increase in the retail leasing portfolio. This growth was partially offset by two credit card sales in 2002 that totaled approximately $483 million. Average retail loans increased $3.1 billion (9.1 percent) to $36.5 billion in 2002. Impacting the growth in average retail loans in 2002, compared with 2001, were portfolio sales of $1.3 billion in 2001 related to the high loan-to-value home equity portfolio and indirect automobile loans. On a core basis, average retail loans increased $1.8 billion (5.3 percent) from a year ago with growth in most retail loan categories. Of the total retail loans outstanding, approximately 89.8 percent are to customers located in the Companys banking region.
Loans Held for Sale At December 31, 2002, loans held for sale, consisting primarily of residential mortgages to be sold in the secondary markets, were $4.2 billion, compared with $2.8 billion at December 31, 2001. The $1.3 billion (47.5 percent) increase primarily reflected strong mortgage loan origination volume in connection with refinancing activity in 2002 given the declining interest rates for residential mortgage loans. Residential mortgage production was $23.2 billion in 2002, compared with $15.6 billion in 2001. This is substantially higher than mortgage production of $6.7 billion in 2000.
Investment Securities The Company uses its investment securities portfolio for several purposes. It serves as a vehicle to manage interest rate and prepayment risk, generates interest and dividend income from the investment of excess funds depending on loan demand, provides liquidity and is used as collateral for public deposits and wholesale funding sources.
Table 10 | Selected Loan Maturity Distribution |
Over One | |||||||||||||||||
One Year | Through | Over Five | |||||||||||||||
December 31, 2002 (Dollars in Millions) | or Less | Five Years | Years | Total | |||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||
Commercial
|
$ | 21,037 | $ | 18,039 | $ | 2,868 | $ | 41,944 | |||||||||
Commercial real estate
|
7,382 | 13,147 | 6,338 | 26,867 | |||||||||||||
Residential mortgages
|
841 | 1,827 | 7,078 | 9,746 | |||||||||||||
Retail
|
11,660 | 16,010 | 10,024 | 37,694 | |||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||
Total loans
|
$ | 40,920 | $ | 49,023 | $ | 26,308 | $ | 116,251 | |||||||||
Total of loans due after one year with
Predetermined interest rates |
$ | 38,185 | |||||||||||||||
Floating interest rates
|
$ | 37,146 | |||||||||||||||
|
Table 11 | Investment Securities |
Available-for-Sale | Held-to-Maturity | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Weighted | Weighted | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Average | Weighted | Average | Weighted | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Amortized | Fair | Maturity in | Average | Amortized | Fair | Maturity in | Average | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
December 31, 2002 (Dollars in Millions) | Cost | Value | Years | Yield | Cost | Value | Years | Yield | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
U.S. Treasury and agencies
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Maturing in one year or less
|
$ | 162 | $ | 164 | .44 | 3.83 | % | $ | | $ | | | | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
Maturing after one year through five years
|
207 | 218 | 2.97 | 4.37 | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Maturing after five years through ten years
|
41 | 42 | 7.33 | 4.12 | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Maturing after ten years
|
11 | 12 | 11.38 | 5.23 | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total
|
$ | 421 | $ | 436 | 2.64 | 4.16 | % | $ | | $ | | | | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Mortgage-backed securities
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Maturing in one year or less
|
$ | 3,878 | $ | 3,904 | .61 | 3.33 | % | $ | | $ | | | | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
Maturing after one year through
five years
|
20,359 | 20,988 | 2.69 | 5.18 | 20 | 20 | 3.25 | 7.67 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Maturing after five years through
ten years
|
725 | 768 | 5.61 | 5.27 | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Maturing after ten years
|
5 | 6 | 13.85 | 6.12 | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total
|
$ | 24,967 | $ | 25,666 | 2.46 | 4.90 | % | $ | 20 | $ | 20 | 3.25 | 7.67 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Asset-backed securities
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Maturing in one year or less
|
$ | 1 | $ | 1 | .25 | 5.50 | % | $ | | $ | | | | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
Maturing after one year through
five years
|
446 | 459 | 3.39 | 5.24 | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Maturing after five years through
ten years
|
199 | 210 | 7.12 | 5.72 | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Maturing after ten years
|
| | | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total
|
$ | 646 | $ | 670 | 4.53 | 5.39 | % | $ | | $ | | | | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Obligations of states and political
subdivisions
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Maturing in one year or less
|
$ | 102 | $ | 103 | .42 | 7.26 | % | $ | 34 | $ | 35 | .47 | 3.60 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
Maturing after one year through
five years
|
263 | 275 | 2.73 | 7.26 | 62 | 66 | 2.97 | 6.20 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Maturing after five years through
ten years
|
140 | 147 | 6.89 | 7.42 | 48 | 52 | 7.20 | 6.28 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Maturing after ten years
|
53 | 54 | 18.32 | 9.32 | 69 | 67 | 15.07 | 5.85 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total
|
$ | 558 | $ | 579 | 4.83 | 7.50 | % | $ | 213 | $ | 220 | 7.44 | 5.69 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other debt securities
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Maturing in one year or less
|
$ | 33 | $ | 34 | .63 | 5.50 | % | $ | | $ | | | | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
Maturing after one year through
five years
|
165 | 165 | 2.57 | 11.41 | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Maturing after five years through
ten years
|
4 | 3 | 6.54 | 5.15 | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Maturing after ten years
|
262 | 233 | 24.36 | 2.30 | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total
|
$ | 464 | $ | 435 | 14.76 | 5.80 | % | $ | | $ | | | | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other investments
|
$ | 485 | $ | 469 | | | % | $ | | $ | | | | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total investment securities
|
$ | 27,541 | $ | 28,255 | 2.77 | 4.97 | % | $ | 233 | $ | 240 | 7.08 | 5.86 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
|
Note: | Information related to asset and mortgage-backed securities included above is presented based upon weighted average maturities anticipating future prepayments. Average yields are presented on a fully-taxable equivalent basis. Yields on available-for-sale securities are computed based on historical cost balances. Average yield and maturity calculations exclude equity securities that have no stated yield or maturity. |
2002 | 2001 | ||||||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||
Amortized | Percent | Amortized | Percent | ||||||||||||||
At December 31 (Dollars in Millions) | Cost | of Total | Cost | of Total | |||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||
U.S. treasuries and agencies
|
$ | 421 | 1.5 | % | $ | 439 | 1.7 | % | |||||||||
Mortgage-backed securities
|
24,987 | 90.0 | 21,965 | 82.6 | |||||||||||||
Asset-backed securities
|
646 | 2.3 | 2,091 | 7.9 | |||||||||||||
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
|
771 | 2.8 | 1,148 | 4.3 | |||||||||||||
Other securities and investments
|
949 | 3.4 | 950 | 3.5 | |||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||
Total investment securities
|
$ | 27,774 | 100.0 | % | $ | 26,593 | 100.0 | % | |||||||||
|
Deposits Total deposits were $115.5 billion at December 31, 2002, compared with $105.2 billion at December 31, 2001, an increase of $10.3 billion (9.8 percent). The increase in total deposits was the result of the continued desire by customers to maintain liquidity and specific deposit gathering initiatives and funding decisions in 2002.
Borrowings The Company utilizes both short-term and long-term borrowings to fund growth of earning assets in excess of deposit growth. Short-term borrowings, which include federal funds purchased, securities sold under agreements to repurchase and other short-term borrowings, were $7.8 billion at December 31, 2002, down $6.9 billion (46.8 percent) from $14.7 billion at year-end 2001. Short-term funding is managed to levels deemed appropriate given
Table 12 | Deposits |
The composition of deposits was as follows:
2002 | 2001 | 2000 | 1999 | 1998 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Percent | Percent | Percent | Percent | Percent | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
December 31 (Dollars in Millions) | Amount | of Total | Amount | of Total | Amount | of Total | Amount | of Total | Amount | of Total | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Noninterest-bearing deposits
|
$ | 35,106 | 30.4 | % | $ | 31,212 | 29.7 | % | $ | 26,633 | 24.3 | % | $ | 26,350 | 25.5 | % | $ | 27,479 | 26.3 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest-bearing deposits
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest checking
|
17,467 | 15.1 | 15,251 | 14.5 | 13,982 | 12.8 | 13,141 | 12.7 | 13,385 | 12.8 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Money market accounts
|
27,753 | 24.0 | 24,835 | 23.6 | 23,899 | 21.8 | 22,751 | 22.0 | 22,086 | 21.2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Savings accounts
|
5,021 | 4.4 | 4,637 | 4.4 | 4,516 | 4.1 | 5,445 | 5.3 | 6,352 | 6.1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total of savings deposits
|
50,241 | 43.5 | 44,723 | 42.5 | 42,397 | 38.7 | 41,337 | 40.0 | 41,823 | 40.1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Time certificates of deposit less than $100,000
|
17,973 | 15.5 | 20,724 | 19.7 | 25,780 | 23.5 | 25,394 | 24.5 | 27,935 | 26.8 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Time deposits greater than $100,000
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Domestic
|
9,427 | 8.2 | 7,286 | 6.9 | 11,221 | 10.3 | 9,348 | 9.0 | 6,261 | 6.0 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Foreign
|
2,787 | 2.4 | 1,274 | 1.2 | 3,504 | 3.2 | 988 | 1.0 | 848 | .8 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total interest-bearing deposits
|
80,428 | 69.6 | 74,007 | 70.3 | 82,902 | 75.7 | 77,067 | 74.5 | 76,867 | 73.7 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total deposits
|
$ | 115,534 | 100.0 | % | $ | 105,219 | 100.0 | % | $ | 109,535 | 100.0 | % | $ | 103,417 | 100.0 | % | $ | 104,346 | 100.0 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||
|
The maturity of time deposits greater than
$100,000 was as follows:
December 31 (Dollars in Millions)
2002
$
7,533
1,376
1,701
1,604
$
12,214
CORPORATE RISK PROFILE
Overview Managing risks is an essential part of successfully operating a financial services company. The most prominent risk exposures are credit, residual, operational, interest rate, market and liquidity. Credit risk is the risk of not collecting the interest and/or the principal balance of a loan or investment when it is due. Residual risk is the potential reduction in the end-of-term value of leased assets or the residual cash flows related to asset securitization and other off-balance sheet structures. Operational risk includes risks related to fraud, legal and compliance risk, processing errors, technology and breaches of internal controls. Interest rate risk is the potential reduction of net interest income as a result of changes in interest rates. Rate movements can affect the repricing of assets and liabilities differently, as well as their market value. Market risk arises from fluctuations in interest rates, foreign exchange rates, and equity prices that may result in changes in the values of financial instruments, such as trading and available-for-sale securities that are accounted for on a mark-to-market basis. Liquidity risk is the possible inability to fund obligations to depositors, investors or borrowers. In addition, corporate strategic decisions, as well as the risks described above, could give rise to reputation risk. Reputation risk is the risk that negative publicity or press, whether true or not, could result in costly litigation or cause a decline in the Companys stock value, customer base or revenue.
Credit Risk Management The Companys strategy for credit risk management includes well defined, centralized credit policies, uniform underwriting criteria, and ongoing risk monitoring and review processes for all commercial and consumer credit exposures. The strategy also emphasizes diversification on a geographic, industry and customer level, regular credit examinations and management reviews of loans experiencing deterioration of credit quality. The Company strives to identify potential problem loans early, take any necessary charge-offs promptly and maintain adequate reserve levels for probable loan losses. Commercial banking operations rely on a strong credit culture that combines prudent credit policies and individual lender accountability. The Company utilizes a credit risk rating system to measure the credit quality of individual commercial loan transactions and regularly forecasts potential changes in risk ratings and nonperforming status. The risk rating system is intended to identify and measure the credit quality of lending relationships. In the Companys retail banking operations, standard credit scoring systems are used to assess consumer credit risks and to price consumer products accordingly. The Company also engages in non-lending activities that may give rise to credit risk, including interest rate swap contracts for balance sheet hedging purposes, foreign exchange transactions and interest rate swap contracts for customers, settlement risk and the processing of credit card transactions for merchants. These activities are also subject to credit review, analysis and approval processes.
Credit Diversification The Company manages its credit risk, in part, through diversification of its loan portfolio. As part of its normal business activities, it offers a broad array of traditional commercial lending products and specialized products such as asset-based lending, commercial lease financing, agricultural credit, warehouse mortgage lending, commercial real estate, health care and correspondent banking. The Company also offers an array of retail lending products including credit cards, retail leases, home equity, revolving credit, lending to students and other consumer loans. These retail credit products are primarily offered through the branch office network, specialized trust, home mortgage and loan production offices, indirect distribution channels, such as automobile dealers and a consumer finance company. The Company monitors and manages the portfolio diversification by industry, customer and geography. Table 7 provides information with respect to the overall product diversification and changes in mix in 2002.
Analysis of Loan Net Charge-Offs Total loan net charge-offs decreased $173.5 million to $1,373.0 million in 2002, compared with $1,546.5 million in 2001 and $825.4 million in 2000. The ratio of total loan net charge-offs to average loans was 1.20 percent in 2002, compared with 1.31 percent in 2001 and .70 percent in 2000. Included in loan net charge-offs for 2001 were $313.2 million of commercial loan charge-offs related to specific events or credit initiatives taken by management, $160 million of loan charge-offs relating to the Companys accelerated loan workout strategy and $90 million of loan write-offs to conform risk management practices, align loan charge-off policies and expedite the transition out of a specific segment of the health care portfolio not meeting the lower risk appetite of the Company. The level of loan net charge-offs during 2002 reflected the impact of soft economic conditions and continued weakness in the communications, transportation and manufacturing sectors, as well as the impact of the weak economy on highly leveraged enterprise value financings. Assuming no further deterioration in the economy, net charge-offs are expected to remain at recent levels until the economy improves.
Table 13 | Net Charge-offs as a Percent of Average Loans Outstanding |
Year Ended December 31 | 2002 | 2001 | 2000 | 1999 | 1998 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial
|
1.29 | % | 1.62 | % | .56 | % | .41 | % | * | % | |||||||||||||
Lease financing
|
2.67 | 1.95 | .46 | .24 | * | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Total commercial
|
1.46 | 1.66 | .55 | .40 | .31 | ||||||||||||||||||
Commercial real estate
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial mortgages
|
.17 | .21 | .03 | .02 | * | ||||||||||||||||||
Construction and development
|
.11 | .17 | .11 | .03 | * | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Total commercial real estate
|
.15 | .20 | .05 | .02 | (.04 | ) | |||||||||||||||||
Residential mortgages
|
.23 | .15 | .11 | .11 | .07 | ||||||||||||||||||
Retail
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Credit card
|
4.98 | 4.80 | 4.18 | 4.00 | 4.02 | ||||||||||||||||||
Retail leasing
|
.72 | .65 | .41 | .28 | * | ||||||||||||||||||
Home equity and second mortgages
|
.74 | .85 | * | * | * | ||||||||||||||||||
Other retail
|
2.10 | 2.16 | 1.32 | 1.26 | * | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Total retail
|
1.85 | 1.94 | 1.69 | 1.63 | 1.54 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Total loans (a)
|
1.20 | % | 1.31 | % | .70 | % | .61 | % | .53 | % | |||||||||||||
|
(a) | In accordance with guidance provided in the Interagency Guidance on Certain Loans Held for Sale, loans held with the intent to sell are transferred to the Loans Held for Sale category based on the lower of cost or fair value. At the time of transfer, the portion of the mark-to-market losses representing probable credit losses determined in accordance with policies and methods utilized to determine the allowance for credit losses is included in net charge-offs. The remaining portion of the losses is reported separately as a reduction of the allowance for credit losses under Losses from loan sales/transfers. Had the entire amount of the loss been reported as charge-offs, total net charge-offs would have been $1,875.8 million (1.59 percent of average loans) for the year ended December 31, 2001. |
* | Information not available |
Analysis of Nonperforming Assets Nonperforming assets include nonaccrual loans, restructured loans not performing in accordance with modified terms, other real estate and other nonperforming assets owned by the Company. Interest payments are typically applied against the principal balance and not recorded as income. At December 31, 2002, total nonperforming assets were $1,373.5 million, compared with $1,120.0 million at year-end 2001 and $867.0 million at year-end 2000. The ratio of total nonperforming assets to total loans and other real estate increased to 1.18 percent at December 31, 2002, compared with .98 percent and .71 percent for the years ending 2001 and 2000, respectively.
Table 14 | Nonperforming Assets (a) |
At December 31, | |||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
(Dollars in Millions) | 2002 | 2001 | 2000 | 1999 | 1998 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial
|
$ | 760.4 | $ | 526.6 | $ | 470.4 | $ | 219.0 | $ | 230.4 | |||||||||||||
Lease financing
|
166.7 | 180.8 | 70.5 | 31.5 | 17.7 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Total commercial
|
927.1 | 707.4 | 540.9 | 250.5 | 248.1 | ||||||||||||||||||
Commercial real estate
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial mortgages
|
174.6 | 131.3 | 105.5 | 138.2 | 86.9 | ||||||||||||||||||
Construction and development
|
57.5 | 35.9 | 38.2 | 31.6 | 28.4 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Total commercial real estate
|
232.1 | 167.2 | 143.7 | 169.8 | 115.3 | ||||||||||||||||||
Residential mortgages
|
52.0 | 79.1 | 56.9 | 72.8 | 98.7 | ||||||||||||||||||
Retail
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Credit card
|
| | 8.8 | 5.0 | 2.6 | ||||||||||||||||||
Retail leasing
|
1.0 | 6.5 | | .4 | .5 | ||||||||||||||||||
Other retail
|
25.1 | 41.1 | 15.0 | 21.1 | 30.4 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Total retail
|
26.1 | 47.6 | 23.8 | 26.5 | 33.5 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Total nonperforming loans
|
1,237.3 | 1,001.3 | 765.3 | 519.6 | 495.6 | ||||||||||||||||||
Other real estate
|
59.5 | 43.8 | 61.1 | 40.0 | 35.1 | ||||||||||||||||||
Other assets
|
76.7 | 74.9 | 40.6 | 28.9 | 16.9 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Total nonperforming assets
|
$ | 1,373.5 | $ | 1,120.0 | $ | 867.0 | $ | 588.5 | $ | 547.6 | |||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Restructured loans accruing interest (b)
|
$ | 1.4 | $ | | $ | | $ | | $ | | |||||||||||||
Accruing loans 90 days or more past
due (c)
|
$ | 426.4 | $ | 462.9 | $ | 385.2 | $ | 248.6 | $ | 252.9 | |||||||||||||
Nonperforming loans to total loans
|
1.06 | % | .88 | % | .63 | % | .46 | % | .46 | % | |||||||||||||
Nonperforming assets to total loans plus
other real estate
|
1.18 | % | .98 | % | .71 | % | .52 | % | .51 | % | |||||||||||||
Net interest lost on nonperforming loans
|
$ | 65.4 | $ | 63.0 | $ | 50.8 | $ | 29.5 | $ | 21.3 | |||||||||||||
|
Delinquent Loan Ratios
At December 31, | |||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
(as a percent of ending loan balances) | 2002 | 2001 | 2000 | 1999 | 1998 | ||||||||||||||||||
90 days or more past due excluding nonperforming loans | |||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial
|
.14 | % | .14 | % | .11 | % | .05 | % | .08 | % | |||||||||||||
Lease financing
|
.10 | .45 | .02 | | .03 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Total commercial
|
.14 | .18 | .10 | .05 | .07 | ||||||||||||||||||
Commercial real estate
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial mortgages
|
.03 | .03 | .07 | .08 | .06 | ||||||||||||||||||
Construction and development
|
.07 | .02 | .03 | .05 | .06 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Total commercial real estate
|
.04 | .02 | .06 | .07 | .06 | ||||||||||||||||||
Residential mortgages
|
.90 | .78 | .62 | .42 | .52 | ||||||||||||||||||
Retail
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Credit card
|
2.09 | 2.18 | 1.70 | 1.23 | 1.02 | ||||||||||||||||||
Retail leasing
|
.19 | .11 | .20 | .12 | .10 | ||||||||||||||||||
Other retail
|
.54 | .74 | .62 | .41 | .36 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Total retail
|
.72 | .90 | .76 | .53 | .45 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Total loans
|
.37 | % | .40 | % | .31 | % | .22 | % | .24 | % | |||||||||||||
|
At December 31, | |||||||||||||||||||||
90 days or more past due including nonperforming |
|
||||||||||||||||||||
loans | 2002 | 2001 | 2000 | 1999 | 1998 | ||||||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial
|
2.35 | 1.71 | 1.13 | .59 | .68 | ||||||||||||||||
Commercial real estate
|
.90 | .68 | .60 | .74 | .59 | ||||||||||||||||
Residential mortgages
|
1.44 | 1.79 | 1.23 | .99 | 1.17 | ||||||||||||||||
Retail
|
.79 | 1.03 | .83 | .62 | .57 | ||||||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
Total loans
|
1.43 | % | 1.28 | % | .94 | % | .68 | % | .70 | % | |||||||||||
|
(a) | Throughout this document, nonperforming assets and related ratios do not include accruing loans 90 days or more past due. |
(b) | Nonaccrual restructured loans are included in the respective nonperforming loan categories and excluded from restructured loans accruing interest. |
(c) | These loans are not included in nonperforming assets and continue to accrue interest because they are secured by collateral and/or are in the process of collection and are reasonably expected to result in repayment or restoration to current status. |
Residential mortgages 30 to 89 days or more past due were 2.85 percent of the total residential mortgage portfolio at December 31, 2002, compared with 3.40 percent at December 31, 2001, and 2.93 percent at December 31, 2000. Residential mortgages 90 days or more past due totaled 1.44 percent at December 31, 2002, compared with 1.79 percent at December 31, 2001, and 1.23 percent at December 31, 2000. The improvement in 2002 reflects, in part, the mix of first-lien home equity loans originated through the Companys consumer finance division. Retail loans 30 to 89 days or more past due were 2.46 percent of the total retail portfolio at December 31, 2002, compared with 3.30 percent at December 31, 2001, and 2.96 percent at December 31, 2000. The percentage of retail loans 90 days or more past due was .79 percent of total retail loans at December 31, 2002, compared with 1.03 percent at December 31, 2001, and .83 percent at December 31, 2000. The improvement in retail loan delinquencies from December 31, 2001, to December 31, 2002, primarily reflected the risk management actions, stabilization and improvement in collection efforts resulting from the successful completion of the integration efforts. The increase in retail loan delinquencies from December 31, 2000, to December 31, 2001, was primarily related to the credit card, home equity and revolving credit line portfolios and reflected the economic slowdown and unemployment trends during 2001.
Analysis and Determination of the Allowance for Credit Losses The allowance for credit losses provides coverage for probable and estimable losses inherent in the Companys loan and lease portfolio. Management evaluates the allowance each quarter to determine that it is adequate to cover inherent losses. The evaluation of each element and the overall allowance is based on a continuing assessment of problem loans and related off-balance sheet items, recent loss experience and other factors, including regulatory guidance and economic conditions.
Table 15 | Summary of Allowance for Credit Losses |
(Dollars in Millions) | 2002 | 2001 | 2000 | 1999 | 1998 | |||||||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Balance at beginning of year
|
$ | 2,457.3 | $ | 1,786.9 | $ | 1,710.3 | $ | 1,705.7 | $ | 1,665.8 | ||||||||||||||
Charge-offs
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial
|
559.2 | 779.0 | 319.8 | 250.1 | * | |||||||||||||||||||
Lease financing
|
188.8 | 144.4 | 27.9 | 12.4 | * | |||||||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total commercial
|
748.0 | 923.4 | 347.7 | 262.5 | 202.3 | |||||||||||||||||||
Commercial real estate
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial mortgages
|
40.9 | 49.5 | 15.8 | 19.1 | * | |||||||||||||||||||
Construction and development
|
8.8 | 12.6 | 10.3 | 2.6 | * | |||||||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total commercial real estate
|
49.7 | 62.1 | 26.1 | 21.7 | 23.6 | |||||||||||||||||||
Residential mortgages
|
23.1 | 15.8 | 13.7 | 16.2 | 14.4 | |||||||||||||||||||
Retail
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Credit card
|
304.9 | 294.1 | 235.8 | 220.2 | 223.9 | |||||||||||||||||||
Retail leasing
|
45.2 | 34.2 | 14.8 | 6.2 | * | |||||||||||||||||||
Home equity and second mortgages
|
107.9 | 112.7 | * | * | * | |||||||||||||||||||
Other retail
|
311.9 | 329.1 | 379.5 | 376.0 | * | |||||||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total retail
|
769.9 | 770.1 | 630.1 | 602.4 | 533.4 | |||||||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total charge-offs
|
1,590.7 | 1,771.4 | 1,017.6 | 902.8 | 773.7 | |||||||||||||||||||
Recoveries
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial
|
67.4 | 60.6 | 64.0 | 84.8 | * | |||||||||||||||||||
Lease financing
|
39.9 | 30.4 | 7.2 | 4.0 | * | |||||||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total commercial
|
107.3 | 91.0 | 71.2 | 88.8 | 81.9 | |||||||||||||||||||
Commercial real estate
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial mortgages
|
9.1 | 9.1 | 10.8 | 15.1 | * | |||||||||||||||||||
Construction and development
|
1.4 | .8 | 2.6 | 1.0 | * | |||||||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total commercial real estate
|
10.5 | 9.9 | 13.4 | 16.1 | 31.0 | |||||||||||||||||||
Residential mortgages
|
4.0 | 3.2 | 1.3 | 1.4 | 3.0 | |||||||||||||||||||
Retail
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Credit card
|
24.6 | 23.4 | 27.5 | 34.6 | 36.9 | |||||||||||||||||||
Retail leasing
|
6.3 | 4.5 | 2.0 | 1.1 | * | |||||||||||||||||||
Home equity and second mortgages
|
10.6 | 12.9 | * | * | * | |||||||||||||||||||
Other retail
|
54.4 | 80.0 | 76.8 | 88.2 | * | |||||||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total retail
|
95.9 | 120.8 | 106.3 | 123.9 | 112.6 | |||||||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total recoveries
|
217.7 | 224.9 | 192.2 | 230.2 | 228.5 | |||||||||||||||||||
Net Charge-offs
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial
|
491.8 | 718.4 | 255.8 | 165.3 | * | |||||||||||||||||||
Lease financing
|
148.9 | 114.0 | 20.7 | 8.4 | * | |||||||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total commercial
|
640.7 | 832.4 | 276.5 | 173.7 | 120.4 | |||||||||||||||||||
Commercial real estate
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial mortgages
|
31.8 | 40.4 | 5.0 | 4.0 | * | |||||||||||||||||||
Construction and development
|
7.4 | 11.8 | 7.7 | 1.6 | * | |||||||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total commercial real estate
|
39.2 | 52.2 | 12.7 | 5.6 | (7.4 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||
Residential mortgages
|
19.1 | 12.6 | 12.4 | 14.8 | 11.4 | |||||||||||||||||||
Retail
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Credit card
|
280.3 | 270.7 | 208.3 | 185.6 | 187.0 | |||||||||||||||||||
Retail leasing
|
38.9 | 29.7 | 12.8 | 5.1 | * | |||||||||||||||||||
Home equity and second mortgages
|
97.3 | 99.8 | * | * | * | |||||||||||||||||||
Other retail
|
257.5 | 249.1 | 302.7 | 287.8 | * | |||||||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total retail
|
674.0 | 649.3 | 523.8 | 478.5 | 420.8 | |||||||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total net charge-offs
|
1,373.0 | 1,546.5 | 825.4 | 672.6 | 545.2 | |||||||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Provision for credit losses
|
1,349.0 | 2,528.8 | 828.0 | 646.0 | 491.3 | |||||||||||||||||||
Losses from loan sales/transfers (a)
|
| (329.3 | ) | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Acquisitions and other changes
|
(11.3 | ) | 17.4 | 74.0 | 31.2 | 93.8 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Balance at end of year
|
$ | 2,422.0 | $ | 2,457.3 | $ | 1,786.9 | $ | 1,710.3 | $ | 1,705.7 | ||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Allowance as a percent of
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Period-end loans
|
2.08 | % | 2.15 | % | 1.46 | % | 1.51 | % | 1.59 | % | ||||||||||||||
Nonperforming loans
|
196 | 245 | 233 | 329 | 344 | |||||||||||||||||||
Nonperforming assets
|
176 | 219 | 206 | 291 | 312 | |||||||||||||||||||
Net charge-offs (a)
|
176 | 159 | 216 | 254 | 313 | |||||||||||||||||||
|
(a) | In accordance with guidance provided in the Interagency Guidance on Certain Loans Held for Sale, loans held with the intent to sell are transferred to the Loans Held for Sale category based on the lower of cost or fair value. At the time of the transfer, the portion of the mark-to-market losses representing probable credit losses determined in accordance with policies and methods utilized to determine the allowance for credit losses is included in net charge-offs. The remaining portion of the losses is reported separately as a reduction of the allowance for credit losses under Losses from loan sales/transfers. Had the entire amount of the loss been reported as charge-offs, total net charge-offs would have been $1,875.8 million for the year ended 2001. Additionally, the allowance as a percent of net charge-offs would have been 131 percent for the year ended December 31, 2001. |
* | Information not available |
December 31, 2001 and 2000, respectively. The decline in the allowance for commercial and commercial real estate loans reflected a reduction of $93.7 million related to a change in the volume of commercial and commercial real estate portfolios and mix of the risk ratings within the portfolio. The remaining decline of $244.3 million reflected improvements in loss severity rates determined from historical migration analysis. Although the Companys level of commercial and commercial real estate loans in higher risk loan categories declined approximately 11 percent, the level of nonperforming loans continued at elevated levels and increased by 22.6 percent in 2002. The change from year-end 2000 to year-end 2001 reflected higher levels of nonperforming loans, increased loss severity reflected in the historical migration, increased sector risk in certain industries and deterioration in credit risk ratings compared with 2000.
Table 16 | Elements of the Allowance for Credit Losses (a) |
Allowance Amount | Allowance as a Percent of Loans | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
December 31 (Dollars in Millions) | 2002 | 2001 | 2000 | 1999 | 1998 | 2002 | 2001 | 2000 | 1999 | 1998 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial
|
$ | 776.4 | $ | 1,068.1 | $ | 418.8 | $ | 408.3 | $ | 343.7 | 2.12 | % | 2.64 | % | .89 | % | .97 | % | .91 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Lease financing
|
107.6 | 107.5 | 17.7 | 20.2 | 21.5 | 2.01 | 1.84 | .31 | .53 | .65 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total commercial
|
884.0 | 1,175.6 | 436.5 | 428.5 | 365.2 | 2.11 | 2.54 | .83 | .93 | .89 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial real estate
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial mortgages
|
152.9 | 176.6 | 42.7 | 110.4 | 105.2 | .75 | .94 | .22 | .59 | .63 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Construction and development
|
53.5 | 76.4 | 17.7 | 22.5 | 25.9 | .82 | 1.16 | .25 | .35 | .50 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total commercial real estate
|
206.4 | 253.0 | 60.4 | 132.9 | 131.1 | .77 | 1.00 | .23 | .53 | .60 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Residential mortgages
|
34.2 | 21.9 | 11.6 | 18.6 | 27.2 | .35 | .28 | .12 | .15 | .18 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Retail
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Credit card
|
272.4 | 295.2 | 265.6 | 320.8 | 304.3 | 4.81 | 5.01 | 4.42 | 6.41 | 6.27 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Retail leasing
|
44.0 | 38.7 | 27.2 | 18.6 | 6.5 | .77 | .79 | .65 | .88 | .40 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Home equity and second mortgages
|
114.7 | 88.6 | 107.7 | * | * | .85 | .72 | .90 | * | * | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other retail
|
268.6 | 282.8 | 250.3 | 389.2 | 365.6 | 2.10 | 2.39 | 2.16 | 1.74 | 1.62 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total retail
|
699.7 | 705.3 | 650.8 | 728.6 | 676.4 | 1.86 | 2.02 | 1.93 | 2.47 | 2.32 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total allocated allowance
|
1,824.3 | 2,155.8 | 1,159.3 | 1,308.6 | 1,199.9 | 1.57 | 1.89 | .95 | 1.16 | 1.12 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Available for other factors
|
597.7 | 301.5 | 627.6 | 401.7 | 505.8 | .51 | .26 | .51 | .35 | .47 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total allowance
|
$ | 2,422.0 | $ | 2,457.3 | $ | 1,786.9 | $ | 1,710.3 | $ | 1,705.7 | 2.08 | % | 2.15 | % | 1.46 | % | 1.51 | % | 1.59 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||
|
(a) | During 2001, the Company changed its methodology for determining the specific allowance for elements of the loan portfolio. Table 16 has been restated for 2000. Due to the Companys inability to gather historical loss data on a combined basis for 1998 and 1999, the methodologies and amounts assigned to each element of the loan portfolio for these years have not been conformed. Utilizing the prior methods, the total assigned to the allocated allowance for 2000 was $1,397.3 million and the allowance available for other factors portion was $389.6 million. Refer to paragraph four in the section captioned Analysis and Determination of Allowance for Credit Losses. |
* | Information not available |
Residual Risk Management The Company manages its risk to changes in the value of lease residual assets through disciplined residual setting and valuation at the inception of a lease, diversification of its leased assets, regular asset valuation reviews and monitoring of residual value gains or losses upon the disposition of assets. Commercial lease originations are subject to the same well-defined underwriting standards referred to in the Credit Risk Management section which includes an evaluation of the residual risk. Retail lease residual risk is mitigated further by originating longer term vehicle leases and effective end-of-term marketing of off-lease vehicles. Also, to reduce the financial risk of potential changes in vehicle residual values, the Company maintains residual value insurance. The catastrophic insurance maintained by the Company provides for the potential recovery of losses on individual vehicle sales in an amount equal to the difference between: a) 105 percent or 110 percent of the average wholesale auction price for the vehicle at the time of sale; and, b) the vehicle residual value specified by the Automotive Lease Guide (an authoritative industry source) at the inception of the lease. The potential recovery is calculated for each individual vehicle sold in a particular policy year and is reduced by any gains realized on vehicles sold during the same period. The Company will receive claim proceeds if, in the aggregate, there is a net loss for such period. To reduce the risk associated with collecting insurance claims, the
Operational Risk Management Operational risk represents the risk of loss resulting from the Companys operations, including, but not limited to, the risk of fraud by employees or persons outside the Company, the execution of unauthorized transactions by employees, errors relating to transaction processing and technology, and breaches of the internal control system and compliance requirements. This risk of loss also includes the potential legal actions that could arise as a result of an operational deficiency or as a result of noncompliance with applicable regulatory standards, adverse business decisions or their implementation, and customer attrition due to potential negative publicity.
Interest Rate Risk Management In the banking industry, a significant risk exists related to changes in interest rates. To minimize the volatility of net interest income and of the market value of assets and liabilities, the Company manages its exposure to changes in interest rates through asset and liability management activities within guidelines established by its Asset Liability Policy Committee (ALPC) and approved by the Board of Directors. ALPC has the responsibility for approving and ensuring compliance with asset/liability management policies, including interest rate risk exposure. The Company uses Net Interest Income Simulation Analysis and Market Value of Equity Modeling for measuring and analyzing consolidated interest rate risk.
Net Interest Income Simulation Analysis One of the primary tools used to measure interest rate risk and the effect of interest rate changes on rate sensitive income and net interest income is simulation analysis. The monthly analysis incorporates substantially all of the Companys assets and liabilities and off-balance sheet instruments, together with forecasted changes in the balance sheet and assumptions that reflect the current interest rate environment. Through these simulations, management estimates the impact on rate sensitive income of a 300 basis point upward or downward gradual change of market interest rates over a one year period. The simulations also estimate the effect of immediate and sustained parallel shifts in the yield curve of 50 basis points as well as the effect of immediate and sustained flattening or steepening of the yield curve. These simulations include assumptions about how the balance sheet is likely to be affected by changes in loan and deposit growth. Assumptions are made to project rates for new loans and deposits based on historical analysis, managements outlook and repricing strategies. These assumptions are validated on a periodic basis. A sensitivity analysis is provided for key variables of the simulation. The results are reviewed by ALPC monthly and are used to guide hedging strategies. ALPC policy guidelines limit the estimated change in rate sensitive income to 5.0 percent of forecasted rate sensitive income over the succeeding 12 months.
Sensitivity of Net Interest Income and Rate Sensitive Income:
2002 | 2001 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Down 50 | Up 50 | Down 300 | Up 300 | Down 50 | Up 50 | Down 300 | Up 300 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Immediate | Immediate | Gradual | Gradual | Immediate | Immediate | Gradual | Gradual | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net Interest Income
|
.08 | % | (.34 | )% | * | % | (1.91 | )% | (.10 | )% | (.15 | )% | * | % | .10 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Rate Sensitive Income
|
.20 | % | (.55 | )% | * | % | (2.57 | )% | .24 | % | (.38 | )% | * | % | (.46 | )% | ||||||||||||||||
|
* | Given the current level of interest rates, a downward 300 basis point scenario can not be computed. |
Market Value of Equity Modeling The Company also utilizes the market value of equity as a measurement tool in managing interest rate sensitivity. The market value of equity measures the degree to which the market values of the Companys assets and liabilities and off-balance sheet instruments will change given a change in interest rates. ALPC guidelines limit the change in market value of equity in a 200 basis point parallel rate shock to 15 percent of the base case. Given the low level of current rates, the down 200 basis point scenario cannot be computed. The up 200 basis point scenario was a 2.5 percent decrease at December 31, 2002, compared with a 6.6 percent decrease at December 31, 2001. ALPC reviews other down rate scenarios to evaluate the impact of falling rates. The down 100 basis point scenario was a 1.0 percent decrease at December 31, 2002, and a 1.8 percent increase at December 31, 2001. The overall sensitivity was relatively neutral.
Use of Derivatives to Manage Interest Rate Risk In the ordinary course of business, the Company enters into derivative transactions to manage interest rate and prepayment risk and to accommodate the business requirements of its customers. To manage its interest rate risk, the Company may enter into interest rate swap agreements and interest rate options such as caps and floors. Interest rate swaps involve the exchange of fixed-rate and variable-rate payments without the exchange of the underlying notional amount on which the interest payments are calculated. Interest rate caps protect against rising interest rates while interest rate floors protect against declining interest rates. In connection with its mortgage banking operations, the Company enters into forward commitments to sell mortgage loans related to fixed-rate mortgage loans held for sale and fixed-rate mortgage loan commitments.
Table 17 | Derivative Positions |
Asset and Liability Management Positions
Weighted- | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Maturing | Average | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Remaining | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
December 31, 2002 | Fair | Maturity | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(Dollars in Millions) | 2003 | 2004 | 2005 | 2006 | 2007 | Thereafter | Total | Value | in Years | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest rate contracts
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Receive fixed/pay floating swaps
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Notional amount
|
$ | 606 | $ | 473 | $ | 1,761 | $ | 5,320 | $ | 5,670 | $ | 5,900 | $ | 19,730 | $ | 1,555 | 6.67 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Weighted-average
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Receive rate
|
6.02 | % | 6.86 | % | 5.50 | % | 3.54 | % | 4.59 | % | 6.51 | % | 5.06 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Pay rate
|
1.51 | 1.48 | 1.57 | 1.42 | 1.44 | 1.88 | 1.58 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Pay fixed/receive floating swaps
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Notional amount
|
$ | 2,200 | $ | 2,050 | $ | 365 | $ | | $ | | $ | 150 | $ | 4,765 | $ | (117 | ) | 1.64 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Weighted-average
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Receive rate
|
1.42 | % | 1.42 | % | 1.77 | % | | | 1.31 | % | 1.45 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Pay rate
|
2.74 | 3.81 | 4.28 | | | 4.47 | 3.34 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Futures and forwards
|
$ | 6,850 | $ | | $ | | $ | | $ | | $ | | $ | 6,850 | $ | (80 | ) | .13 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Options
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Written
|
2,940 | | | 45 | | | 2,985 | 26 | .13 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Equity contracts
|
$ | | $ | | $ | 5 | $ | | $ | | $ | | $ | 5 | $ | | 2.92 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Customer-related Positions
Weighted- | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Maturing | Average | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Remaining | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
December 31, 2002 | Fair | Maturity | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(Dollars in Millions) | 2003 | 2004 | 2005 | 2006 | 2007 | Thereafter | Total | Value | in Years | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest rate contracts
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Receive fixed/pay floating swaps
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Notional amount
|
$ | 715 | $ | 564 | $ | 652 | $ | 630 | $ | 502 | $ | 978 | $ | 4,041 | $ | 223 | 4.00 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Pay fixed/receive floating swaps
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Notional amount
|
700 | 564 | 652 | 630 | 502 | 978 | 4,026 | (201 | ) | 3.98 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Basis swaps
|
| 1 | | | | | 1 | | 1.67 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Options
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Purchased
|
266 | 35 | 10 | 15 | 63 | 9 | 398 | 4 | 1.67 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Written
|
261 | 35 | 10 | 15 | 63 | 9 | 393 | (4 | ) | 1.75 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Foreign exchange rate contracts
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Swaps and forwards
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Buy
|
$ | 3,292 | $ | 14 | $ | | $ | | $ | | $ | | $ | 3,306 | $ | 213 | .50 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Sell
|
3,292 | 14 | | | | | 3,306 | (212 | ) | .50 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Options
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Purchased
|
199 | | | | | | 199 | 8 | .57 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Written
|
199 | | | | | | 199 | (8 | ) | .57 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Market Risk Management In addition to interest rate risk, the Company is exposed to other forms of market risk as a consequence of conducting normal trading activities. Business activities that contribute to market risk include, among other things, market making, underwriting, proprietary trading and foreign exchange positions. Value at Risk (VaR) is a key measure of market risk for the Company. Theoretically, VaR represents the maximum amount that the Company has placed at risk of loss, with a ninety-ninth percentile degree of confidence, to adverse market movements in the course of its risk taking activities.
Liquidity Risk Management ALPC establishes policies, as well as analyzes and manages liquidity, to ensure that adequate funds are available to meet normal operating requirements in addition to unexpected customer demands for funds, such as high levels of deposit withdrawals or loan demand, in a timely and cost-effective manner. The most important factor in the preservation of liquidity is maintaining public confidence that facilitates the retention and growth of a large, stable supply of core deposits and wholesale funds. Ultimately, public confidence is generated through profitable operations, sound credit quality and a strong capital position. The Companys performance in these areas has enabled it to develop a large and reliable base of core funding within its market areas and in domestic and global capital markets. Liquidity management is viewed from a long-term and short-term perspective, as well as from an asset and liability perspective. Management monitors liquidity through a regular review of maturity profiles, funding sources, and loan and deposit forecasts to minimize funding risk.
Table 18 | Debt Ratings |
Standard & | |||||||||||||
At December 31, 2002 | Moodys | Poors | Fitch | ||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||
U.S. Bancorp
|
|||||||||||||
Short-term borrowings
|
F1 | ||||||||||||
Senior debt and medium-term notes
|
Aa3 | A | A+ | ||||||||||
Subordinated debt
|
A1 | A- | A | ||||||||||
Preferred stock
|
A2 | BBB+ | A | ||||||||||
Commercial paper
|
P-1 | A-1 | F1 | ||||||||||
U.S. Bank National Association
|
|||||||||||||
Short-term time deposits
|
P-1 | A-1 | F1+ | ||||||||||
Long-term time deposits
|
Aa2 | A+ | AA- | ||||||||||
Bank notes
|
Aa2/P-1 | A+/A-1 | A+/F1+ | ||||||||||
Subordinated debt
|
Aa3 | A | A | ||||||||||
|
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements Asset securitization and conduits represent a source of funding the Companys growth through off-balance sheet structures. The Company sponsors two off-balance sheet conduits to which it transfers high-grade assets: a commercial loan conduit and an investment securities conduit. These conduits are funded by issuing commercial paper. The commercial loan conduit holds primarily high credit quality commercial loans and held assets of $4.2 billion at December 31, 2002, and $6.9 billion in assets at December 31, 2001. The investment securities conduit holds high-grade investment securities and held assets of $9.5 billion at December 31, 2002, and $9.8 billion in assets at December 31, 2001. These investment securities include primarily (i) private label asset-backed securities, which are insurance wrapped by AAA/ Aaa-rated mono-line insurance companies and (ii) government agency mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations. The commercial loan conduit had commercial paper liabilities of $4.2 billion at December 31, 2002, and $6.9 billion at December 31, 2001. The investment securities conduit had commercial paper liabilities of $9.5 billion at December 31, 2002, and $9.8 billion at December 31, 2001. The Company benefits by transferring commercial loans and investment securities into conduits that provide diversification of funding sources in a capital-efficient manner and generate income.
Table 19 | Contractual Obligations |
Over One | Over Three | ||||||||||||||||
One Year | Through | Through | Over Five | ||||||||||||||
(Dollars in Millions) | or Less | Three Years | Five Years | Years | |||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||
Contractual Obligations
|
|||||||||||||||||
Deposits
|
$ | 106,866 | $ | 5,658 | $ | 2,979 | $ | 31 | |||||||||
Short-term debt
|
7,806 | | | | |||||||||||||
Long-term debt
|
7,937 | 13,231 | 1,779 | 5,641 | |||||||||||||
Trust preferred securities
|
| | | 2,994 | |||||||||||||
Capital leases
|
9 | 15 | 13 | 45 | |||||||||||||
Operating leases
|
358 | 349 | 421 | 503 | |||||||||||||
|
CAPITAL MANAGEMENT
The Company is committed to managing capital for shareholder benefit while providing sound protection to its depositors and to its creditors. The Company continually assesses its business risks and capital position. The Company also manages its capital to exceed regulatory capital requirements for well-capitalized bank holding companies. To achieve these capital goals, the Company employs a variety of capital management tools including dividends, common share repurchases, and the issuance of subordinated debt and other capital instruments. Total shareholders equity was $18.1 billion at December 31, 2002, compared with $16.5 billion at December 31, 2001. The increase was primarily the result of corporate earnings, including merger and restructuring-related items, offset by dividends, share buybacks, the effect of a change in accounting principles and acquisitions.
FOURTH QUARTER SUMMARY
In the fourth quarter of 2002, the Company had net income of $849.8 million ($.44 per diluted share), compared with $695.4 million ($.36 per diluted share) in the fourth quarter of 2001. The Company reported operating earnings (net income excluding merger and restructuring-related items) of $920.1 million ($.48 per diluted share) in the fourth quarter of 2002, compared with operating earnings of $785.2 million ($.40 per diluted share) in the fourth quarter of 2001. The Companys results for the fourth quarter of 2002 improved over the same period of 2001, primarily due to strong growth in consumer banking and payment services revenue, offset somewhat by lower investment banking activity. The fourth quarter of 2002 results included $152.7 million of significant income items, which were
Table 20 | Regulatory Capital Ratios |
At December 31 (Dollars in Millions) | 2002 | 2001 | ||||||||
|
||||||||||
U.S. Bancorp
|
||||||||||
Tangible common equity
|
$ | 9,489 | $ | 9,374 | ||||||
As a percent of tangible assets
|
5.6 | % | 5.7 | % | ||||||
Tier 1 capital
|
$ | 12,606 | $ | 12,488 | ||||||
As a percent of risk-weighted assets
|
7.8 | % | 7.7 | % | ||||||
As a percent of adjusted quarterly average assets
(leverage ratio)
|
7.5 | % | 7.7 | % | ||||||
Total risk-based capital
|
$ | 19,753 | $ | 19,148 | ||||||
As a percent of risk-weighted assets
|
12.2 | % | 11.7 | % | ||||||
Bank Subsidiaries (a)
|
||||||||||
U.S. Bank National Association
|
||||||||||
Tier 1 capital
|
6.7 | % | 7.5 | % | ||||||
Total risk-based capital
|
10.8 | 11.8 | ||||||||
Leverage
|
6.7 | 7.7 | ||||||||
U.S. Bank National Association
ND
|
||||||||||
Tier 1 capital
|
13.4 | % | 18.1 | % | ||||||
Total risk-based capital
|
18.9 | 23.1 | ||||||||
Leverage
|
12.1 | 17.9 | ||||||||
Bank Regulatory Capital Requirements |
Minimum |
Well- Capitalized |
||||||||
|
||||||||||
Tier 1 capital
|
4 | % | 6 | % | ||||||
Total risk-based capital
|
8 | 10 | ||||||||
Leverage
|
4 | 5 | ||||||||
|
(a) | These balances and ratios were prepared in accordance with regulatory accounting principles as disclosed in the subsidiaries regulatory reports. |
Table 21 | Fourth Quarter Summary |
Financial Results and Ratios on an Operating Basis (a)
Three Months Ended | |||||||||
December 31, | |||||||||
|
|||||||||
(Dollars in Millions) | 2002 | 2001 | |||||||
|
|||||||||
Condensed Income Statement
|
|||||||||
Net interest income (taxable-equivalent basis)
|
$ | 1,775.0 | $ | 1,674.2 | |||||
Noninterest income
|
1,439.9 | 1,312.2 | |||||||
Securities gains, net
|
106.2 | 22.0 | |||||||
|
|||||||||
Total net revenue
|
3,321.1 | 3,008.4 | |||||||
Noninterest expense
|
1,551.2 | 1,503.9 | |||||||
Provision for credit losses
|
349.0 | 265.8 | |||||||
|
|||||||||
Income before taxes and merger and
restructuring-related items
|
1,420.9 | 1,238.7 | |||||||
Taxable-equivalent adjustment
|
9.2 | 9.9 | |||||||
Income taxes
|
491.6 | 443.6 | |||||||
|
|||||||||
Operating earnings
|
920.1 | 785.2 | |||||||
Merger and restructuring-related items (after-tax)
|
(70.3 | ) | (89.8 | ) | |||||
|
|||||||||
Net income in accordance with GAAP
|
$ | 849.8 | $ | 695.4 | |||||
|
|||||||||
Financial Ratios
|
|||||||||
Return on average assets
|
2.05 | % | 1.85 | % | |||||
Return on average equity
|
20.4 | 18.6 | |||||||
Efficiency ratio
|
48.3 | 50.4 | |||||||
Banking efficiency ratio (b)
|
44.1 | 46.6 | |||||||
|
(a) | The Company analyzes its performance on a net income basis in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, as well as on an operating basis before merger and restructuring-related items and cumulative effect of change in accounting principles referred to as operating earnings. Operating earnings are presented as supplemental information to enhance the readers understanding of, and highlight trends in, the Companys financial results excluding the impact of merger and restructuring- related items of specific business acquisitions and restructuring activities and cumulative effect of change in accounting principles. Operating earnings should not be viewed as a substitute for net income and earnings per share as determined in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. Merger and restructuring-related items excluded from net income to derive operating earnings may be significant and may not be comparable to other companies. |
(b) | Without investment banking and brokerage activity. |
LINE OF BUSINESS FINANCIAL REVIEW
Within the Company, financial performance is measured by major lines of business, which include Wholesale Banking, Consumer Banking, Private Client, Trust and Asset Management, Payment Services, Capital Markets, and Treasury and Corporate Support. These operating segments are components of the Company about which financial information is available and is evaluated regularly in deciding how to allocate resources and assess performance.
Basis for Financial Presentation Business line results are derived from the Companys business unit profitability reporting systems by specifically attributing managed balance sheet assets, deposits and other liabilities and their related income or expense. Funds transfer-pricing methodologies are utilized to allocate a cost of funds used or credit for funds provided to all business line assets and liabilities using a matched funding concept. Also, the business unit is allocated the taxable-equivalent benefit of tax-exempt products. Noninterest income and expenses directly managed by each business line, including fees, service charges, salaries and benefits, and other direct costs are accounted for within each segments financial results in a manner similar to the consolidated financial statements. Occupancy costs are allocated based on utilization of facilities by the lines of business. Noninterest expenses incurred by centrally managed operations or business lines that directly support another business lines operations are not charged to the applicable business line. Goodwill and other intangible assets are assigned to the lines of business based on the mix of business of the acquired entity. To enhance analysis of core business line results, the amortization of goodwill for all prior periods is reported within Treasury and Corporate Support. The provision for credit losses for each business unit is based on its net charge-offs adjusted for changes in the allowance for credit losses, reflecting improvement or deterioration in the risk profile of the business lines loan portfolios. The difference between the provision for credit losses determined in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States recognized by the Company on a consolidated basis and the provision recorded by the business lines is recorded in Treasury and Corporate Support. Income taxes are assessed to each line of business at a standard tax rate with the residual tax expense or benefit to arrive at the consolidated effective tax rate included in Treasury and Corporate Support. Merger and restructuring-related charges and cumulative effects of changes in accounting principles are not identified by or allocated to lines of business. Within the Company, capital levels are evaluated and managed centrally; however, capital is allocated to the operating segments to support evaluation of business performance. Capital allocations to the business lines are based on the amount of goodwill and other intangibles, the extent of off-balance sheet managed assets and lending commitments and the ratio of on-balance sheet assets relative to the total Company. Certain lines of business, such as trust, asset management and capital markets, have no significant balance sheet components. For these business units, capital is allocated taking into consideration fiduciary and operational risk, capital levels of independent organizations operating similar businesses, and regulatory requirements.
Wholesale Banking offers lending, depository, treasury management and other financial services to middle market, large corporate and public sector clients. Wholesale Banking contributed $1,372.7 million of the Companys net operating earnings in 2002 and $708.4 million in 2001. The significant increase in operating earnings in 2002, compared with 2001 was primarily driven by a lower provision for credit losses.
Table 22 | Line of Business Financial Performance |
Wholesale | Consumer | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Banking | Banking | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Percent | Percent | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Year Ended December 31 (Dollars in Millions) | 2002 | 2001 | Change | 2002 | 2001 | Change | ||||||||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Condensed Income Statement
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net interest income (taxable-equivalent basis)
|
$ | 1,999.0 | $ | 2,141.8 | (6.7 | )% | $ | 3,295.7 | $ | 3,259.7 | 1.1 | % | ||||||||||||||
Noninterest income
|
739.5 | 629.4 | 17.5 | 1,477.4 | 1,248.4 | 18.3 | ||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total net revenue
|
2,738.5 | 2,771.2 | (1.2 | ) | 4,773.1 | 4,508.1 | 5.9 | |||||||||||||||||||
Noninterest expense
|
395.9 | 394.5 | .4 | 1,695.1 | 1,698.7 | (.2 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
Other intangible amortization
|
20.7 | 24.7 | (16.2 | ) | 339.0 | 166.2 | * | |||||||||||||||||||
Goodwill amortization
|
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total noninterest expense
|
416.6 | 419.2 | (.6 | ) | 2,034.1 | 1,864.9 | 9.1 | |||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Operating income
|
2,321.9 | 2,352.0 | (1.3 | ) | 2,739.0 | 2,643.2 | 3.6 | |||||||||||||||||||
Provision for credit losses
|
163.9 | 1,238.4 | (86.8 | ) | 428.6 | 550.9 | (22.2 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Income before income taxes
|
2,158.0 | 1,113.6 | 93.8 | 2,310.4 | 2,092.3 | 10.4 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Income taxes and taxable-equivalent adjustment
|
785.3 | 405.2 | 93.8 | 840.7 | 761.5 | 10.4 | ||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Operating earnings, before merger and
restructuring-related items and cumulative effect of change in
accounting principles
|
$ | 1,372.7 | $ | 708.4 | 93.8 | $ | 1,469.7 | $ | 1,330.8 | 10.4 | ||||||||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Merger and restructuring-related items (after-tax)
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cumulative effect of change in accounting
principles (after-tax)
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net income
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Average Balance Sheet Data
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial
|
$ | 31,699 | $ | 37,586 | (15.7 | )% | $ | 7,099 | $ | 8,278 | (14.2 | )% | ||||||||||||||
Commercial real estate
|
16,113 | 16,959 | (5.0 | ) | 8,789 | 8,283 | 6.1 | |||||||||||||||||||
Residential mortgages
|
167 | 157 | 6.4 | 8,001 | 8,229 | (2.8 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
Retail
|
136 | 221 | (38.5 | ) | 26,928 | 23,924 | 12.6 | |||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total loans
|
48,115 | 54,923 | (12.4 | ) | 50,817 | 48,714 | 4.3 | |||||||||||||||||||
Goodwill
|
1,331 | 1,384 | (3.8 | ) | 1,787 | 1,724 | 3.7 | |||||||||||||||||||
Other intangible assets
|
127 | 157 | (19.1 | ) | 945 | 678 | 39.4 | |||||||||||||||||||
Assets
|
54,580 | 62,024 | (12.0 | ) | 59,287 | 56,906 | 4.2 | |||||||||||||||||||
Noninterest-bearing deposits
|
13,008 | 10,613 | 22.6 | 12,933 | 12,062 | 7.2 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Savings products
|
5,563 | 4,125 | 34.9 | 35,790 | 34,466 | 3.8 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Time deposits
|
2,591 | 2,386 | 8.6 | 22,609 | 26,864 | (15.8 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total deposits
|
21,162 | 17,124 | 23.6 | 71,332 | 73,392 | (2.8 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
Shareholders equity
|
$ | 5,376 | $ | 6,117 | (12.1 | ) | $ | 4,858 | $ | 4,848 | .2 | |||||||||||||||
|
* Not meaningful
Private Client, Trust | Payment | Capital | Treasury and | Consolidated | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
and Asset Management | Services | Markets | Corporate Support | Company | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Percent | Percent | Percent | Percent | Percent | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2002 | 2001 | Change | 2002 | 2001 | Change | 2002 | 2001 | Change | 2002 | 2001 | Change | 2002 | 2001 | Change | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
$ | 319.5 | $ | 317.0 | .8 | % | $ | 703.0 | $ | 619.5 | 13.5 | % | $ | 27.5 | $ | 23.0 | 19.6% | $ | 531.6 | $ | 62.0 | * | % | $ | 6,876.3 | $ | 6,423.0 | 7.1 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
875.9 | 878.2 | (.3 | ) | 1,676.5 | 1,268.4 | 32.2 | 709.8 | 807.4 | (12.1 | ) | 389.5 | 507.1 | (23.2 | ) | 5,868.6 | 5,338.9 | 9.9 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1,195.4 | 1,195.2 | | 2,379.5 | 1,887.9 | 26.0 | 737.3 | 830.4 | (11.2 | ) | 921.1 | 569.1 | 61.9 | 12,744.9 | 11,761.9 | 8.4 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
443.3 | 446.7 | (.8 | ) | 637.8 | 523.7 | 21.8 | 735.6 | 768.5 | (4.3 | ) | 1,471.8 | 1,297.2 | 13.5 | 5,379.5 | 5,129.3 | 4.9 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
31.1 | 30.6 | 1.6 | 161.0 | 55.7 | * | | | | 1.2 | 1.2 | | 553.0 | 278.4 | 98.6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| | | | | | | | | | 251.1 | * | | 251.1 | * | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
474.4 | 477.3 | (.6 | ) | 798.8 | 579.4 | 37.9 | 735.6 | 768.5 | (4.3 | ) | 1,473.0 | 1,549.5 | (4.9 | ) | 5,932.5 | 5,658.8 | 4.8 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
721.0 | 717.9 | .4 | 1,580.7 | 1,308.5 | 20.8 | 1.7 | 61.9 | (97.3 | ) | (551.9 | ) | (980.4 | ) | 43.7 | 6,812.4 | 6,103.1 | 11.6 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
18.4 | 25.4 | (27.6 | ) | 444.4 | 488.9 | (9.1 | ) | (.1 | ) | | * | 293.8 | (157.0 | ) | * | 1,349.0 | 2,146.6 | (37.2 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
702.6 | 692.5 | 1.5 | 1,136.3 | 819.6 | 38.6 | 1.8 | 61.9 | (97.1 | ) | (845.7 | ) | (823.4 | ) | (2.7 | ) | 5,463.4 | 3,956.5 | 38.1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
255.8 | 252.1 | 1.5 | 413.5 | 298.2 | 38.7 | .7 | 22.5 | (96.9 | ) | (370.3 | ) | (333.8 | ) | (10.9 | ) | 1,925.7 | 1,405.7 | 37.0 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
$ | 446.8 | $ | 440.4 | 1.5 | $ | 722.8 | $ | 521.4 | 38.6 | $ | 1.1 | $ | 39.4 | (97.2 | ) | $ | (475.4 | ) | $ | (489.6 | ) | 2.9 | 3,537.7 | 2,550.8 | 38.7 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(211.3 | ) | (844.3 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(37.2 | ) | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
$ | 3,289.2 | $ | 1,706.5 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
$ | 1,829 | $ | 1,774 | 3.1 | % | $ | 2,803 | $ | 2,584 | 8.5 | % | $ | 228 | $ | 178 | 28.1% | $ | 162 | $ | (328 | ) | * | % | $ | 43,820 | $ | 50,072 | (12.5 | )% | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
585 | 577 | 1.4 | | | | | | | 236 | 262 | (9.9 | ) | 25,723 | 26,081 | (1.4 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
234 | 182 | 28.6 | | | | | | | 10 | 8 | 25.0 | 8,412 | 8,576 | (1.9 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2,082 | 1,882 | 10.6 | 7,303 | 7,381 | (1.1 | ) | | | | 52 | 40 | 30.0 | 36,501 | 33,448 | 9.1 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
4,730 | 4,415 | 7.1 | 10,106 | 9,965 | 1.4 | 228 | 178 | 28.1 | 460 | (18 | ) | * | 114,456 | 118,177 | (3.1 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
290 | 289 | .3 | 1,814 | 972 | 86.6 | 306 | 316 | (3.2 | ) | | | | 5,528 | 4,685 | 18.0 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
227 | 253 | (10.3 | ) | 769 | 433 | 77.6 | | | | 12 | | * | 2,080 | 1,521 | 36.8 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
5,800 | 5,787 | .2 | 13,396 | 11,851 | 13.0 | 3,042 | 3,019 | .8 | 35,843 | 26,357 | 36.0 | 171,948 | 165,944 | 3.6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2,322 | 2,143 | 8.4 | 229 | 168 | 36.3 | 216 | 173 | 24.9 | 7 | (50 | ) | * | 28,715 | 25,109 | 14.4 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
4,306 | 4,418 | (2.5 | ) | 7 | 6 | 16.7 | | | | 130 | 450 | (71.1 | ) | 45,796 | 43,465 | 5.4 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
473 | 545 | (13.2 | ) | | | | | | | 4,940 | 6,587 | (25.0 | ) | 30,613 | 36,382 | (15.9 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
7,101 | 7,106 | (.1 | ) | 236 | 174 | 35.6 | 216 | 173 | 24.9 | 5,077 | 6,987 | (27.3 | ) | 105,124 | 104,956 | .2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
$ | 1,342 | $ | 1,403 | (4.3 | ) | $ | 3,224 | $ | 2,010 | 60.4 | $ | 642 | $ | 636 | .9 | $ | 1,521 | $ | 1,187 | 28.1 | $ | 16,963 | $ | 16,201 | 4.7 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Consumer Banking delivers products and services to the broad consumer market and small businesses through banking offices, telemarketing, on-line services, direct mail and automated teller machines (ATMs). It encompasses community banking, metropolitan banking, small business banking, consumer lending, mortgage banking, workplace banking, student banking, 24-hour banking and investment product and insurance sales. Consumer Banking contributed $1,469.7 million of the Companys net operating earnings in 2002 and $1,330.8 million in 2001, a 10.4 percent increase.
Private Client, Trust and Asset Management provides mutual fund processing services, trust, private banking and financial advisory services through four businesses, including: the Private Client Group, Corporate Trust, Institutional Trust and Custody, and Fund Services, LLC. The business segment also offers investment management services to several client segments, including mutual funds, institutional customers, and private asset management. Private Client, Trust and Asset Management contributed $446.8 million of the Companys net operating earnings in 2002, an increase of 1.5 percent, compared with 2001.
Payment Services includes consumer and business credit cards, corporate and purchasing card services, consumer lines of credit, ATM processing, merchant processing and debit cards. Payment Services contributed $722.8 million of the Companys net operating earnings in 2002, a 38.6 percent increase over 2001. The business units financial results were, in part, driven by the impact of the NOVA acquisition completed during the third quarter of 2001.
Capital Markets engages in equity and fixed income trading activities, offers investment banking and underwriting services for corporate and public sector customers and provides financial advisory services and securities, mutual funds, annuities and insurance products to consumers and regionally based businesses through a network of brokerage offices. Capital Markets contributed $1.1 million of the Companys net operating earnings in 2002, a 97.2 percent decline, compared with 2001. The unfavorable variance in net operating income from 2001 was due to a decline in fees related to trading, investment product fees and commissions, investment banking fees and mark-to-market valuation adjustments reflecting the recent adverse capital markets conditions. Capital markets activities continued to experience weak sales volumes and lower levels of investment banking and merger and acquisition transactions. Management anticipates continued softness in sales activities and related revenue growth throughout the next several quarters. Also contributing to the unfavorable variances was a litigation charge, including a $25.0 million settlement for investment banking regulatory matters at Piper and a $7.5 million liability for funding independent analyst research for its customers. Given continued adverse market conditions, the Capital Markets line of business continued to realign its business activities in 2002 to improve its operating model and rationalize the distribution network.
Treasury and Corporate Support includes the Companys investment portfolios, funding, capital management and asset securitization activities, interest rate risk management, the net effect of transfer pricing related to average balances, and the change in residual allocations associated with the provision for loan losses. It also includes business activities managed on a corporate basis, including enterprise-wide operations and administrative support functions. Treasury and Corporate Support recorded net operating losses of $475.4 million in 2002, a 2.9 percent improvement, compared with 2001.
ACCOUNTING CHANGES
Note 2 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements discusses new accounting policies adopted by the Company during 2002 and the expected impact of accounting policies recently issued or proposed but not yet required to be adopted. To the extent the adoption of new accounting standards affects the Companys financial condition, results of operations or liquidity, the impacts are discussed in the applicable section(s) of the Managements Discussion and Analysis and the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES
The accounting and reporting policies of the Company comply with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States and conform to general practices within the banking industry. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions. The financial position and results of operations can be affected by these estimates and assumptions, which are integral to understanding reported results. Critical accounting policies are those policies that management believes are the most important to the portrayal of the Companys financial condition and results, and require management to make estimates that are difficult, subjective or complex. Most accounting policies are not considered by management to be critical accounting policies. Several factors are considered in determining whether or not a policy is critical in the preparation of financial statements. These factors include, among other things, whether the estimates are significant to the financial statements, the nature of the estimates, the ability to readily validate the estimates with other information including third parties or available prices, and sensitivity of the estimates to changes in economic conditions and whether alternative accounting methods may be utilized under generally accepted accounting principles. Management has discussed the development and the selection of critical accounting policies with the Companys Audit Committee.
Allowance for Credit Losses The allowance for credit losses is established to provide for probable losses inherent in the Companys credit portfolio. The methods utilized to estimate the allowance for credit losses, key assumptions and quantitative and qualitative information considered by management in determining the adequacy of the allowance for credit losses are discussed in the Credit Risk Management section.
Asset Impairment In the ordinary course of business, the Company evaluates the carrying value of its assets for potential impairment. Generally, potential impairment is determined based on a comparison of fair value to the carrying value. The determination of fair value can be highly subjective, especially for assets that are not actively traded or when market-based prices are not available. The Company estimates fair value based on the present value of estimated future cash flows. The initial valuation and subsequent impairment tests may require the use of significant management estimates. Additionally, determining the amount, if any, of an impairment may require an assessment of whether or not a decline in an assets estimated fair value below the recorded value is temporary in nature. While impairment assessments impact most asset categories, the following areas are considered to be critical accounting matters in relation to the financial statements.
Mortgage Servicing Rights Mortgage servicing rights (MSRs) are capitalized as separate assets when loans are sold and servicing is retained. The total cost of loans sold is allocated between the loans sold and the servicing assets retained based on their relative fair values. MSRs that are purchased from others are initially recorded at cost. The carrying value of the MSRs is amortized in proportion to and over the period of, estimated net servicing revenue and recorded in noninterest expense as amortization of intangible assets. The carrying value of these assets is periodically reviewed for impairment using a lower of carrying value or fair value methodology. For purposes of measuring impairment, the servicing rights are stratified based on the underlying loan type and note rate and the carrying value for each stratum is compared to fair value based on a discounted cash flow analysis, utilizing current prepayment speeds and discount rates. Events that may significantly affect the estimates used are changes in interest rates and the related impact on mortgage loan prepayment speeds and the payment performance of the underlying loans. If the carrying value is less than fair value, impairment is recognized through a valuation allowance for each impaired stratum and recorded as amortization of intangible assets. The changes in the fair value of MSRs at December 31, 2002, to immediate 25 and 50 basis point adverse changes in interest rates would be approximately $81 million and $145 million, respectively. An upward movement in interest rates at December 31, 2002, of 25 and 50 basis points would increase the value of the MSRs by approximately $88 million and $169 million, respectively. Refer to Note 11 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding MSRs.
Goodwill and Other Intangibles The Company records all assets and liabilities acquired in purchase acquisitions, including goodwill and other intangibles, at fair value as required by SFAS 141. Goodwill and indefinite-lived assets are no longer amortized but are subject, at a minimum, to annual tests for impairment. Other intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives using straight-line and accelerated methods, and are subject to impairment if events or circumstances indicate a possible inability to realize the carrying amount. The initial goodwill and other intangibles recorded and subsequent impairment analysis requires management to make subjective judgments concerning estimates of how the acquired asset will perform in the future using a discounted cash flow analysis. Additionally, estimated cash flows may extend beyond ten years and, by their nature, are difficult to determine over an extended timeframe. Events and factors that may significantly affect the estimates include, among others, competitive forces, customer behaviors and attrition, changes in revenue growth trends, cost structures and technology, and changes in discount rates and specific
CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Under the supervision and with the participation of the Companys management, including its principal executive officer and principal financial officer, the Company has evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of its disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 15d-14(c) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) as of a date within 90 days prior to the filing date of this report. Based upon this evaluation, the principal executive officer and principal financial officer have concluded that, as of such date, the Companys disclosure controls and procedures were effective in making them aware on a timely basis of the material information relating to the Company required to be included in the Companys periodic filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
Responsibility for the financial statements and other information presented throughout the Annual Report on Form 10-K rests with the management of U.S. Bancorp. The Company believes that the consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States and present fairly the substance of transactions based on the circumstances and managements best estimates and judgment. All financial information throughout the Annual Report on Form 10-K is consistent with that in the financial statements.
In meeting its responsibilities for the reliability of the financial statements, the Company depends on its system of internal controls. The system is designed to provide reasonable assurance that assets are safeguarded and transactions are executed in accordance with the appropriate corporate authorization and recorded properly to permit the preparation of the financial statements. To test compliance, the Company carries out an extensive audit program. This program includes a review for compliance with written policies and procedures and a comprehensive review of the adequacy and effectiveness of the internal control systems. Although control procedures are designed and tested, it must be recognized that there are limits inherent in all systems of internal accounting control and, as such, errors and irregularities may nevertheless occur. Also, estimates and judgments are required to assess and balance the relative cost and expected benefits of the controls. The Company believes that its system of internal controls provides reasonable assurance that errors or irregularities that could be material to the financial statements are prevented or would be detected within a timely period by employees in the normal course of performing their assigned functions.
The Board of Directors of the Company has an Audit Committee composed of directors who are not officers or employees of U.S. Bancorp. The committee meets periodically with management, the internal auditors and the independent accountants to consider audit results and to discuss internal accounting control, auditing and financial reporting matters.
The Companys independent accountants,
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, have been engaged to render an
independent professional opinion on the financial statements and
to assist in carrying out certain aspects of the audit program
described above. Their opinion on the financial statements is
based on procedures conducted in accordance with auditing
standards generally accepted in the United States and forms the
basis for their report as to the fair presentation, in the
financial statements, of the Companys financial position,
operating results and cash flows.
Jerry A. Grundhofer
Chairman, President and
Chief Executive Officer
David M. Moffett
Vice Chairman and
Chief Financial Officer
To the Shareholders and Board of Directors of U.S. Bancorp:
In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheet and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders equity and cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of U.S. Bancorp and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2002 and 2001, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2002, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Companys management; our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America, which require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
As discussed in Note 12 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, in 2002 the Company adopted the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.
Minneapolis, Minnesota
At December 31 (Dollars in Millions) | 2002 | 2001 | |||||||||
|
|||||||||||
Assets
|
|||||||||||
Cash and due from banks
|
$ | 10,758 | $ | 9,120 | |||||||
Money market investments
|
434 | 625 | |||||||||
Trading securities
|
898 | 982 | |||||||||
Investment securities
|
|||||||||||
Held-to maturity (fair value $240 and $306,
respectively)
|
233 | 299 | |||||||||
Available-for-sale
|
28,255 | 26,309 | |||||||||
Loans held for sale
|
4,159 | 2,820 | |||||||||
Loans
|
|||||||||||
Commercial
|
41,944 | 46,330 | |||||||||
Commercial real estate
|
26,867 | 25,373 | |||||||||
Residential mortgages
|
9,746 | 7,829 | |||||||||
Retail
|
37,694 | 34,873 | |||||||||
|
|||||||||||
Total loans
|
116,251 | 114,405 | |||||||||
Less allowance for credit losses
|
2,422 | 2,457 | |||||||||
|
|||||||||||
Net loans
|
113,829 | 111,948 | |||||||||
Premises and equipment
|
1,697 | 1,741 | |||||||||
Customers liability on acceptances
|
140 | 178 | |||||||||
Goodwill
|
6,325 | 5,459 | |||||||||
Other intangible assets
|
2,321 | 1,953 | |||||||||
Other assets
|
10,978 | 9,956 | |||||||||
|
|||||||||||
Total assets
|
$ | 180,027 | $ | 171,390 | |||||||
|
|||||||||||
Liabilities and Shareholders
Equity
|
|||||||||||
Deposits
|
|||||||||||
Noninterest-bearing
|
$ | 35,106 | $ | 31,212 | |||||||
Interest-bearing
|
68,214 | 65,447 | |||||||||
Time deposits greater than $100,000
|
12,214 | 8,560 | |||||||||
|
|||||||||||
Total deposits
|
115,534 | 105,219 | |||||||||
Short-term borrowings
|
7,806 | 14,670 | |||||||||
Long-term debt
|
28,588 | 25,716 | |||||||||
Company-obligated mandatorily redeemable
preferred securities of subsidiary trusts holding solely the
junior subordinated debentures of the parent company
|
2,994 | 2,826 | |||||||||
Acceptances outstanding
|
140 | 178 | |||||||||
Other liabilities
|
6,864 | 6,320 | |||||||||
|
|||||||||||
Total liabilities
|
161,926 | 154,929 | |||||||||
Shareholders equity
|
|||||||||||
Common stock, par value $0.01 a share
authorized: 4,000,000,000 shares
issued: 2002 1,972,643,060 shares; 2001 1,972,777,763 shares |
20 | 20 | |||||||||
Capital surplus
|
4,850 | 4,906 | |||||||||
Retained earnings
|
13,719 | 11,918 | |||||||||
Less cost of common stock in treasury:
2002 55,686,500 shares; 2001 21,068,251
shares
|
(1,272 | ) | (478 | ) | |||||||
Other comprehensive income
|
784 | 95 | |||||||||
|
|||||||||||
Total shareholders equity
|
18,101 | 16,461 | |||||||||
|
|||||||||||
Total liabilities and shareholders equity
|
$ | 180,027 | $ | 171,390 | |||||||
|
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
Year Ended December 31 (Dollars and Shares in Millions, Except Per Share Data) | 2002 | 2001 | 2000 | |||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||
Interest Income
|
||||||||||||||
Loans
|
$ | 7,743.6 | $ | 9,413.7 | $ | 10,519.3 | ||||||||
Loans held for sale
|
170.6 | 146.9 | 102.1 | |||||||||||
Investment securities
|
||||||||||||||
Taxable
|
1,438.2 | 1,206.1 | 1,008.3 | |||||||||||
Non-taxable
|
46.1 | 89.5 | 140.6 | |||||||||||
Money market investments
|
10.6 | 26.6 | 53.9 | |||||||||||
Trading securities
|
37.1 | 57.5 | 53.7 | |||||||||||
Other interest income
|
107.5 | 101.6 | 151.4 | |||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||
Total interest income
|
9,553.7 | 11,041.9 | 12,029.3 | |||||||||||
Interest Expense
|
||||||||||||||
Deposits
|
1,485.3 | 2,828.1 | 3,618.8 | |||||||||||
Short-term borrowings
|
249.4 | 534.1 | 781.7 | |||||||||||
Long-term debt
|
842.7 | 1,184.8 | 1,511.7 | |||||||||||
Company-obligated mandatorily redeemable
preferred securities of subsidiary trusts holding solely the
junior subordinated debentures of the parent company
|
136.6 | 127.8 | 110.7 | |||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||
Total interest expense
|
2,714.0 | 4,674.8 | 6,022.9 | |||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||
Net interest income
|
6,839.7 | 6,367.1 | 6,006.4 | |||||||||||
Provision for credit losses
|
1,349.0 | 2,528.8 | 828.0 | |||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||
Net interest income after provision for credit
losses
|
5,490.7 | 3,838.3 | 5,178.4 | |||||||||||
Noninterest Income
|
||||||||||||||
Credit and debit card revenue
|
517.0 | 465.9 | 431.0 | |||||||||||
Corporate payment products revenue
|
325.7 | 297.7 | 299.2 | |||||||||||
ATM processing services
|
136.9 | 130.6 | 141.9 | |||||||||||
Merchant processing services
|
567.3 | 308.9 | 120.0 | |||||||||||
Trust and investment management fees
|
899.1 | 894.4 | 926.2 | |||||||||||
Deposit service charges
|
714.0 | 667.3 | 555.6 | |||||||||||
Cash management fees
|
416.9 | 347.3 | 292.4 | |||||||||||
Commercial products revenue
|
479.2 | 437.4 | 350.0 | |||||||||||
Mortgage banking revenue
|
330.2 | 234.0 | 189.9 | |||||||||||
Trading account profits and commissions
|
206.5 | 221.6 | 258.4 | |||||||||||
Investment products fees and commissions
|
428.9 | 460.1 | 466.6 | |||||||||||
Investment banking revenue
|
207.4 | 258.2 | 360.3 | |||||||||||
Securities gains, net
|
299.9 | 329.1 | 8.1 | |||||||||||
Merger and restructuring-related gains
|
| 62.2 | | |||||||||||
Other
|
339.6 | 286.4 | 526.8 | |||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||
Total noninterest income
|
5,868.6 | 5,401.1 | 4,926.4 | |||||||||||
Noninterest Expense
|
||||||||||||||
Salaries
|
2,409.2 | 2,347.1 | 2,427.1 | |||||||||||
Employee benefits
|
367.7 | 366.2 | 399.8 | |||||||||||
Net occupancy
|
409.3 | 417.9 | 396.9 | |||||||||||
Furniture and equipment
|
306.0 | 305.5 | 308.2 | |||||||||||
Communication
|
183.8 | 181.4 | 138.8 | |||||||||||
Postage
|
178.4 | 179.8 | 174.5 | |||||||||||
Goodwill
|
| 251.1 | 235.0 | |||||||||||
Other intangible assets
|
553.0 | 278.4 | 157.3 | |||||||||||
Merger and restructuring-related charges
|
324.1 | 946.4 | 348.7 | |||||||||||
Other
|
1,525.1 | 1,331.4 | 1,130.7 | |||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||
Total noninterest expense
|
6,256.6 | 6,605.2 | 5,717.0 | |||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||
Income before income taxes and cumulative effect
of change in accounting principles
|
5,102.7 | 2,634.2 | 4,387.8 | |||||||||||
Applicable income taxes
|
1,776.3 | 927.7 | 1,512.2 | |||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||
Income before cumulative effect of change in
accounting principles
|
3,326.4 | 1,706.5 | 2,875.6 | |||||||||||
Cumulative effect of change in accounting
principles
|
(37.2 | ) | | | ||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||
Net income
|
$ | 3,289.2 | $ | 1,706.5 | $ | 2,875.6 | ||||||||
|
||||||||||||||
Earnings Per Share
|
||||||||||||||
Income before cumulative effect of change in
accounting principles
|
$ | 1.74 | $ | .89 | $ | 1.51 | ||||||||
Cumulative effect of change in accounting
principles
|
(.02 | ) | | | ||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||
Net income
|
$ | 1.72 | $ | .89 | $ | 1.51 | ||||||||
|
||||||||||||||
Diluted Earnings Per Share
|
||||||||||||||
Income before cumulative effect of change in
accounting principles
|
$ | 1.73 | $ | .88 | $ | 1.50 | ||||||||
Cumulative effect of change in accounting
principles
|
(.02 | ) | | | ||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||
Net income
|
$ | 1.71 | $ | .88 | $ | 1.50 | ||||||||
|
||||||||||||||
Average common shares
|
1,916.0 | 1,927.9 | 1,906.0 | |||||||||||
Average diluted common shares
|
1,926.1 | 1,939.5 | 1,918.5 | |||||||||||
|
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
Common
Other
Total
Shares
Common
Capital
Retained
Treasury
Comprehensive
Shareholders
(Dollars in Millions)
Outstanding
Stock
Surplus
Earnings
Stock
Income
Equity
1,928,509,178
$
19.4
$
4,258.6
$
10,049.4
$
(224.3
)
$
(156.6
)
$
13,946.5
2,875.6
2,875.6
436.0
436.0
(.5
)
(.5
)
(41.6
)
(41.6
)
(141.8
)
(141.8
)
3,127.7
(1,267.0
)
(1,267.0
)
32,652,574
(35.0
)
534.9
499.9
(58,633,923
)
(1,182.2
)
(1,182.2
)
(444,395
)
8.5
(8.5
)
43.5
43.5
1,902,083,434
$
19.4
$
4,275.6
$
11,658.0
$
(880.1
)
$
95.5
$
15,168.4
1,706.5
1,706.5
194.5
194.5
106.0
106.0
(4.0
)
(4.0
)
42.4
42.4
(333.1
)
(333.1
)
(5.9
)
(5.9
)
1,706.4
(1,446.5
)
(1,446.5
)
69,502,689
.7
1,383.7
49.3
1,433.7
(19,743,672
)
(467.9
)
(467.9
)
(.4
)
(823.2
)
823.6
(132,939
)
3.0
(3.0
)
67.1
67.1
1,951,709,512
$
19.7
$
4,906.2
$
11,918.0
$
(478.1
)
$
95.4
$
16,461.2
3,289.2
3,289.2
1,048.0
1,048.0
323.5
323.5
6.9
6.9
63.4
63.4
(331.6
)
(331.6
)
(421.6
)
(421.6
)
3,977.8
(1,488.6
)
(1,488.6
)
10,589,034
(75.3
)
249.3
174.0
(45,256,736
)
(1,040.4
)
(1,040.4
)
(85,250
)
2.9
(2.9
)
16.6
16.6
1,916,956,560
$
19.7
$
4,850.4
$
13,718.6
$
(1,272.1
)
$
784.0
$
18,100.6
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
Year Ended December 31 (Dollars in Millions) | 2002 | 2001 | 2000 | |||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||
Operating Activities
|
||||||||||||||
Net income
|
$ | 3,289.2 | $ | 1,706.5 | $ | 2,875.6 | ||||||||
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
provided by operating activities
|
||||||||||||||
Provision for credit losses
|
1,349.0 | 2,528.8 | 828.0 | |||||||||||
Depreciation and amortization of premises and
equipment
|
285.3 | 284.0 | 262.6 | |||||||||||
Amortization of goodwill and other intangibles
|
553.0 | 529.5 | 392.3 | |||||||||||
Provision for deferred income taxes
|
357.9 | (184.0 | ) | 357.1 | ||||||||||
Net (increase) decrease in trading securities
|
81.8 | (229.1 | ) | (135.6 | ) | |||||||||
(Gain) loss on sales of securities and other
assets, net
|
(411.1 | ) | (428.7 | ) | (47.3 | ) | ||||||||
Mortgage loans originated for sale in the
secondary market
|
(22,567.9 | ) | (15,500.2 | ) | (5,563.3 | ) | ||||||||
Proceeds from sales of mortgage loans
|
20,756.6 | 13,483.0 | 5,475.0 | |||||||||||
Other, net
|
92.5 | (7.9 | ) | 279.7 | ||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||
Net cash provided by (used in) operating
activities
|
3,786.3 | 2,181.9 | 4,724.1 | |||||||||||
Investing Activities
|
||||||||||||||
Proceeds from sales of investment securities
|
14,386.9 | 19,240.2 | 10,194.0 | |||||||||||
Maturities of investment securities
|
11,246.5 | 4,572.2 | 2,127.7 | |||||||||||
Purchases of investment securities
|
(26,469.8 | ) | (32,278.6 | ) | (12,161.3 | ) | ||||||||
Net (increase) decrease in loans outstanding
|
(4,111.3 | ) | 2,532.3 | (13,541.3 | ) | |||||||||
Proceeds from sales of loans
|
2,219.1 | 3,729.1 | 6,655.8 | |||||||||||
Purchases of loans
|
(240.2 | ) | (87.5 | ) | (658.1 | ) | ||||||||
Proceeds from sales of premises and equipment
|
211.8 | 166.3 | 212.9 | |||||||||||
Purchases of premises and equipment
|
(429.8 | ) | (299.2 | ) | (382.8 | ) | ||||||||
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired
|
1,368.8 | (741.4 | ) | 904.4 | ||||||||||
Divestitures of branches
|
| (340.0 | ) | (78.2 | ) | |||||||||
Other, net
|
(126.1 | ) | (143.9 | ) | (570.6 | ) | ||||||||
|
||||||||||||||
Net cash provided by (used in) investing
activities
|
(1,944.1 | ) | (3,650.5 | ) | (7,297.5 | ) | ||||||||
Financing Activities
|
||||||||||||||
Net increase (decrease) in deposits
|
7,002.3 | (4,258.1 | ) | 3,403.7 | ||||||||||
Net increase (decrease) in short-term
borrowings
|
(7,307.0 | ) | 5,244.3 | 702.1 | ||||||||||
Principal payments on long-term debt
|
(8,367.5 | ) | (10,539.6 | ) | (5,277.5 | ) | ||||||||
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt
|
10,650.9 | 11,702.3 | 5,862.7 | |||||||||||
Proceeds from issuance of Company-obligated
mandatorily redeemable preferred securities of subsidiary trusts
holding solely the junior subordinated debentures of the parent
company
|
| 1,500.0 | | |||||||||||
Proceeds from issuance of common stock
|
147.0 | 136.4 | 210.0 | |||||||||||
Repurchase of common stock
|
(1,040.4 | ) | (467.9 | ) | (1,182.2 | ) | ||||||||
Cash dividends paid
|
(1,480.7 | ) | (1,235.1 | ) | (1,271.3 | ) | ||||||||
|
||||||||||||||
Net cash provided by (used in) financing
activities
|
(395.4 | ) | 2,082.3 | 2,447.5 | ||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||
Change in cash and cash equivalents
|
1,446.8 | 613.7 | (125.9 | ) | ||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
|
9,745.3 | 9,131.6 | 9,257.5 | |||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
|
$ | 11,192.1 | $ | 9,745.3 | $ | 9,131.6 | ||||||||
|
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
Note 1 | Significant Accounting Policies |
U.S. Bancorp and its subsidiaries (the Company) comprise the organization created by the acquisition by Firstar Corporation (Firstar) of the former U.S. Bancorp (USBM). The new Company retained the U.S. Bancorp name. The Company is a multi-state financial services holding company headquartered in Minneapolis, Minnesota. The Company provides a full range of financial services including lending and depository services through banking offices principally in 24 states. The Company also engages in credit card, merchant, and ATM processing, mortgage banking, insurance, trust and investment management, brokerage, leasing and investment banking activities principally in domestic markets.
Basis of Presentation The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries. The consolidation eliminates all significant intercompany accounts and transactions. Certain items in prior periods have been reclassified to conform to the current presentation.
Uses of Estimates The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual experience could differ from those estimates.
BUSINESS SEGMENTS
Within the Company, financial performance is measured by major lines of business based on the products and services provided to customers through its distribution channels. The Company has six reportable operating segments:
Wholesale Banking offers lending, depository, treasury management and other financial services to middle market, large corporate, financial institution and public sector clients.
Consumer Banking delivers products and services to the broad consumer market and small businesses through banking offices, telemarketing, on-line services, direct mail and automated teller machines (ATMs).
Private Client, Trust and Asset Management provides mutual fund processing services, trust, private banking, financial advisory and investment management services to affluent individuals, businesses, institutions and mutual funds.
Payment Services specializes in credit and debit card products, corporate and purchasing card services and ATM and merchant processing. Customized products and services, coupled with cutting-edge technology are provided to consumer and business customers, government clients, correspondent financial institutions, merchants and co-brand partners.
Capital Markets provides financial advisory services and securities, mutual funds, annuities and insurance products to consumers and businesses, and engages in equity and fixed income trading activities and investment banking and underwriting services for corporate and public sector customers.
Treasury and Corporate Support includes the Companys investment and residential mortgage portfolios, funding, capital management and asset securitization activities, interest rate risk management, the net effect of transfer pricing related to loan and deposit balances, and the change in residual allocations associated with the provision for loan losses. It also includes business activities managed on a corporate basis, including income and expense of enterprise-wide operations and administrative support functions.
Segment Results Accounting policies for the lines of business are the same as those used in preparation of the consolidated financial statements with respect to activities specifically attributable to each business line. However, the preparation of business line results requires management to establish methodologies to allocate funding costs and benefits, expenses and other financial elements to each line of business. For details of these methodologies and segment results, see Basis for Financial Presentation and Table 22 Line of Business Financial Performance included in Managements Discussion and Analysis which is incorporated by reference into these Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
SECURITIES
Trading Securities Debt and equity securities held for resale are classified as trading securities and reported at fair value. Realized and unrealized gains or losses are determined on a trade date basis and reported in noninterest income.
Available-for-sale Securities These securities are not trading securities but may be sold before maturity in response to changes in the Companys interest rate risk profile or demand for collateralized deposits by public entities. Available-for-sale securities are carried at fair value with unrealized net gains or losses reported within other comprehensive income in shareholders equity. When sold, the amortized cost of the specific securities is used to compute the gain or loss.
Held-to-maturity Securities Debt securities for which the Company has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are reported at historical cost adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts.
EQUITY INVESTMENTS IN OPERATING ENTITIES
Equity investments in public entities in which ownership is less than 20 percent are accounted for as available-for-sale securities and carried at fair value. Similar investments in private entities are accounted for using the cost method. Investments in entities where ownership interest is between 20 percent and 50 percent are accounted for using the equity method with the exception of limited partnerships and limited liability companies where an ownership interest of greater than 5 percent requires the use of the equity method. If the Company has a voting interest greater than 50 percent, the consolidation method is used. All equity investments are evaluated for impairment at least annually and more frequently if certain criteria are met.
LOANS
Loans are reported net of unearned income. Interest income is accrued on the unpaid principal balances as earned. Loan and commitment fees and certain direct loan origination costs are deferred and recognized over the life of the loan and/or commitment period as yield adjustments.
Commitments to Extend Credit Unfunded residential mortgage loan commitments entered into in connection with mortgage banking activities are considered derivatives and recorded on the balance sheet at fair value with changes in fair value recorded in income. All other unfunded loan commitments are generally related to providing credit facilities to customers of the bank and are not actively traded financial instruments. These unfunded commitments are disclosed as off-balance sheet financial instruments in Note 23 in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
Allowance for Credit Losses Management determines the adequacy of the allowance based on evaluations of the loan portfolio, recent loss experience, and other pertinent factors, including economic conditions. This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires estimates, including amounts of future cash collections expected on nonaccrual loans, that may be susceptible to significant change. The allowance for credit losses relating to impaired loans is based on the loans observable market price, the collateral for certain collateral-dependent loans, or the discounted cash flows using the loans effective interest rate.
Nonaccrual Loans Generally commercial loans (including impaired loans) are placed on nonaccrual status when the collection of interest or principal has become 90 days past due or is otherwise considered doubtful. When a loan is placed on nonaccrual status, unpaid interest is reversed. Future interest payments are generally applied against principal. Revolving consumer lines and credit cards are charged off by 180 days past due and closed-end consumer loans other than loans secured by 1-4 family properties are charged off at 120 days past due and are, therefore, not placed on nonaccrual status.
Impaired Loans A loan is considered to be impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due (both interest and principal) according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement.
Restructured Loans In cases where a borrower experiences financial difficulties and the Company makes certain concessionary modifications to contractual terms, the loan is classified as a restructured loan. Loans restructured at a rate equal to or greater than that of a new loan with comparable risk at the time the contract is modified may be excluded from restructured loans in the calendar years subsequent to the restructuring if they are in compliance with the modified terms.
Leases The Company engages in both direct and leveraged lease financing. The net investment in direct financing leases is the sum of all minimum lease payments and estimated residual values, less unearned income. Unearned income is added to interest income over the terms of the leases to produce a level yield.
Loans Held for Sale Loans held for sale (LHFS) represent mortgage loan originations intended to be sold in the secondary market and other loans that management has an active plan to sell. LHFS are carried at the lower of cost or market value as determined on an aggregate basis by type of loan. In the event management decides to sell loans receivable, the loans are transferred at the lower of cost or fair value. The Interagency Guidance on Certain Loans Held for Sale, dated March 26, 2001, requires loans transferred to LHFS to be marked-to-market (MTM) at the time of transfer. MTM losses related to the sale/ transfer of non-homogeneous loans that are predominantly credit-related, are reflected in charge-offs. With respect to homogeneous loans, the amount of probable credit loss determined in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 5 (SFAS 5), Accounting for Contingencies, methodologies utilized to determine the specific allowance allocation for the portfolio is also included in charge-offs. Any incremental loss determined in accordance with MTM accounting, that includes consideration of other factors such as estimates of future losses, is reported separately from charge-offs as a reduction to the allowance for credit losses. Subsequent decreases in fair value are recognized in noninterest income.
Other Real Estate Other real estate (ORE), which is included in other assets, is property acquired through foreclosure or other proceedings. ORE is carried at fair value, less estimated selling costs. The property is evaluated regularly and any decreases in the carrying amount are included in noninterest expense.
DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
In the ordinary course of business, the Company enters into derivative transactions to manage its interest rate and prepayment risk and to accommodate the business requirements of its customers. All derivative instruments are recorded as either assets or liabilities at fair value. Subsequent changes in a derivatives fair value are recognized currently in earnings unless specific hedge accounting criteria are met.
OTHER SIGNIFICANT POLICIES
Premises and Equipment Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and depreciated primarily on a straight-line basis over the estimated life of the assets. Estimated useful lives range up to 40 years for buildings and from 3 to 20 years for furniture and equipment.
Mortgage Servicing Rights Mortgage servicing rights (MSRs) are capitalized as separate assets when loans are sold and servicing is retained. The total cost of loans sold is allocated between the loans sold and the servicing assets retained based on their relative fair values. MSRs that are purchased from others are initially recorded at cost. The carrying value of the MSRs is amortized in proportion to, and over the period of, estimated net servicing revenue and recorded in noninterest expense as amortization of intangible assets. The carrying value of these assets is periodically reviewed for impairment using a lower of carrying value or fair value methodology. For purposes of measuring impairment, the servicing rights are stratified based on the underlying loan type and note rate and the carrying value of each stratum is compared to fair value based on a discounted cash flow analysis, utilizing current prepayment speeds and discount rates. Events that may significantly affect the estimates used are changes in interest rates and the related impact on mortgage loan prepayment speeds and the payment performance of the underlying loans. If the carrying value is less than fair value, impairment is recognized through a valuation allowance for each impaired stratum and recorded as amortization of intangible assets.
Intangible Assets The price paid over the net fair value of the acquired businesses (goodwill) is not amortized. Other intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives, using straight-line and accelerated methods. The recoverability of goodwill and other intangible assets is evaluated annually, at a minimum, or on an interim basis if events or circumstances indicate a possible inability to realize the carrying amount. The evaluation includes assessing the estimated fair value of the intangible asset based on market prices for similar assets, where available, and the present value of the estimated future cash flows associated with the intangible asset.
Income Taxes Deferred taxes are recorded to reflect the tax consequences on future years of differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and the financial reporting amounts at each year-end.
Statement of Cash Flows For purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash and money market investments, defined as interest-bearing amounts due from banks, federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell.
Stock-Based Compensation The Company grants stock options for a fixed number of shares to employees and directors with an exercise price equal to the fair value of the shares at the date of grant. The Company accounts for stock option grants under the intrinsic value method in accordance with Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees, (APB 25) and accordingly recognizes no compensation expense for the stock option grants. Refer to Note 19 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for information regarding the proforma impact to the Companys earnings if the fair value accounting method was utilized.
Per Share Calculations Earnings per share is calculated by dividing net income (less preferred stock dividends) by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the year. Diluted earnings per share is calculated by adjusting income and outstanding shares, assuming conversion of all potentially dilutive securities, using the treasury stock method. All per share amounts have been restated for stock splits.
Note 2 | Accounting Changes |
Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities In January 2003, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Interpretation No. 46 (FIN 46), Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities (VIEs), an interpretation of Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51, Consolidated Financial Statements, to improve financial reporting of special purpose and other entities. In accordance with the interpretation, business enterprises that represent the primary beneficiary of another entity by retaining a controlling financial interest in that entitys assets, liabilities, and results of operating activities must consolidate the entity in their financial statements. Prior to the issuance of FIN 46, consolidation generally occurred when an enterprise controlled another entity through voting interests. Certain VIEs that are qualifying special purpose entities (QSPEs) subject to the reporting requirements of SFAS 140, Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishment of Liabilities, will not be required to be consolidated under the provisions of FIN 46. The consolidation provisions of FIN 46 apply to
Stock-Based Compensation In December 2002, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 148 (SFAS 148), Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation Transition and Disclosure, an amendment of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123. SFAS 148 provides alternative methods of transition for a voluntary change to the fair value based method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation. In addition, SFAS 148 requires prominent disclosures in interim as well as annual financial statements about the method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation and the effect of the method used on reported net income. SFAS 148 is effective for fiscal years ended after December 15, 2002. The Company plans to continue to account for stock-based employee compensation under the intrinsic value based method and to provide disclosure of the impact of the fair value based method on reported income. Employee stock options have characteristics that are significantly different from those of traded options, including vesting provisions and trading limitations that impact their liquidity. Therefore, the existing option pricing models, such as Black-Scholes, do not necessarily provide a reliable measure of the fair value of employee stock options. Refer to Note 19 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for proforma disclosure of the impact of stock options utilizing the Black-Scholes valuation method.
Guarantees In November 2002, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Interpretation No. 45 (FIN 45), Guarantors Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others, to clarify accounting and disclosure requirements relating to a guarantors issuance of certain types of guarantees. FIN 45 requires entities to disclose additional information about certain guarantees, or groups of similar guarantees, even if the likelihood of the guarantors having to make any payments under the guarantee is remote. The disclosure provisions are effective for financial statements for fiscal years ended after December 15, 2002. For certain guarantees, the interpretation also requires that guarantors recognize a liability equal to the fair value of the guarantee upon its issuance. This initial recognition and measurement provision is to be applied only on a prospective basis to guarantees issued or modified after December 31, 2002. The Company does not expect the recognition and measurement provision to have a material impact on the Companys financial statements and has provided additional disclosures required by FIN 45 in the financial statements. Refer to Note 23 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further information on guarantees.
Business Combinations and Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets In June 2001, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 141 (SFAS 141), Business Combinations, and Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142 (SFAS 142), Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. SFAS 141 mandates that the purchase method of accounting be used for all business combinations initiated after June 30, 2001, and establishes specific criteria for the recognition of intangible assets separately from goodwill. SFAS 142 addresses the accounting for goodwill and intangible assets subsequent to their acquisition. The Company adopted SFAS 142 on January 1, 2002. The most significant changes made by SFAS 142 are that goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets are no longer amortized and are to be tested for impairment at least annually. Impairment charges from the initial impairment test were recognized as a cumulative effect of change in accounting principles in the income statement. The amortization provisions of SFAS 142 apply to goodwill and intangible assets acquired after June 30, 2001. With respect to goodwill and intangible assets acquired prior to July 1, 2001, the amortization provisions of SFAS 142 were effective upon adoption of SFAS 142.
Acquisitions of Certain Financial Institutions In October 2002, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 147 (SFAS 147), Acquisitions of Certain Financial Institutions, an amendment of Statements of Financial Accounting Standards Nos. 72 and No. 144 and Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation No. 9. In accordance with SFAS 147, the acquisition of all or a part of a financial institution that meets the definition of a business is to be accounted for utilizing the purchase method in accordance with SFAS 141. In addition, SFAS 147 provides that long-term customer-relationship intangible assets, except for servicing assets, recognized in the acquisition of a financial institution, should be evaluated for impairment under the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets. SFAS 147 applies to acquisitions completed on or after October 1, 2002. Adopting the standard is not expected to have a material impact on the Company.
Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133 (SFAS 133), Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, as amended, establishes accounting and reporting standards for all derivative instruments and criteria for designation and effectiveness of hedging activities. SFAS 133 requires that an entity recognize all derivatives as either assets or liabilities on the balance sheet and measure those instruments at fair value. The changes in the fair value of the derivatives are recognized currently in earnings unless specific hedge accounting criteria are met. If the derivative qualifies as a hedge, the accounting treatment varies based on the type of risk being hedged. On January 1, 2001, the Company adopted SFAS 133. Transition adjustments related to adoption resulted in an after-tax loss of approximately $4.1 million recorded in net income and an after-tax increase of $5.2 million to other comprehensive income. The transition adjustments related to adoption were not material to the Companys financial statements, and as such, were not separately reported in the consolidated statement of income.
Note 3 | Subsequent Event |
On February 19, 2003, the Company announced that its Board of Directors approved a plan to effect a spin-off of its capital markets business unit, including investment banking and brokerage activities primarily conducted by its wholly-owned subsidiary, U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray Inc. In 2002, the capital markets business unit had average assets of $3.0 billion, generated revenues of $737.3 million (5.8 percent of total revenues) and contributed $1.1 million of net income, representing less than 1 percent of the Companys consolidated net income. This distribution does not include brokerage, financial advisory or asset management services offered to customers through the retail brokerage platform of U.S. Bank National Association, U.S. Bancorp Investments, Inc. or U.S. Bancorp Asset Management, Inc. The spin-off would be effected through a dividend of 100% of the Companys ownership interest in the capital markets business, and the Company plans to retain $215 million of subordinated debt of the new company. The distribution is subject to certain conditions including SEC registration, regulatory review and approval and a determination that the distribution will be tax-free to the Company and its shareholders. While expected to be completed in the third quarter of 2003, the Company has no obligation to consummate the distribution, whether or not these conditions are satisfied.
Note 4 | Business Combinations |
On February 27, 2001, Firstar and USBM merged in a pooling-of-interests transaction and accordingly all financial information has been restated to include the historical information of both companies. Each share of Firstar stock was exchanged for one share of the Companys common stock while each share of USBM stock was exchanged for 1.265 shares of the Companys common stock. The new Company retained the U.S. Bancorp name.
The following table summarizes acquisitions by
the Company completed since January 1, 2000, treating
Firstar as the original acquiring company:
Goodwill
and Other
Cash Paid/
Accounting
(Dollars and Shares in Millions)
Date
Assets (a)
Deposits
Intangibles
(Received)
Shares Issued
Method
December 2002
$
13
$
$
669
$
642
Purchase
November 2002
362
3,305
483
(2,483
)
Purchase
April 2002
517
190
85
Purchase
September 2001
570
712
134
(43
)
Purchase
July 2001
949
2,231
842
57.0
Purchase
February 2001
86,602
51,335
952.4
Pooling
December 2000
450
1,779
347
(1,123
)
Purchase
October 2000
650
618
113
9.4
Purchase
September 2000
1,289
124
307
Purchase
April 2000
280
68
4.5
Purchase
January 2000
491
452
71
5.1
Purchase
(a) Assets acquired do not include purchase accounting adjustments.
Separate results of operations as originally
reported on a condensed basis of Firstar and USBM, for the
period prior to the merger, were as follows:
Year Ended December 31 (Dollars in Millions)
2000
$
2,699
3,471
$
6,170
$
1,284
1,592
$
2,876
$
77,585
87,336
$
164,921
Note 5 | Merger and Restructuring-Related Items |
The Company recorded pre-tax merger and restructuring-related charges of $324.1 million, $1,266.4 million, and $348.7 million in 2002, 2001, and 2000, respectively. In 2002, merger-related items were primarily incurred in connection with the Firstar/USBM merger, the NOVA acquisition and the Companys various other acquisitions primarily including BayView and State Street Corporate Trust. In 2001, merger-related items included costs associated with integrating USBM, NOVA, Mercantile and other smaller acquisitions noted below and in Note 4 Business Combinations. In response to significant changes in the securities markets during 2001, including increased volatility, declines in equity valuations and the increasingly competitive environment for the securities industry, the Company incurred a charge to restructure its subsidiary, U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray Inc. (Piper).
The components of the merger and restructuring-related items are shown below:
Piper | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
(Dollars in Millions) | USBM | NOVA | Restructuring | Mercantile | Other (a) | Total | |||||||||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
2002
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Severance and employee-related
|
$ | 4.1 | $ | (3.8 | ) | $ | | $ | | $ | 9.1 | $ | 9.4 | ||||||||||||
Systems conversions and integration
|
197.0 | 29.4 | | | 18.1 | 244.5 | |||||||||||||||||||
Asset write-downs and lease terminations
|
104.0 | 14.2 | | | 6.0 | 124.2 | |||||||||||||||||||
Balance sheet restructurings
|
(38.8 | ) | | | | | (38.8 | ) | |||||||||||||||||
Other merger-related items
|
4.8 | (1.1 | ) | | | 3.5 | 7.2 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total 2002
|
$ | 271.1 | $ | 38.7 | $ | | $ | | $ | 36.7 | $ | 346.5 | |||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Non-interest expense
|
271.1 | 34.9 | | | 18.1 | 324.1 | |||||||||||||||||||
Balance sheet recognition
|
| 3.8 | | | 18.6 | 22.4 | |||||||||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Merger-related items 2002
|
$ | 271.1 | $ | 38.7 | $ | | $ | | $ | 36.7 | $ | 346.5 | |||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
2001
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Severance and employee-related
|
$ | 268.2 | $ | 23.3 | $ | 28.8 | $ | 13.2 | $ | 4.6 | $ | 338.1 | |||||||||||||
Systems conversions and integration
|
208.1 | 1.6 | | 7.3 | 18.7 | 235.7 | |||||||||||||||||||
Asset write-downs and lease terminations
|
130.4 | 34.7 | 11.9 | (.3 | ) | 6.0 | 182.7 | ||||||||||||||||||
Charitable contributions
|
76.0 | | | | | 76.0 | |||||||||||||||||||
Balance sheet restructurings
|
457.6 | | | | | 457.6 | |||||||||||||||||||
Branch sale gain
|
(62.2 | ) | | | | | (62.2 | ) | |||||||||||||||||
Branch consolidations
|
20.0 | | | | | 20.0 | |||||||||||||||||||
Other merger-related charges
|
69.1 | 24.2 | 10.0 | 2.5 | 2.3 | 108.1 | |||||||||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total 2001
|
$ | 1,167.2 | $ | 83.8 | $ | 50.7 | $ | 22.7 | $ | 31.6 | $ | 1,356.0 | |||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Provision for credit losses
|
$ | 382.2 | $ | | $ | | $ | | $ | | $ | 382.2 | |||||||||||||
Non-interest income
|
(62.2 | ) | | | | | (62.2 | ) | |||||||||||||||||
Non-interest expense
|
847.2 | 1.6 | 50.7 | 22.7 | 24.2 | 946.4 | |||||||||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Merger-related charges
|
1,167.2 | 1.6 | 50.7 | 22.7 | 24.2 | 1,266.4 | |||||||||||||||||||
Balance sheet recognition
|
| 82.2 | | | 7.4 | 89.6 | |||||||||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Merger-related items 2001
|
$ | 1,167.2 | $ | 83.8 | $ | 50.7 | $ | 22.7 | $ | 31.6 | $ | 1,356.0 | |||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
2000
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Severance and employee-related
|
$ | 43.0 | $ | 16.4 | $ | 59.4 | |||||||||||||||||||
Systems conversions
|
115.2 | 78.3 | 193.5 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Asset write-downs and lease terminations
|
42.7 | 4.6 | 47.3 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Charitable contributions
|
| 2.5 | 2.5 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Other merger-related charges
|
26.1 | 19.9 | 46.0 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total 2000
|
$ | 227.0 | $ | 121.7 | $ | 348.7 | |||||||||||||||||||
|
(a) | In 2002, Other primarily included merger and restructuring-related items pertaining to the Bay View acquisition, State Street Corporate Trust and the Lyon Financial acquisition. In 2001 and 2000, Other primarily included the 1998 acquisition of the former Firstar Corporation by Star Banc. Star Banc was renamed Firstar Corporation. |
The Company determines merger and restructuring-related items and related accruals based on its integration strategy and formulated plans. These plans are established as of the acquisition date and are regularly evaluated during the integration process.
The following table presents a summary of activity with respect to the merger and restructuring-related accruals:
Piper | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
(Dollars in Millions) | USBM | NOVA | Restructuring | Mercantile | Other (a) | Total | |||||||||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Balance at December 31, 1999
|
$ | | $ | | $ | | $ | 21.2 | $ | 82.0 | $ | 103.2 | |||||||||||||
Provision charged to operating expense
|
| | | 227.0 | 121.7 | 348.7 | |||||||||||||||||||
Additions related to purchase acquisitions
|
| | | | 46.0 | 46.0 | |||||||||||||||||||
Cash outlays
|
| | | (197.9 | ) | (169.7 | ) | (367.6 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Noncash write-downs and other
|
| | | (50.3 | ) | (30.2 | ) | (80.5 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Balance at December 31, 2000
|
| | | | 49.8 | 49.8 | |||||||||||||||||||
Provision charged to operating expense
|
1,167.2 | 1.6 | 50.7 | 22.7 | 24.2 | 1,266.4 | |||||||||||||||||||
Additions related to purchase acquisitions
|
| 82.2 | | | 7.4 | 89.6 | |||||||||||||||||||
Cash outlays
|
(532.5 | ) | (32.4 | ) | (22.3 | ) | (23.8 | ) | (53.8 | ) | (664.8 | ) | |||||||||||||
Noncash write-downs and other
|
(510.4 | ) | (3.0 | ) | (10.3 | ) | 1.1 | (13.0 | ) | (535.6 | ) | ||||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Balance at December 31, 2001
|
124.3 | 48.4 | 18.1 | | 14.6 | 205.4 | |||||||||||||||||||
Provision charged to operating expense
|
271.1 | 34.9 | | | 18.1 | 324.1 | |||||||||||||||||||
Additions related to purchase acquisitions
|
| 3.8 | | | 18.6 | 22.4 | |||||||||||||||||||
Cash outlays
|
(327.9 | ) | (36.2 | ) | (10.8 | ) | | (27.2 | ) | (402.1 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Noncash write-downs and others
|
(48.9 | ) | (35.8 | ) | (7.3 | ) | | (5.7 | ) | (97.7 | ) | ||||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Balance at December 31, 2002
|
$ | 18.6 | $ | 15.1 | $ | | $ | | $ | 18.4 | $ | 52.1 | |||||||||||||
|
(a) | In 2002, Other primarily included merger and restructuring-related items pertaining to the Bay View acquisition, State Street Corporate Trust and the Lyon Financial acquisition. In 2001 and 2000, Other primarily included the 1998 acquisition of the former Firstar Corporation by Star Banc. Star Banc was renamed Firstar Corporation. |
The adequacy of the accrued liabilities is reviewed regularly taking into consideration actual and projected payments. Adjustments are made to increase or decrease these accruals as needed. Reversals of expenses can reflect a lower utilization of benefits by affected staff, changes in initial assumptions as a result of subsequent mergers and alterations of business plans.
The following table presents a summary of
activity with respect to the Firstar/USBM merger:
Severance
Systems
Asset
and
Conversions
Write-downs
Balance
Employee-
and
and Lease
Sheet
(Dollars in Millions)
Related
Integration
Terminations
Restructurings
Other
Total
$
88.3
$
$
33.1
$
2.1
$
.8
$
124.3
4.1
197.0
104.0
(38.8
)
4.8
271.1
(83.5
)
(197.0
)
(47.3
)
(.1
)
(327.9
)
9.7
(89.8
)
36.7
(5.5
)
(48.9
)
$
18.6
$
$
$
$
$
18.6
The components of the merger and
restructuring-related accruals for all acquisitions were as
follows:
December 31,
(Dollars in Millions)
2002
2001
$
30.2
$
106.3
3.1
4.7
17.2
64.3
.5
18.3
1.1
11.8
$
52.1
$
205.4
The merger and restructuring-related accrual by significant acquisition or business restructuring was as follows:
December 31, | |||||||||
|
|||||||||
(Dollars in Millions) | 2002 | 2001 | |||||||
|
|||||||||
USBM
|
$ | 18.6 | $ | 124.3 | |||||
NOVA
|
15.1 | 48.4 | |||||||
State Street Corporate Trust
|
7.8 | | |||||||
Bay View
|
5.8 | | |||||||
Piper Restructuring
|
| 18.1 | |||||||
Other acquisitions
|
4.8 | 14.6 | |||||||
|
|||||||||
Total
|
$ | 52.1 | $ | 205.4 | |||||
|
Note 6 | Restrictions on Cash and Due from Banks |
Bank subsidiaries are required to maintain minimum average reserve balances with the Federal Reserve Bank. The amount of those reserve balances was approximately $157 million at December 31, 2002.
Note 7 | Investment Securities |
The detail of the amortized cost, gross unrealized holding gains and losses, and fair value of held-to-maturity and available-for-sale securities at December 31 was as follows:
2002 | 2001 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Gross | Gross | Gross | Gross | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unrealized | Unrealized | Unrealized | Unrealized | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Amortized | Holding | Holding | Fair | Amortized | Holding | Holding | Fair | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(Dollars in Millions) | Cost | Gains | Losses | Value | Cost | Gains | Losses | Value | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Held-to-maturity (a)
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Mortgage-backed securities
|
$ | 20 | $ | | $ | | $ | 20 | $ | 28 | $ | | $ | | $ | 28 | |||||||||||||||||
Obligations of state and political subdivisions
|
213 | 14 | (7 | ) | 220 | 271 | 9 | (2 | ) | 278 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total held-to-maturity securities
|
$ | 233 | $ | 14 | $ | (7 | ) | $ | 240 | $ | 299 | $ | 9 | $ | (2 | ) | $ | 306 | |||||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Available-for-sale (b)
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
U.S. Treasuries and agencies
|
$ | 421 | $ | 15 | $ | | $ | 436 | $ | 439 | $ | 10 | $ | | $ | 449 | |||||||||||||||||
Mortgage-backed securities
|
24,967 | 699 | | 25,666 | 21,937 | 111 | (84 | ) | 21,964 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other asset-backed securities
|
646 | 28 | (4 | ) | 670 | 2,091 | 3 | (30 | ) | 2,064 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Obligations of state and political subdivisions
|
558 | 22 | (1 | ) | 579 | 877 | 16 | (2 | ) | 891 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Other
|
949 | 2 | (47 | ) | 904 | 950 | 35 | (44 | ) | 941 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total available-for-sale securities
|
$ | 27,541 | $ | 766 | $ | (52 | ) | $ | 28,255 | $ | 26,294 | $ | 175 | $ | (160 | ) | $ | 26,309 | |||||||||||||||
|
(a) | Held-to-maturity securities are carried at historical cost adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts. |
(b) | Available-for-sale securities are carried at fair value with unrealized net gains or losses reported within other comprehensive income in shareholders equity. |
Securities carried at $20.2 billion at December 31, 2002, and $18.1 billion at December 31, 2001, were pledged to secure public, private and trust deposits and for other purposes required by law. Securities sold under agreements to repurchase were collateralized by securities and securities purchased under agreements to resell with an amortized cost of $2.9 billion and $3.0 billion at December 31, 2002, and 2001, respectively.
The following table provides information as to the amount of gross gains and losses realized through the sales of available-for-sale investment securities.
(Dollars in Millions) | 2002 | 2001 | 2000 | ||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||
Realized gains
|
$ | 316.5 | $ | 333.0 | $ | 23.1 | |||||||
Realized losses
|
(16.6 | ) | (3.9 | ) | (15.0 | ) | |||||||
|
|||||||||||||
Net realized gains (losses)
|
$ | 299.9 | $ | 329.1 | $ | 8.1 | |||||||
|
|||||||||||||
Income tax (benefit) on realized gains
(losses)
|
$ | 114.0 | $ | 115.2 | $ | 2.8 | |||||||
|
For amortized cost, fair value and yield by maturity date of held-to-maturity and available-for-sale securities outstanding as of December 31, 2002, see Table 11 included in Managements Discussion and Analysis which is incorporated by reference into these Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
Note 8 | Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses |
The composition of the loan portfolio at December 31 was as follows:
(Dollars in millions) | 2002 | 2001 | |||||||||
|
|||||||||||
Commercial
|
|||||||||||
Commercial
|
$ | 36,584 | $ | 40,472 | |||||||
Lease financing
|
5,360 | 5,858 | |||||||||
|
|||||||||||
Total commercial
|
41,944 | 46,330 | |||||||||
Commercial real estate
|
|||||||||||
Commercial mortgages
|
20,325 | 18,765 | |||||||||
Construction and development
|
6,542 | 6,608 | |||||||||
|
|||||||||||
Total commercial real estate
|
26,867 | 25,373 | |||||||||
Residential mortgages
|
9,746 | 7,829 | |||||||||
Retail
|
|||||||||||
Credit card
|
5,665 | 5,889 | |||||||||
Retail leasing
|
5,680 | 4,906 | |||||||||
Home equity and second mortgage
|
13,572 | 12,235 | |||||||||
Other retail
|
|||||||||||
Revolving Credit
|
2,650 | 2,673 | |||||||||
Installment
|
2,258 | 2,292 | |||||||||
Automobile
|
6,343 | 5,660 | |||||||||
Student
|
1,526 | 1,218 | |||||||||
|
|||||||||||
Total other retail
|
12,777 | 11,843 | |||||||||
|
|||||||||||
Total retail
|
37,694 | 34,873 | |||||||||
|
|||||||||||
Total loans
|
$ | 116,251 | $ | 114,405 | |||||||
|
During the third quarter of 2002, reclassifications between loan categories occurred in connection with conforming loan classifications at the time of system conversions. Prior quarters were not restated, as it was impractical to determine the extent of reclassification for all periods presented. Reclassifications included approximately $1.2 billion from the commercial loans category to the commercial real estate loan category ($.5 billion) and the residential mortgages category ($.7 billion).
The following table lists information related to nonperforming loans as of December 31:
(Dollars in Millions) | 2002 | 2001 | ||||||
|
||||||||
Loans on nonaccrual status
|
$ | 1,188.7 | $ | 983.1 | ||||
Restructured loans
|
48.6 | 18.2 | ||||||
|
||||||||
Total nonperforming loans
|
$ | 1,237.3 | $ | 1,001.3 | ||||
|
||||||||
Interest income that would have been recognized
at original contractual terms
|
$ | 102.1 | $ | 109.2 | ||||
Amount recognized as interest income
|
36.7 | 46.2 | ||||||
|
||||||||
Forgone revenue
|
$ | 65.4 | $ | 63.0 | ||||
|
Activity in the allowance for credit losses was
as follows:
(Dollars in Millions)
2002
2001
2000
$
2,457.3
$
1,786.9
$
1,710.3
1,349.0
2,528.8
828.0
1,590.7
1,771.4
1,017.6
217.7
224.9
192.2
1,373.0
1,546.5
825.4
(329.3
)
(11.3
)
17.4
74.0
$
2,422.0
$
2,457.3
$
1,786.9
(a) | In 2001, $382.2 million of the provision for credit losses was incurred in connection with the Firstar/USBM merger. |
A portion of the allowance for credit losses is
allocated to loans deemed impaired. All impaired loans are
included in non-performing assets. A summary of these loans and
their related allowance for loan losses is as follows:
2002
2001
2000
Recorded
Valuation
Recorded
Valuation
Recorded
Valuation
(Dollars in Millions)
Investment
Allowance
Investment
Allowance
Investment
Allowance
$
992
$
157
$
694
$
125
$
487
$
57
127
$
992
$
157
$
694
$
125
$
614
$
57
$
839
$
780
$
526
7.8
Commitments to lend additional funds to customers whose loans were classified as nonaccrual or restructured at December 31, 2002, totaled $123.9 million. During 2002 there were $1.4 million of loans that were restructured at market interest rates and returned to an accruing status.
Note 9 | Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities |
FINANCIAL ASSET SALES
When the Company sells financial assets, it may retain interest-only strips, servicing rights, residual rights to a cash reserve account and/or other retained interests in the sold financial assets. The gain or loss on sale depends in part on the previous carrying amount of the financial assets involved in the transfer and is allocated between the assets sold and the retained interests based on their relative fair values at the date of transfer. Quoted market prices are used to determine retained interest fair values when readily available. Since quotes are generally not available for retained interests, the Company estimates fair value based
Conduits and Securitizations The Company sponsors two off-balance sheet conduits to which it transfers high-grade assets: a commercial loan conduit and an investment securities conduit. These conduits are funded by issuing commercial paper. The commercial loan conduit holds primarily high credit quality commercial loans and held assets of $4.2 billion at December 31, 2002, and $6.9 billion in assets at December 31, 2001. The investment securities conduit holds high-grade investment securities and held assets of $9.5 billion at December 31, 2002, and $9.8 billion in assets at December 31, 2001. These investment securities include primarily (i) private label asset-backed securities, which are insurance wrapped by AAA/ Aaa-rated mono-line insurance companies and (ii) government agency mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations. The commercial loan conduit had commercial paper liabilities of $4.2 billion at December 31, 2002, and $6.9 billion at December 31, 2001. The investment securities conduit had commercial paper liabilities of $9.5 billion at December 31, 2002, and $9.8 billion at December 31, 2001. The Company benefits by transferring commercial loans and investment securities into conduits that provide diversification of funding sources in a capital-efficient manner and generate income.
Small Business Administration Programs
For the year ended December 31,
2002, the Company did not sell any U.S. government guaranteed
portions of loans originated under Small Business Administration
(SBA) programs. For the year ended December 31,
2001, the Company sold $147.5 million of these loans
recognizing a pre-tax gain on sale of $6.3 million.
Generally, these loans are sold with recourse; however, the SBA
guaranty substantially eliminates the Companys risk. The
Company continues to own the non-guaranteed portion of these
loans. The Company continues to service the loans and is
required under the SBA programs to retain specified yield
amounts. A portion of the yield is recognized as servicing fee
income as it occurs and the remainder is capitalized as an
excess servicing asset and is included in the gain on sale
calculation.
Servicing Asset Position
SBA Loans
Year Ended December 31 (Dollars in Millions)
2002
2001
$
7.5
$
6.9
2.8
(2.3
)
(2.2
)
$
5.2
$
7.5
SBA Loans | ||||||||
Year Ended December 31 (Dollars in Millions) | 2002 | 2001 | ||||||
|
||||||||
Fair value of assets recognized
|
$ | 8.9 | $ | 9.1 | ||||
Prepayment speed (a)
|
17 CPR | 21 CPR | ||||||
Weighted average life (years)
|
4.4 | 3.7 | ||||||
Expected credit losses
|
NA | NA | ||||||
Discount rate
|
12 | % | 12 | % | ||||
|
(a) | The Company uses a prepayment vector based on loan seasoning for valuation. The given speed is the effective prepayment speed that yields the same weighted average life calculated using the prepayment vector. |
Sensitivity Analysis
At December 31, 2002, key
economic assumptions and the sensitivity of the current fair
value of residual cash flows to immediate 10 percent and 20
percent adverse changes in those assumptions were as follows:
Unsecured
Indirect
Small
Commercial
Automobile
SBA
Business
Investment
December 31, 2002 (Dollars in Millions)
Loans
Loans (i)
Loans
Receivables
Securities
$
28.6
$
22.9
$2.8
$203.4
$
98.4
.5
NA
4.4
.8
2.3
2.0
NA
17 CPR
2.5
4.5
$
(2.7
)
$
$(.2
)
$(2.2
)
$
(8.5
)
(5.0
)
(.3
)
(4.9
)
(17.7
)
NA
NA
8.4%-9.6
%
$(5.1
)
(16.4
)
6.0
%
NA
12.0
%
11.0
%
6.6
%
$
(.1
)
$
$(.1
)
$(2.0
)
$
(1.1
)
(.2
)
(.2
)
(4.0
)
(2.2
)
Interest rate on variable rate loans
and bonds(f)(g)(h)
1M LIBOR+
avg spread
157 bps
NA
NA
Prime/
1M LIBOR
1M LIBOR+
avg spread
69 bps
$
$
$
$(1.6
)
$
(.4
)
(3.2
)
(.9
)
(a) | For the SBA loans, the Company uses prepayment vectors based on loan seasoning for valuation. The given speed is the effective prepayment speed that yields the same weighted average life calculated using the prepayment vector. |
(b) | For the small business receivables a monthly principal payment rate assumption is used to value the residual interests. |
(c) | Credit losses are zero for the commercial loan conduit as removal of assets provisions are designed to cause the removal of assets from the conduit prior to losses being incurred. |
(d) | Credit losses are zero for the investment securities conduit as the investments are all AAA rated or insured investments. |
(e) | SBA loan credit losses are covered by the appropriate SBA loan program and are not included in retained interests. Principal reductions caused by defaults are included in the prepayment assumption. |
(f) | The commercial loan conduit is match funded. Therefore, interest rate movements create no material impact to the value of the residual interest. |
(g) | For the small business receivables interest income is based on Prime+ contractual spread. Obligations are based on LIBOR. |
(h) | The investment securities conduit is mostly match funded. Therefore, interest rate movements create no material impact to the value of the residual interest. |
(i) | The Company exercised a cleanup call option on the indirect automobile securitization in January 2003. |
Cash Flow Information
The table below summarizes certain
cash flows received from and paid to conduit or structured
entities for the loan sales described above:
Unsecured
Indirect
Corporate
Small
Commercial
Automobile
Card
Business
Investment
Year Ended December 31 (Dollars in Millions)
Loans (a)
Loans
SBA Loans
Receivables (b)
Receivables (b)
Securities
New sales and securitizations
$
$
$
$
$
$
1,825.1
Collections used by trust to purchase new
receivables in revolving securitizations
610.3
83.0
4.0
6.1
.5
115.0
72.7
New sales and securitizations
$
$
$
147.5
$
$
518.7
$
2,356.7
Collections used by trust to purchase new
receivables in revolving securitizations
6,487.0
60.8
57.6
26.0
7.3
4.2
8.6
75.0
(a) | Current system constraints make it impractical to collect information on gross cash flows between the Company and the commercial loan conduit for 2002 and 2001. |
(b) | The corporate card and small business credit securitizations are revolving transactions where proceeds are reinvested until their legal terminations. |
Other Information
Quantitative information related to
loan sales and managed assets was as follows:
At December 31
Year Ended December 31
Total Principal
Principal Amount
Balance
90 Days or More Past Due (c)
Average Balance
Net Credit Losses
(Dollars in Millions)
2002
2001
2002
2001
2002
2001
2002
2001
$
41,861
$
48,878
$
819
$
590
$
45,195
$
50,584
$
543
$
724
5,360
5,858
172
207
5,573
5,852
149
114
47,221
54,736
991
797
50,768
56,436
692
838
20,325
18,765
181
136
19,212
19,004
32
40
6,542
6,608
62
37
6,511
7,077
7
12
26,867
25,373
243
173
25,723
26,081
39
52
9,746
7,829
140
140
8,412
8,576
19
13
5,665
5,889
118
128
5,633
5,645
280
271
5,680
4,906
12
12
5,389
4,553
39
30
26,505
24,510
167
224
25,756
23,905
360
360
37,850
35,305
297
364
36,778
34,103
679
661
$
121,684
$
123,243
$
1,671
$
1,474
$
121,681
$
125,196
$
1,429
$
1,564
38,143
36,368
38,754
31,743
$
159,827
$
159,611
$
1,671
$
1,474
$
160,435
$
156,939
$
1,429
$
1,564
15,088
18,598
17,150
16,846
$
144,739
$
141,013
$
143,285
$
140,093
$
4,151
$
6,879
$
$
$
5,715
$
5,210
$
$
156
432
1
4
277
655
5
11
490
582
2
532
629
214
1
403
3
636
731
6
4
701
122
51
3
9,655
9,760
9,925
9,827
$
15,088
$
18,598
$
7
$
11
$
17,150
$
16,846
$
56
$
17
Note 10 | Premises and Equipment |
Premises and equipment at December 31 consisted of the following:
(Dollars in Millions) | 2002 | 2001 | |||||||
|
|||||||||
Land
|
$ | 275 | $ | 274 | |||||
Buildings and improvements
|
1,844 | 1,854 | |||||||
Furniture, fixtures and equipment
|
2,152 | 2,012 | |||||||
Capitalized building and equipment leases
|
173 | 173 | |||||||
Construction in progress
|
4 | 8 | |||||||
|
|||||||||
4,448 | 4,321 | ||||||||
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization
|
2,751 | 2,580 | |||||||
|
|||||||||
Total
|
$ | 1,697 | $ | 1,741 | |||||
|
Note 11 | Mortgage Servicing Rights |
Changes in mortgage servicing rights are summarized as follows:
Year Ended December 31 (Dollars in Millions) | 2002 | 2001 | ||||||
|
||||||||
Balance at beginning of period
|
$ | 360 | $ | 229 | ||||
Rights purchased
|
229 | 25 | ||||||
Rights capitalized
|
357 | 315 | ||||||
Amortization
|
(94 | ) | (45 | ) | ||||
Rights sold
|
(24 | ) | (103 | ) | ||||
Impairment
|
(186 | ) | (61 | ) | ||||
|
||||||||
Balance at end of period
|
$ | 642 | $ | 360 | ||||
|
The Company serviced $43.1 billion and $22.0 billion of mortgage loans for other investors as of December 31, 2002, and December 31, 2001, respectively.
Note 12 | Intangible Assets |
The Company adopted SFAS 142 on January 1, 2002. The most significant changes made by SFAS 142 are that goodwill and other indefinite lived intangible assets are no longer amortized and will be tested for impairment at least annually. The amortization provisions of SFAS 142 apply to goodwill and intangible assets acquired after June 30, 2001. With respect to goodwill and intangible assets acquired prior to July 1, 2001, the amortization provisions of SFAS 142 were effective upon adoption of SFAS 142.
Net income and earnings per share adjusted for the exclusion of amortization expense (net of tax) and asset impairments related to goodwill are as follows:
Year Ended December 31 (Dollars in Millions, Except Per Share Data) | 2002 | 2001 | 2000 | |||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||
Reported net income
|
$ | 3,289.2 | $ | 1,706.5 | $ | 2,875.6 | ||||||||
Goodwill amortization, net of tax
|
| 242.8 | 230.1 | |||||||||||
Asset impairments, net of tax
|
37.2 | | | |||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||
Adjusted net income
|
$ | 3,326.4 | $ | 1,949.3 | $ | 3,105.7 | ||||||||
|
||||||||||||||
Earnings per share
|
||||||||||||||
Reported net income
|
$ | 1.72 | $ | .89 | $ | 1.51 | ||||||||
Goodwill amortization, net of tax
|
| .12 | .12 | |||||||||||
Asset impairments, net of tax
|
.02 | | | |||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||
Adjusted net income
|
$ | 1.74 | $ | 1.01 | $ | 1.63 | ||||||||
|
||||||||||||||
Diluted earnings per share
|
||||||||||||||
Reported net income
|
$ | 1.71 | $ | .88 | $ | 1.50 | ||||||||
Goodwill amortization, net of tax
|
| .13 | .12 | |||||||||||
Asset impairments, net of tax
|
.02 | | | |||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||
Adjusted net income
|
$ | 1.73 | $ | 1.01 | $ | 1.62 | ||||||||
|
The following table reflects the changes in the carrying value of goodwill for the year ended December 31, 2002:
Private Client, | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Wholesale | Consumer | Trust and Asset | Payment | Capital | Consolidated | |||||||||||||||||||
(Dollars in Millions) | Banking | Banking | Management | Services | Markets | Company | ||||||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Balance at December 31, 2001
|
$ | 1,348 | $ | 1,706 | $ | 289 | $ | 1,811 | $ | 305 | $ | 5,459 | ||||||||||||
Goodwill acquired
|
43 | 433 | 447 | 2 | | 925 | ||||||||||||||||||
Impairment losses
|
(59 | ) | | | | | (59 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Balance at December 31, 2002
|
$ | 1,332 | $ | 2,139 | $ | 736 | $ | 1,813 | $ | 305 | $ | 6,325 | ||||||||||||
|
Amortizable intangible assets consisted of the
following:
Estimated
Amortization
Balance
December 31 (Dollars in Millions)
Life (b)
Method (c)
2002
2001
$
6,325
$
5,459
8 years
AC
596
680
10 years/6 years
SL/AC
505
530
5 years
AC
642
360
15 years/10 years
SL/AC
371
169
8 years/8 years
SL/AC
207
214
$
8,646
$
7,412
(a) | The Company adopted SFAS 142 on January 1, 2002, resulting in the elimination of amortization of goodwill and other indefinite lived intangible assets. Prior to adoption, goodwill was amortized over periods ranging up to 25 years. |
(b) | Estimated life represents the amortization period for assets subject to the straight line method and the weighted average amortization period for intangibles subject to accelerated methods. If more than one amortization method is used for a category, the estimated life for each method is calculated and reported separately. |
(c) Amortization methods: |
SL = straight line method
AC = accelerated methods generally based on cash flows |
Aggregate amortization expense consisted of the following:
Year Ended December 31 (Dollars in Millions) | 2002 | 2001 | 2000 | ||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||
Goodwill (a)
|
$ | | $ | 251.1 | $ | 235.0 | |||||||
Merchant processing contracts
|
135.1 | 15.3 | 2.4 | ||||||||||
Core deposit benefits
|
80.9 | 80.9 | 57.7 | ||||||||||
Mortgage servicing rights
|
280.1 | 106.1 | 35.0 | ||||||||||
Trust relationships
|
19.3 | 19.3 | 19.6 | ||||||||||
Other identified intangibles
|
37.6 | 56.8 | 42.6 | ||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||
Total
|
$ | 553.0 | $ | 529.5 | $ | 392.3 | |||||||
|
(a) | The Company adopted SFAS 142 on January 1, 2002, resulting in the elimination of amortization of goodwill and other indefinite lived intangible assets. |
Below is the estimated amortization expense for the years ended:
(Dollars in Millions) | ||||
|
||||
2003
|
$ | 425.1 | ||
2004
|
357.7 | |||
2005
|
305.8 | |||
2006
|
256.2 | |||
2007
|
222.3 | |||
|
Note 13 | Short-Term Borrowings |
The following table is a summary of short-term borrowings for the last three years:
2002 | 2001 | 2000 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(Dollars in Millions) | Amount | Rate | Amount | Rate | Amount | Rate | ||||||||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
At year-end
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Federal funds purchased
|
$ | 3,025 | .98 | % | $ | 1,146 | 1.08 | % | $ | 2,849 | 5.80 | % | ||||||||||||||
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
|
2,950 | .97 | 3,001 | 1.10 | 3,347 | 4.60 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial paper
|
380 | 1.20 | 452 | 1.85 | 223 | 6.40 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Treasury, tax and loan notes
|
102 | .91 | 4,038 | 1.27 | 776 | 5.20 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Other short-term borrowings
|
1,349 | 1.26 | 6,033 | 2.54 | 4,638 | 6.09 | ||||||||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total
|
$ | 7,806 | 1.03 | % | $ | 14,670 | 1.75 | % | $ | 11,833 | 5.60 | % | ||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Average for the year
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Federal funds purchased
|
$ | 4,145 | 2.94 | % | $ | 4,997 | 5.02 | % | $ | 5,690 | 6.22 | % | ||||||||||||||
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
|
2,496 | 1.15 | 2,657 | 2.93 | 3,028 | 4.83 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial paper
|
391 | 1.74 | 390 | 3.85 | 215 | 6.27 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Treasury, tax and loan notes
|
707 | 1.50 | 1,321 | 3.53 | 912 | 6.06 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Other short-term borrowings
|
3,565 | 2.29 | 3,615 | 3.98 | 2,741 | 7.69 | ||||||||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total
|
$ | 11,304 | 2.21 | % | $ | 12,980 | 4.11 | % | $ | 12,586 | 6.21 | % | ||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Maximum month-end balance
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Federal funds purchased
|
$ | 7,009 | $ | 7,829 | $ | 7,807 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
|
2,950 | 3,001 | 3,415 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial paper
|
452 | 590 | 300 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Treasury, tax and loan notes
|
4,164 | 6,618 | 3,578 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Other short-term borrowings
|
6,172 | 7,149 | 4,920 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Note 14 | Long-Term Debt |
Long-term debt (debt with original maturities of more than one year) at December 31 consisted of the following:
(Dollars in Millions) | 2002 | 2001 | ||||||||
|
||||||||||
U.S. Bancorp
(Parent Company)
|
||||||||||
Fixed-rate subordinated notes
|
||||||||||
7.625% due 2002
|
$ | | $ | 150 | ||||||
8.125% due 2002
|
| 150 | ||||||||
7.00% due 2003
|
150 | 150 | ||||||||
6.625% due 2003
|
100 | 100 | ||||||||
7.25% due 2003
|
32 | 32 | ||||||||
8.00% due 2004
|
73 | 73 | ||||||||
7.625% due 2005
|
121 | 121 | ||||||||
6.75% due 2005
|
191 | 191 | ||||||||
6.875% due 2007
|
220 | 250 | ||||||||
7.30% due 2007
|
200 | 200 | ||||||||
7.50% due 2026
|
200 | 200 | ||||||||
Senior contingent convertible debt 1.50% due 2021
|
57 | 1,100 | ||||||||
Medium-term notes
|
4,127 | 3,215 | ||||||||
Capitalized lease obligations, mortgage
indebtedness and other
|
224 | 142 | ||||||||
|
||||||||||
Subtotal
|
5,695 | 6,074 | ||||||||
Subsidiaries
|
||||||||||
Fixed-rate subordinated notes
|
||||||||||
6.00% due 2003
|
79 | 79 | ||||||||
6.375% due 2004
|
75 | 75 | ||||||||
6.375% due 2004
|
150 | 150 | ||||||||
7.55% due 2004
|
100 | 100 | ||||||||
8.35% due 2004
|
100 | 100 | ||||||||
7.30% due 2005
|
100 | 100 | ||||||||
6.875% due 2006
|
70 | 125 | ||||||||
6.625% due 2006
|
100 | 100 | ||||||||
6.50% due 2008
|
300 | 300 | ||||||||
6.30% due 2008
|
300 | 300 | ||||||||
5.70% due 2008
|
400 | 400 | ||||||||
7.125% due 2009
|
500 | 500 | ||||||||
7.80% due 2010
|
300 | 300 | ||||||||
6.375% due 2011
|
1,500 | 1,500 | ||||||||
6.30% due 2014
|
1,000 | | ||||||||
Federal Home Loan Bank advances
|
9,255 | 7,196 | ||||||||
Bank notes
|
7,302 | 7,550 | ||||||||
Euro medium-term notes due 2004
|
400 | 400 | ||||||||
Capitalized lease obligations, mortgage
indebtedness and other
|
862 | 367 | ||||||||
|
||||||||||
Subtotal
|
22,893 | 19,642 | ||||||||
|
||||||||||
Total
|
$ | 28,588 | $ | 25,716 | ||||||
|
Maturities of long-term debt outstanding at
December 31, 2002, were:
Parent
(Dollars in Millions)
Consolidated
Company
7,937
1,539
5,577
909
7,654
1,364
194
3
1,585
1,572
5,641
308
$
28,588
$
5,695
Note 15 | Company-obligated Mandatorily Redeemable Preferred Securities of Subsidiary Trusts Holding Solely the Junior Subordinated Debentures of the Parent Company |
The Company has issued $2.9 billion of company-obligated mandatorily redeemable preferred securities of subsidiary trusts holding solely the junior subordinated debentures of the parent company (Trust Preferred Securities) through nine separate issuances by nine wholly owned subsidiary grantor trusts (Trusts). The Trust Preferred Securities accrue and pay distributions periodically at specified rates as provided in the indentures. The Trusts used the net proceeds from the offerings to purchase a like amount of junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures (the Debentures) of the Company. The Debentures are the sole assets of the Trusts and are eliminated, along with the related income statement effects, in the consolidated financial statements.
The following table is a summary of the Trust
Preferred Securities as of December 31, 2002:
Trust
Preferred
Issuance
Securities
Debentures
Rate
Maturity
Redemption
Issuance Trust (Dollars in Millions)
Date
Amount
Amount
Type (a)
Rate
Date
Date (b)
December 2001
$
300
$
309
Fixed
7.25
%
December 2031
December 7, 2006
November 2001
500
515
Fixed
7.35
November 2031
November 1, 2006
May 2001
700
722
Fixed
7.75
May 2031
May 4, 2006
April 1998
350
361
Fixed
7.20
April 2028
April 1, 2003
June 1997
150
155
Variable
2.18
(c)
June 2027
June 15, 2007
February 1997
150
155
Variable
2.56
(d)
February 2027
February 1, 2007
December 1996
300
309
Fixed
8.27
December 2026
December 15, 2006
December 1996
150
155
Fixed
8.32
December 2026
December 15, 2006
November 1996
300
309
Fixed
8.09
November 2026
November 15, 2006
(a) | The variable-rate Trust Preferred Securities reprice quarterly. |
(b) | Earliest date of redemption. |
(c) | Three-month LIBOR +76.5 basis points |
(d) | Three-month LIBOR +85.0 basis points |
Note 16 | Shareholders Equity |
At December 31, 2002 and 2001, the Company had authority to issue 4 billion shares of common stock and 10 million shares of preferred stock. The Company had 1,917.0 million and 1,951.7 million shares of common stock outstanding at December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively. At December 31, 2002, the Company had 272.9 million shares of common stock reserved for future issuances. These shares are primarily reserved for stock option plans, dividend reinvestment plans and deferred compensation plans.
The following table summarizes the Companys
common stock repurchased in each of the last three years:
(Dollars and Shares in Millions)
Shares
Value
45.3
$
1,040.4
19.7
467.9
58.6
1,182.2
Shareholders equity is affected by
transactions and valuations of asset and liability positions
that require adjustments to Accumulated Other Comprehensive
Income. The reconciliation of the transactions affecting
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income included in
shareholders equity for the years ended December 31,
is as follows:
(Dollars in Millions)
Pre-tax
Tax-effect
Net-of-tax
$
1,048.0
$
(398.0
)
$
650.0
323.5
(122.9
)
200.6
63.4
(24.1
)
39.3
(331.6
)
126.0
(205.6
)
6.9
(2.6
)
4.3
$
1,110.2
$
(421.6
)
$
688.6
$
194.5
$
(77.6
)
$
116.9
106.0
(40.3
)
65.7
42.4
(16.1
)
26.3
(333.1
)
126.6
(206.5
)
(4.0
)
1.5
(2.5
)
$
5.8
$
(5.9
)
$
(.1
)
$
436.0
$
(157.8
)
$
278.2
(41.6
)
15.8
(25.8
)
(.5
)
.2
(.3
)
$
393.9
$
(141.8
)
$
252.1
Note 17 | Earnings Per Share |
The components of earnings per share were:
(Dollars and Shares in Millions, Except Per Share Data) | 2002 | 2001 | 2000 | ||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||
Income before cumulative effect of change in
accounting principles
|
$ | 3,326.4 | $ | 1,706.5 | $ | 2,875.6 | |||||||
Cumulative effect of change in accounting
principles
|
(37.2 | ) | | | |||||||||
|
|||||||||||||
Net income
|
$ | 3,289.2 | $ | 1,706.5 | $ | 2,875.6 | |||||||
|
|||||||||||||
Weighted-average common shares outstanding
|
1,916.0 | 1,927.9 | 1,906.0 | ||||||||||
Net effect of the assumed purchase of stock based
on the treasury stock method for options and stock plans
|
10.1 | 11.6 | 12.5 | ||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||
Weighted-average diluted common shares outstanding
|
1,926.1 | 1,939.5 | 1,918.5 | ||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||
Earnings per share
|
|||||||||||||
Income before cumulative effect of change in
accounting principles
|
$ | 1.74 | $ | .89 | $ | 1.51 | |||||||
Cumulative effect of change in accounting
principles
|
(.02 | ) | | | |||||||||
|
|||||||||||||
Net income
|
$ | 1.72 | $ | .89 | $ | 1.51 | |||||||
|
|||||||||||||
Diluted earnings per share
|
|||||||||||||
Income before cumulative effect of change in
accounting principles
|
$ | 1.73 | $ | .88 | $ | 1.50 | |||||||
Cumulative effect of change in accounting
principles
|
(.02 | ) | | | |||||||||
|
|||||||||||||
Net income
|
$ | 1.71 | $ | .88 | $ | 1.50 | |||||||
|
For the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000, options to purchase 140 million, 111 million and 107 million shares, respectively, were outstanding but not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because they were antidilutive.
Note 18 | Employee Benefits |
Retirement Plans Pension benefits are provided to substantially all employees based on years of service and employees compensation while employed with the Company. Employees are fully vested after five years of service. The Companys funding policy is to contribute amounts to its plans sufficient to meet the minimum funding requirements of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, plus such additional amounts as the Company determines to be appropriate. During 2002, the Company made a $150 million dollar contribution to the qualified pension plan, in accordance with this policy. The actuarial cost method used to compute the pension liabilities and expense is the projected unit credit method. Prior to their acquisition dates, employees of certain acquired companies were covered by separate, noncontributory pension plans that provided benefits based on years of service and compensation. Generally, the Company merges plans of acquired companies into its existing pension plans when it becomes practicable.
Post-Retirement Medical Plans In addition to providing pension benefits, the Company provides health care and death benefits to certain retired employees through several retiree medical programs. As a result of the Firstar/USBM merger, there were three major retiree medical programs in place during 2001 with various terms and subsidy schedules. Effective January 1, 2002, the Company adopted one retiree medical program for all future retirees. For certain eligible employees, the provisions of the USBM retiree medical plan and the Mercantile retiree medical plan will remain in place until December 31, 2002. Generally, all employees may become eligible for retiree health care benefits by meeting defined age and service requirements. The Company may also subsidize the cost of coverage for employees meeting certain age and service requirements. The medical plan contains other cost-sharing features such as deductibles and coinsurance. The estimated cost of these retiree benefit payments is accrued during the employees active service.
The following table sets forth the components of
net periodic benefit cost for the retirement plans:
Pension Plans
Post-Retirement Medical Plans
(Dollars in Millions)
2002
2001
2000
2002
2001
2000
$
49.9
$
61.0
$
65.4
$
3.3
$
2.1
$
2.0
115.1
118.7
117.3
19.1
17.9
16.3
(214.1
)
(232.6
)
(201.6
)
(1.6
)
(1.0
)
(.6
)
(6.5
)
(10.7
)
(13.2
)
(.1
)
.2
.2
.8
(1.2
)
.7
(.1
)
(1.4
)
(54.8
)
(64.8
)
(31.4
)
20.7
19.1
16.5
(11.7
)
(17.0
)
10.3
2.7
$
(63.8
)
$
(64.8
)
$
(48.4
)
$
20.7
$
19.1
$
26.8
The following table summarizes benefit obligation
and plan asset activity for the retirement plans:
Pension Plans
Post-Retirement Medical Plans
(Dollars in Millions)
2002
2001
2002
2001
$
1,656.4
$
1,595.4
$
265.1
$
244.1
49.9
61.0
3.3
2.1
115.1
118.7
19.1
17.9
10.4
10.3
4.0
(2.4
)
47.7
18.1
24.9
(147.3
)
(170.4
)
(33.5
)
(31.8
)
(.7
)
(5.0
)
2.7
$
1,671.1
$
1,656.4
$
282.5
$
265.1
$
1,611.1
$
2,283.2
$
35.4
$
21.8
(193.2
)
(531.8
)
.7
1.8
172.1
30.1
17.2
33.3
10.4
10.3
(147.3
)
(170.4
)
(33.5
)
(31.8
)
$
1,442.7
$
1,611.1
$
30.2
$
35.4
$
(228.4
)
$
(45.3
)
$
(252.3
)
$
(229.7
)
(.1
)
7.4
8.1
(59.0
)
(74.8
)
(8.6
)
(9.5
)
867.8
473.2
41.0
16.6
4.3
6.7
13.7
5.7
$
584.6
$
359.8
$
(198.8
)
$
(208.8
)
$
763.9
$
531.6
$
$
(179.3
)
(171.8
)
(198.8
)
(208.8
)
$
584.6
$
359.8
$
(198.8
)
$
(208.8
)
(a) | At December 31, 2002 and 2001, the accumulated benefit obligation for all funded qualified pension plans was $1.4 billion. |
The following table sets forth the
weighted-average plan assumptions and other data:
Company
USBM
Firstar
(Dollars in Millions)
2002
2001
2000
2001
2000
10.9
%
11.0
%
9.5
%
12.2
%
12.2
%
6.8
7.5
7.8
7.5
8.0
3.5
3.5
5.6
3.5
4.0
5.0
%
5.0
%
5.0
%
*
%
*
%
6.8
7.5
7.8
7.5
8.0
12.0
%
10.5
%
7.7
%
10.5
%
7.5
%
14.0
13.0
7.7
13.0
7.5
$
1.3
$
1.2
$
1.0
$
.4
$
.4
19.7
13.1
13.1
6.0
5.2
$
(1.2
)
$
(1.0
)
$
(.9
)
$
(.4
)
$
(.4
)
(17.5
)
(13.6
)
(11.6
)
(5.7
)
(4.6
)
(a) | In connection with the Firstar/USBM merger, the asset management practices and investment strategies of the plan were conformed. At December 31, 2001, the investment asset allocation was weighted toward equities and diversified by industry and companies with varying market capitalization levels. This allocation is still in place at December 31, 2002. |
(b) | The pre-65 and post-65 rates are assumed to decrease gradually to 5.5% and 6.0% respectively by 2011 and remain at these levels thereafter. |
* | The Firstar plan had no assets as of December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000. |
The following table provides information for
pension plans with benefit obligations in excess of plan assets:
(Dollars in Millions)
2002
2001
$
218.6
$
227.5
210.6
220.6
Employee Investment Plan The Company has defined contribution retirement savings plans which allow qualified employees, at their option, to make contributions up to certain percentages of pre-tax base salary through salary deductions under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. Employee contributions are invested, at the employees direction, among a variety of investment alternatives. Employee contributions are 100 percent matched by the Company, up to the first four percent of an employees compensation. The Companys matching contribution vests immediately; however, a participant must be employed on December 31st to receive that years matching contribution. Although the matching contribution is initially invested in the Companys common stock, effective in 2002 an employee will be allowed to reinvest the matching contributions among various investment alternatives. Total expense was $59.5 million, $53.7 million and $53.6 million in 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively.
Note 19 | Stock Options and Compensation Plans |
As part of its employee and director compensation programs, the Company may grant certain stock awards under the provisions of the existing stock option and compensation plans. The Company has stock options outstanding under various plans at December 31, 2002, including plans assumed in acquisitions. The plans provide for grants of options to purchase shares of common stock generally at the stocks fair market value at the date of grant. In addition, the plans provide for grants of shares of common stock which are subject to restriction on transfer and to forfeiture if certain vesting requirements are not met.
The following is a summary of stock options
outstanding and exercised under various stock options plans of
the Company:
2002
2001
2000
Weighted-Average
Weighted-Average
Weighted-Average
Year Ended December 31
Stock Options
Exercise Price
Stock Options
Exercise Price
Stock Options
Exercise Price
201,610,265
$
22.58
153,396,226
$
22.80
153,163,030
$
22.74
29,742,189
21.81
65,144,310
21.25
22,633,170
19.64
8,669,285
16.40
447,341
6.85
(9,594,213
)
13.26
(12,775,067
)
13.44
(10,017,357
)
11.02
(15,505,651
)
24.18
(12,824,489
)
23.29
(12,829,958
)
19.91
206,252,590
$
22.77
201,610,265
$
22.58
153,396,226
$
22.80
123,195,273
$
23.63
117,534,343
$
22.36
68,870,745
$
19.78
2,177,588
6,377,137
4,212,954
806,355
1,021,887
4,110,440
298,988
(703,886
)
(5,520,424
)
(1,946,257
)
2,280,057
2,177,588
6,377,137
$
7.03
$
6.76
$
6.32
Additional information regarding options
outstanding as of December 31, 2002, is as follows:
Options Outstanding
Exercisable Options
Weighted-
Average
Weighted-
Weighted-
Remaining
Average
Average
Contractual
Exercise
Exercise
Range of Exercise Prices
Shares
Life (Years)
Price
Shares
Price
5,408,016
1.9
$
6.19
5,395,464
$
6.18
6,161,409
4.6
11.84
5,138,594
11.62
45,564,059
7.8
18.73
21,752,900
18.23
87,344,126
8.1
22.49
32,845,987
22.79
54,953,364
6.0
28.17
51,325,867
28.26
6,005,278
5.4
32.56
5,920,123
32.56
816,338
5.5
35.79
816,338
35.79
206,252,590
7.1
$
22.77
123,195,273
$
23.63
Pro forma information regarding net income and earnings per share is required under Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 123 (SFAS 123), Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation and has been determined as if the Company accounted for its employee stock option plans under the fair value method of SFAS 123. The fair value of options was estimated at the grant date using a Black-Scholes option pricing model. Option valuation models require use of highly subjective assumptions. Also, employee stock options have characteristics that are significantly different from those of traded options, including vesting provisions and trading limitations that impact their liquidity. Because employee stock options have differing characteristics and changes in the subjective input assumptions can materially affect the fair value estimate, the Black-Scholes valuation model does not necessarily provide a reliable measure of the fair value of employee stock options.
The following table shows proforma compensation expense, net income and earnings per share adjusted for the impact of following SFAS 123 for stock-based compensation.
Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||
(Dollars in Million, Except Per Share Data) | 2002 | 2001(a) | 2000 | |||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||
Reported compensation expense
|
$ | 2,776.9 | $ | 2,713.3 | $ | 2,826.9 | ||||||||
Stock-based compensation
|
198.5 | 361.4 | 193.5 | |||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||
Proforma compensation expense
|
$ | 2,975.4 | $ | 3,074.7 | $ | 3,020.4 | ||||||||
|
||||||||||||||
Reported net income
|
$ | 3,289.2 | $ | 1,706.5 | $ | 2,875.6 | ||||||||
Stock-based compensation, net of tax
|
(121.1 | ) | (227.6 | ) | (123.5 | ) | ||||||||
|
||||||||||||||
Proforma net income
|
$ | 3,168.1 | $ | 1,478.9 | $ | 2,752.1 | ||||||||
|
||||||||||||||
Earnings per share
|
||||||||||||||
Reported net income
|
$ | 1.72 | $ | .89 | $ | 1.51 | ||||||||
Stock-based compensation, net of tax
|
(.07 | ) | (.12 | ) | (.07 | ) | ||||||||
|
||||||||||||||
Proforma net income
|
$ | 1.65 | $ | .77 | $ | 1.44 | ||||||||
|
||||||||||||||
Diluted earnings per share
|
||||||||||||||
Reported net income
|
$ | 1.71 | $ | .88 | $ | 1.50 | ||||||||
Stock-based compensation, net of tax
|
(.07 | ) | (.12 | ) | (.07 | ) | ||||||||
|
||||||||||||||
Proforma net income
|
$ | 1.64 | $ | .76 | $ | 1.43 | ||||||||
|
(a) | Pro forma earnings per share for 2001 was impacted by changes in control provisions that accelerated the vesting of stock options granted to USBM employees. |
2000 | ||||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||
Weighted-average assumptions in option valuation | 2002 | 2001 | Firstar | USBM | ||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||
Risk-free interest rates
|
3.3 | % | 4.6 | % | 5.4 | % | 6.1 | % | ||||||||
Dividend yields
|
3.0 | % | 3.0 | % | 2.5 | % | 3.0 | % | ||||||||
Stock volatility factor
|
.41 | .42 | .37 | .37 | ||||||||||||
Expected life of options (in years)
|
6.0 | 4.5 | 2.5-5.5 | 4.7 | ||||||||||||
|
Note 20 | Income Taxes |
The components of income tax expense were:
(Dollars in Millions) | 2002 | 2001 | 2000 | ||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||
Federal
|
|||||||||||||
Current
|
$ | 1,273.5 | $ | 979.9 | $ | 996.1 | |||||||
Deferred
|
316.6 | (164.5 | ) | 324.5 | |||||||||
|
|||||||||||||
Federal income tax
|
1,590.1 | 815.4 | 1,320.6 | ||||||||||
State
|
|||||||||||||
Current
|
144.9 | 131.8 | 159.0 | ||||||||||
Deferred
|
41.3 | (19.5 | ) | 32.6 | |||||||||
|
|||||||||||||
State income tax
|
186.2 | 112.3 | 191.6 | ||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||
Total income tax provision
|
$ | 1,776.3 | $ | 927.7 | $ | 1,512.2 | |||||||
|
A reconciliation of expected income tax expense
at the federal statutory rate of 35% to the Companys
applicable income tax expense follows:
(Dollars in Millions)
2002
2001
2000
$
1,785.9
$
922.0
$
1,535.8
121.0
73.0
124.5
(28.6
)
(38.9
)
(56.0
)
88.1
91.6
(85.5
)
(69.4
)
(62.7
)
5.0
52.5
4.9
(50.0
)
(21.5
)
(99.6
)
(75.9
)
$
1,776.3
$
927.7
$
1,512.2
The components of the Companys net deferred tax liability as of December 31 were:
(Dollars in Millions)
2002
2001
$
961.0
$
1,043.9
62.8
59.5
48.6
22.0
39.1
32.6
34.9
24.4
487.4
234.0
1,633.8
1,416.4
(2,292.2
)
(1,642.5
)
(478.8
)
(59.7
)
(104.4
)
(117.7
)
(70.6
)
(49.2
)
(65.0
)
2.2
(37.2
)
(32.5
)
(248.7
)
(73.6
)
(3,296.9
)
(1,973.0
)
(1.0
)
(16.6
)
$
(1,664.1
)
$
(573.2
)
The Company has established a valuation allowance to offset deferred tax assets related to state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $553 million, which expire at various times through 2016.
Note 21 | Derivative Instruments |
In the ordinary course of business, the Company enters into derivative transactions to manage its interest rate and prepayment risk and to accommodate the business requirements of its customers. The Company does not enter into derivative transactions for speculative purposes. Refer to Note 1 Significant Accounting Policies in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for a discussion of the Companys accounting policies for derivative instruments. For information related to derivative positions held for asset and liability management purposes and customer-related derivative positions, see Table 17 Derivative Positions, included in Managements Discussion and Analysis, which is incorporated by reference in these Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
ASSET AND LIABILITY MANAGEMENT POSITIONS
Cash Flow Hedges The Company has $15.9 billion of designated cash flow hedges at December 31, 2002. These derivatives are interest rate swaps that are hedges of the forecasted cash flows from the underlying variable-rate LIBOR loans and floating-rate debt. All cash flow hedges are highly effective for the year ended December 31, 2002, and the change in fair value attributed to hedge ineffectiveness was not material.
Fair Value Hedges The Company has $12.3 billion of designated fair value hedges at December 31, 2002. These derivatives are primarily interest rate contracts that hedge the change in fair value related to interest rate changes of underlying fixed-rate debt, trust preferred stock, and deposit obligations. In addition, the Company uses forward commitments to sell residential mortgages loans to hedge its interest rate risk related to residential mortgage loans held for sale. The Company commits to sell the loans at specified prices in a future period, typically within 90 days. The Company is exposed to interest rate risk during the period between issuing a loan commitment and the sale of the loan into the secondary market.
Other Asset and Liability Management Derivative Positions The Company has derivative positions that are used for interest rate risk and other risk management purposes but are not designated as cash flow hedges or fair value hedges in accordance with the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedge Activities. At December 31, 2002, the Company had $3.0 billion forward commitments to sell residential mortgage loans to hedge the Companys interest rate risk related to $2.9 billion of unfunded residential mortgage loan commitments. Gains and losses on mortgage banking derivatives and the unfunded loan commitments are included in mortgage banking revenue on the income statement.
CUSTOMER-RELATED POSITIONS
The Company acts as a seller and buyer of interest rate contracts and foreign exchange rate contracts on behalf of customers. At December 31, 2002, the Company had $15.9 billion of aggregate customer derivative positions, including $8.9 billion of interest rate swaps, caps and floors and $7.0 billion of foreign exchange rate contracts. The Company minimizes its market and liquidity risks by taking substantially similar offsetting positions. Gains or losses on customer-related transactions were not significant for the year ended December 31, 2002.
Note 22 | Fair Values of Financial Instruments |
Due to the nature of its business and its customers needs, the Company offers a large number of financial instruments, most of which are not actively traded. When market quotes are unavailable, valuation techniques including discounted cash flow calculations and pricing models or services are used. The Company also uses various aggregation methods and assumptions, such as the discount rate and cash flow timing and amounts. As a result, the fair value estimates can neither be substantiated by independent market comparisons, nor realized by the immediate sale or settlement of the financial instrument. Also, the estimates reflect a point in time and could change significantly based on changes in economic factors, such as interest rates. Furthermore, the disclosure of certain financial and nonfinancial assets and liabilities are not required. Finally, the fair value disclosure is not intended to estimate a market value of the Company as a whole. A summary of the Companys valuation techniques and assumptions follows.
Cash and Cash Equivalents The carrying value of cash, amounts due from banks, federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements was assumed to approximate fair value.
Securities Generally, trading securities and investment securities were valued using available market quotes. In some instances, for securities that are not widely traded, market quotes for comparable securities were used.
Loans The loan portfolio consists of both floating and fixed-rate loans, the fair value of which was estimated using discounted cash flow analyses and other valuation techniques. To calculate discounted cash flows, the loans were aggregated into pools of similar types and expected repayment terms. The expected cash flows of loans considered historical prepayment experiences and estimated credit losses for nonperforming loans and were discounted using current rates offered to borrowers of similar credit characteristics.
Deposit Liabilities The fair value of demand deposits, savings accounts and certain money market deposits is equal to the amount payable on demand at year-end. The fair value of fixed-rate certificates of deposit was estimated by discounting the contractual cash flow using the discount rates implied by the high-grade corporate bond yield curve.
Short-term Borrowings Federal funds purchased, securities sold under agreements to repurchase and other short-term funds borrowed are at floating rates or have short-term maturities. Their carrying value is assumed to approximate their fair value.
Long-term Debt and Company-obligated Mandatorily Redeemable Preferred Securities of Subsidiary Trusts Holding Solely the Junior Subordinated Debentures of the Parent Company The estimated fair value of medium-term notes, bank notes, Federal Home Loan Bank advances, capital lease obligations and mortgage note obligations estimated fair value was determined using a discounted cash flow analysis based on current market rates of similar maturity debt securities to discount cash flows. Other long-term debt instruments and company-obligated mandatorily redeemable preferred securities of subsidiary trusts holding solely the junior subordinated debentures of the parent company were valued using available market quotes.
Interest Rate Swaps, Basis Swaps and Options The interest rate options and swap cash flows were estimated using a third-party pricing model and discounted based on appropriate LIBOR, eurodollar futures, swap and treasury note yield curves.
Loan Commitments, Letters of Credit and Guarantees The fair value of commitments, letters of credit and guarantees represents the estimated costs to terminate or otherwise settle the obligations with a third-party. Residential mortgage commitments are actively traded and the fair value is estimated using available market quotes. Other loan commitments, letters of credit and guarantees are not actively traded. Substantially all of these commitments have floating rates and do not expose the Company to interest rate risk assuming no premium or discount was ascribed to loan commitments because funding could occur at market rates. The Company estimates the fair value of loan commitments, letters of credit and guarantees based on the related amount of unamortized deferred commitment fees adjusted for the probable losses for these arrangements.
The estimated fair values of the Companys financial instruments at December 31 are shown in the table below.
2002 | 2001 | |||||||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||
Carrying | Fair | Carrying | Fair | |||||||||||||||||
December 31 (Dollars in Millions) | Amount | Value | Amount | Value | ||||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||
Financial Assets
|
||||||||||||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents
|
$ | 11,192 | $ | 11,192 | $ | 9,745 | $ | 9,745 | ||||||||||||
Trading securities
|
898 | 898 | 982 | 982 | ||||||||||||||||
Investment securities
|
28,488 | 28,495 | 26,608 | 26,615 | ||||||||||||||||
Loans held for sale
|
4,159 | 4,159 | 2,820 | 2,820 | ||||||||||||||||
Loans
|
113,829 | 115,341 | 111,948 | 112,236 | ||||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||
Total financial assets
|
158,566 | $ | 160,085 | 152,103 | $ | 152,398 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Nonfinancial assets
|
21,461 | 19,287 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Total assets
|
$ | 180,027 | $ | 171,390 | ||||||||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Financial Liabilities
|
||||||||||||||||||||
Deposits
|
$ | 115,534 | $ | 116,039 | $ | 105,219 | $ | 105,561 | ||||||||||||
Short-term borrowings
|
7,806 | 7,806 | 14,670 | 14,670 | ||||||||||||||||
Long-term debt
|
28,588 | 29,161 | 25,716 | 25,801 | ||||||||||||||||
Company-obligated mandatorily redeemable
preferred securities of subsidiary trusts holding solely the
junior subordinated debentures of the parent company
|
2,994 | 3,055 | 2,826 | 2,915 | ||||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||
Total financial liabilities
|
154,922 | $ | 156,061 | 148,431 | $ | 148,947 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Nonfinancial liabilities
|
7,004 | 6,498 | ||||||||||||||||||
Shareholders equity
|
18,101 | 16,461 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Total liabilities and shareholders equity
|
$ | 180,027 | $ | 171,390 | ||||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||
Derivative Positions
|
||||||||||||||||||||
Asset and liability management positions
|
||||||||||||||||||||
Interest Rate Swaps
|
$ | 1,438 | $ | 1,438 | $ | 328 | $ | 328 | ||||||||||||
Forward commitments to sell residential mortgages
|
(80 | ) | (80 | ) | 72 | 72 | ||||||||||||||
Customer-related positions
|
||||||||||||||||||||
Interest rate contracts
|
22 | 22 | 10 | 10 | ||||||||||||||||
Foreign exchange contracts
|
1 | 1 | 2 | 2 | ||||||||||||||||
|
The fair value of unfunded commitments, standby letters of credit and other guarantees is approximately equal to their carrying value. The carrying value of unfunded commitments and standby letters of credit is $240 million. The carrying value of other guarantees is $162 million.
Note 23 | Commitments and Contingent Liabilities |
COMMITMENTS TO EXTEND CREDIT
Commitments to extend credit are legally binding and generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses. The contractual amount represents the Companys exposure to credit loss, in the event of default by the borrower. The Company manages this credit risk by using the same credit policies it applies to loans. Collateral is obtained to secure commitments based on managements credit assessment of the borrower. The collateral may include marketable securities, receivables, inventory, equipment and real estate. Since the Company expects many of the commitments to expire without being drawn, total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent the Companys future liquidity requirements. In addition, the commitments include consumer credit lines that are cancelable upon notification to the consumer.
LETTERS OF CREDIT
Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments the Company issues to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third-party. The guarantees frequently support public and private borrowing arrangements, including commercial paper issuances, bond financings and other similar transactions. The Company issues commercial letters of credit on behalf of customers to ensure payment or collection in connection with trade transactions. In the event of a customers nonperformance, the Companys credit loss exposure is the same as in any extension of credit, up to the letters contractual amount. Management assesses the borrowers credit to determine the necessary collateral, which may include marketable securities, real estate, accounts receivable and inventory. Since the conditions requiring the Company to fund letters of credit may not occur, the Company expects its liquidity requirements to be less than the total outstanding
The contract or notional amounts of commitments
to extend credit and letters of credit at December 31,
2002, were as follows:
Less Than
After
(Dollars in Millions)
One Year
One Year
Total
$
19,798
$
28,957
$
48,755
20,538
2,946
23,484
22,002
22,002
2,099
8,176
10,275
4,277
4,834
9,111
436
23
459
LEASE COMMITMENTS
Rental expense for operating leases amounted to $148.0 million in 2002, $165.2 million in 2001 and $219.3 million in 2000. Future minimum payments, net of sublease rentals, under capitalized leases and noncancelable operating leases with initial or remaining terms of one year or more, consisted of the following at December 31, 2002:
Capitalized | Operating | |||||||
(Dollars in Millions) | Leases | Leases | ||||||
|
||||||||
2003
|
$ | 9.2 | $ | 357.6 | ||||
2004
|
8.1 | 206.5 | ||||||
2005
|
6.9 | 142.8 | ||||||
2006
|
6.3 | 319.7 | ||||||
2007
|
6.3 | 101.8 | ||||||
Thereafter
|
44.9 | 502.7 | ||||||
|
|
|||||||
Total minimum lease payments
|
$ | 81.7 | $ | 1,631.1 | ||||
|
||||||||
Less amount representing interest
|
33.1 | |||||||
|
||||||||
Present value of net minimum lease payments
|
$ | 48.6 | ||||||
|
GUARANTEES
Guarantees are contingent commitments issued by the Company to customers or other third parties. The Companys guarantees primarily include parent guarantees related to subsidiaries third-party borrowing arrangements; third-party performance guarantees inherent in the Companys business operations such as indemnified securities lending programs and merchant charge-backs guarantees; indemnification or buy-back provisions related to certain asset sales; synthetic lease guarantees; and contingent consideration arrangements related to acquisitions. For certain guarantees, the Company has recorded a liability related to the potential obligation, or has access to collateral to support the guarantee or through the exercise of other recourse provisions can offset some or all of the maximum potential future payments made under these guarantees.
Third-Party Borrowing Arrangements The Company provides guarantees to third parties as a part of certain subsidiaries borrowing arrangements, primarily representing guaranteed operating or capital lease payments or other debt obligations with maturity dates extending through 2014. The maximum potential future payments guaranteed by the Company under these arrangements is approximately $1.5 billion at December 31, 2002. The Companys recorded liabilities as of December 31, 2002 include $32.4 million representing outstanding amounts owed to these third parties and required to be recorded on balance sheet in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. The guaranteed operating lease payments are also included in the disclosed minimum lease obligations.
Commitments from Securities Lending The Company participates in securities lending activities by acting as the customers agent involving the loan or sale of securities. The Company indemnifies customers for the difference between the market value of the securities lent and the market value of the collateral received. Cash collateralizes these transactions. The maximum potential future payments guaranteed by the Company under these arrangements is approximately $9.7 billion at December 31, 2002, and represents the market value of the securities lent to third parties. At December 31, 2002, the Company held assets with a market value of $10.0 billion as collateral for these arrangements.
Asset Sales The Company has provided guarantees to certain third parties in connection with the sale of certain assets, primarily loan portfolios and low income housing tax credits. These guarantees are generally in the form of asset buy-back or make-whole provisions that are triggered upon a credit event or a change in the tax-qualifying status of the related projects, as applicable, and remain in effect until the loans are collected or final tax credits are realized, respectively. The maximum potential future payments guaranteed by the Company under these arrangements is
Synthetic Leases Certain of the Companys operating lease arrangements involve third party lessors that acquire business assets through leveraged financing structures commonly referred to as synthetic leases. The Company provides guarantees to the lender in the event of default by the leveraged financing structures or in the event that the Company does not exercise its option to purchase the property at the end of the lease term and the fair value of the assets is less than the purchase price. The maximum potential future payments guaranteed by the Company under these arrangements was approximately $403.0 million at December 31, 2002. Based on the estimated fair value of assets held by the structures, the liability for this guarantee was not significant at December 31, 2002. The minimum lease payments under these operating leases are included in the Companys disclosure of minimum lease payment obligations.
Merchant Processing The Company, through its subsidiary NOVA Information Systems, Inc., provides merchant processing services. Under the rules of credit card associations, a merchant processor retains a contingent liability for credit card transactions processed. This contingent liability arises in the event of a billing dispute between the merchant and a cardholder that is ultimately resolved in the cardholders favor. In this situation, the transaction is charged back to the merchant and the disputed amount is credited or otherwise refunded to the cardholder. If the Company is unable to collect this amount from the merchant, it bears the loss for the amount of the refund paid to the cardholder.
Contingent Consideration Arrangements The Company has contingent payment obligations related to certain business combination transactions. Payments are guaranteed as long as certain post-acquisition performance-based criteria are met. At December 31, 2002, the maximum potential future payments guaranteed by the Company under these arrangements is approximately $78.7 million and primarily represents contingent payments related to the acquisition of the Corporate Trust business of State Street Bank on December 31, 2002 and are payable within 12 to 18 months.
Other Guarantees The Company provides liquidity and credit enhancement facilities to two Company-sponsored conduits, as more fully described in Note 9 Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities. Although management believes a draw against these facilities is remote, the maximum potential future payments guaranteed by the Company under these arrangements is approximately $13.7 billion. The recorded fair value of the Companys liability for the credit enhancement recourse obligation and liquidity facilities was $56.1 million at December 31, 2002 and is included in other liabilities.
OTHER CONTINGENT LIABILITIES
In connection with the industry-wide investigations of research analyst independence issues, the Companys brokerage and investment banking business line recognized a $50.0 million litigation charge in 2002 which included a settlement with certain governmental and regulatory agencies of $25.0 million for investment banking regulatory matters and $7.5 million for funding independent analyst research for its customers.
Note 24 | U.S. Bancorp (Parent Company) |
Condensed Balance Sheet
December 31 (Dollars in Millions) | 2002 | 2001 | ||||||||
|
||||||||||
Assets
|
||||||||||
Deposits with subsidiary banks, principally
interest-bearing
|
$ | 5,869 | $ | 3,184 | ||||||
Available-for-sale securities
|
118 | 189 | ||||||||
Investments in
|
||||||||||
Bank affiliates
|
17,954 | 17,907 | ||||||||
Nonbank affiliates
|
1,598 | 1,291 | ||||||||
Advances to
|
||||||||||
Bank affiliates
|
100 | 1,214 | ||||||||
Nonbank affiliates
|
266 | 928 | ||||||||
Other assets
|
2,294 | 2,258 | ||||||||
|
||||||||||
Total assets
|
$ | 28,199 | $ | 26,971 | ||||||
|
||||||||||
Liabilities and Shareholders
Equity
|
||||||||||
Short-term funds borrowed
|
$ | 380 | $ | 452 | ||||||
Advances from subsidiaries
|
117 | 69 | ||||||||
Long-term debt
|
5,695 | 6,074 | ||||||||
Junior subordinated debentures issued to
subsidiary trusts
|
2,990 | 2,990 | ||||||||
Other liabilities
|
916 | 925 | ||||||||
Shareholders equity
|
18,101 | 16,461 | ||||||||
|
||||||||||
Total liabilities and shareholders equity
|
$ | 28,199 | $ | 26,971 | ||||||
|
Condensed Statement of Income
Year Ended December 31 (Dollars in Millions) | 2002 | 2001 | 2000 | ||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||
Income
|
|||||||||||||
Dividends from bank subsidiaries
|
$ | 3,140.0 | $ | 1,300.1 | $ | 3,010.5 | |||||||
Dividends from nonbank subsidiaries
|
15.2 | 10.1 | 17.3 | ||||||||||
Interest from subsidiaries
|
96.9 | 272.8 | 234.8 | ||||||||||
Service and management fees from subsidiaries
|
38.5 | 221.8 | 246.0 | ||||||||||
Other income
|
16.0 | 21.0 | 217.0 | ||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||
Total income
|
3,306.6 | 1,825.8 | 3,725.6 | ||||||||||
Expenses
|
|||||||||||||
Interest on short-term funds borrowed
|
8.9 | 18.5 | 19.3 | ||||||||||
Interest on long-term debt
|
126.8 | 318.5 | 441.7 | ||||||||||
Interest on junior subordinated debentures issued
to subsidiary trusts
|
214.1 | 141.7 | 111.3 | ||||||||||
Merger and restructuring-related charges
|
6.7 | 49.5 | 21.3 | ||||||||||
Other expenses
|
76.0 | 322.5 | 225.2 | ||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||
Total expenses
|
432.5 | 850.7 | 818.8 | ||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||
Income before income taxes and equity in
undistributed income of subsidiaries
|
2,874.1 | 975.1 | 2,906.8 | ||||||||||
Income tax credit
|
(84.6 | ) | (102.4 | ) | (34.0 | ) | |||||||
|
|||||||||||||
Income of parent company
|
2,958.7 | 1,077.5 | 2,940.8 | ||||||||||
Equity (deficiency) in undistributed income of
subsidiaries
|
330.5 | 629.0 | (65.2 | ) | |||||||||
|
|||||||||||||
Net income
|
$ | 3,289.2 | $ | 1,706.5 | $ | 2,875.6 | |||||||
|
Condensed Statement of Cash Flows
Year Ended December 31 (Dollars in Millions)
2002
2001
2000
$
3,289.2
$
1,706.5
$
2,875.6
(Equity) deficiency in undistributed income of
subsidiaries
(330.5
)
(629.0
)
65.2
(Gain) loss on sales of securities, net
(8.6
)
(8.2
)
4.1
Depreciation and amortization of premises and
equipment
8.4
8.7
51.7
Other, net
44.0
71.2
(386.8
)
Net cash provided by (used in) operating
activities
3,002.5
1,149.2
2,609.8
113.1
254.9
92.2
(52.9
)
(73.5
)
(59.4
)
(536.4
)
(1,941.0
)
(4.6
)
1,200.0
600.0
415.1
190.4
122.8
(410.0
)
(1,144.0
)
(1,314.8
)
1,770.0
2,713.2
203.0
44.5
34.7
46.3
Net cash provided by (used in) investing
activities
2,543.4
634.7
(914.5
)
48.4
(10.6
)
(15.6
)
(72.3
)
228.9
53.3
(2,537.5
)
(1,612.8
)
(613.1
)
2,075.0
1,100.0
1,792.5
1,546.4
147.0
136.4
210.0
(1,040.4
)
(467.9
)
(1,182.2
)
(1,480.7
)
(1,235.1
)
(1,271.3
)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing
activities
(2,860.5
)
(314.7
)
(1,026.4
)
Change in cash and cash equivalents
2,685.4
1,469.2
668.9
3,183.6
1,714.4
1,045.5
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
$
5,869.0
$
3,183.6
$
1,714.4
Transfer of funds (dividends, loans or advances) from bank subsidiaries to the Company is restricted. Federal law prohibits loans unless they are secured and generally limits any loan to the Company or individual affiliate to 10 percent of the banks equity. In aggregate, loans to the Company and all affiliates cannot exceed 20 percent of the banks equity.
Note 25 | Supplemental Disclosures to the Consolidated Financial Statements |
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
Listed below are supplemental
disclosures to the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows:
Year Ended December 31 (Dollars in Millions)
2002
2001
2000
$
1,129.5
$
658.1
$
1,046.5
2,890.1
5,092.2
5,686.3
89.5
59.9
94.3
$
2,068.9
$
1,150.8
$
3,314.6
(3,821.9
)
(509.0
)
(3,755.9
)
$
(1,753.0
)
$
641.8
$
(441.3
)
Money Market Investments
are included with cash and due from
banks as part of cash and cash equivalents. Money market
investments were comprised of the following components at
December 31:
(Dollars in Millions)
2002
2001
$
102
$
104
61
123
271
398
$
434
$
625
Regulatory Capital The measures used to assess capital include the capital ratios established by bank regulatory agencies, including the specific ratios for the well capitalized designation. For a description of the regulatory capital requirements and the actual ratios as of December 31, 2002 and 2001, for the Company and its bank subsidiaries, see Table 20 included in Managements Discussion and Analysis which is incorporated by reference into these Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
% Change | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
December 31 (Dollars in Millions) | 2002 | 2001 | 2000 | 1999 | 1998 | 2001-2002 | |||||||||||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Assets
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cash and due from banks
|
$ | 10,758 | $ | 9,120 | $ | 8,475 | $ | 7,324 | $ | 8,882 | 18.0 | % | |||||||||||||||
Money market investments
|
434 | 625 | 657 | 1,934 | 1,039 | (30.6 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Trading securities
|
898 | 982 | 753 | 617 | 666 | (8.6 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Held-to-maturity securities
|
233 | 299 | 252 | 194 | 233 | (22.1 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Available-for-sale securities
|
28,255 | 26,309 | 17,390 | 17,255 | 20,732 | 7.4 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Loans held for sale
|
4,159 | 2,820 | 764 | 670 | 1,794 | 47.5 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Loans
|
116,251 | 114,405 | 122,365 | 113,229 | 106,958 | 1.6 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Less allowance for credit losses
|
2,422 | 2,457 | 1,787 | 1,710 | 1,706 | (1.4 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net loans
|
113,829 | 111,948 | 120,578 | 111,519 | 105,252 | 1.7 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Other assets
|
21,461 | 19,287 | 16,052 | 14,805 | 12,116 | 11.3 | |||||||||||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total assets
|
$ | 180,027 | $ | 171,390 | $ | 164,921 | $ | 154,318 | $ | 150,714 | 5.0 | % | |||||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Liabilities and Shareholders
Equity
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Deposits
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Noninterest-bearing
|
$ | 35,106 | $ | 31,212 | $ | 26,633 | $ | 26,350 | $ | 27,479 | 12.5 | % | |||||||||||||||
Interest-bearing
|
80,428 | 74,007 | 82,902 | 77,067 | 76,867 | 8.7 | |||||||||||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total deposits
|
115,534 | 105,219 | 109,535 | 103,417 | 104,346 | 9.8 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Short-term borrowings
|
7,806 | 14,670 | 11,833 | 10,558 | 10,011 | (46.8 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Long-term debt
|
28,588 | 25,716 | 21,876 | 21,027 | 18,679 | 11.2 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Company-obligated mandatorily redeemable
preferred securities
|
2,994 | 2,826 | 1,400 | 1,400 | 1,400 | 5.9 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Other liabilities
|
7,004 | 6,498 | 5,109 | 3,969 | 3,704 | 7.8 | |||||||||||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total liabilities
|
161,926 | 154,929 | 149,753 | 140,371 | 138,140 | 4.5 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Shareholders equity
|
18,101 | 16,461 | 15,168 | 13,947 | 12,574 | 10.0 | |||||||||||||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total liabilities and shareholders equity
|
$ | 180,027 | $ | 171,390 | $ | 164,921 | $ | 154,318 | $ | 150,714 | 5.0 | % | |||||||||||||||
|
% Change | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Year Ended December 31 (Dollars in Millions) | 2002 | 2001 | 2000 | 1999 | 1998 | 2001-2002 | ||||||||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest Income
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Loans
|
$ | 7,743.6 | $ | 9,413.7 | $ | 10,519.3 | $ | 9,078.0 | $ | 8,802.0 | (17.7 | )% | ||||||||||||||
Loans held for sale
|
170.6 | 146.9 | 102.1 | 103.9 | 91.9 | 16.1 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Investment securities
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Taxable
|
1,438.2 | 1,206.1 | 1,008.3 | 1,047.1 | 1,179.5 | 19.2 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Non-taxable
|
46.1 | 89.5 | 140.6 | 150.1 | 158.2 | (48.5 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
Money market investments
|
10.6 | 26.6 | 53.9 | 44.9 | 63.0 | (60.2 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
Trading securities
|
37.1 | 57.5 | 53.7 | 45.0 | 25.6 | (35.5 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
Other interest income
|
107.5 | 101.6 | 151.4 | 113.0 | 88.2 | 5.8 | ||||||||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total interest income
|
9,553.7 | 11,041.9 | 12,029.3 | 10,582.0 | 10,408.4 | (13.5 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
Interest Expense
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Deposits
|
1,485.3 | 2,828.1 | 3,618.8 | 2,970.0 | 3,234.7 | (47.5 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
Short-term borrowings
|
249.4 | 534.1 | 781.7 | 582.4 | 594.7 | (53.3 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
Long-term debt
|
842.7 | 1,184.8 | 1,511.7 | 1,126.9 | 926.5 | (28.9 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
Company-obligated mandatorily redeemable
preferred securities
|
136.6 | 127.8 | 110.7 | 111.0 | 103.8 | 6.9 | ||||||||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total interest expense
|
2,714.0 | 4,674.8 | 6,022.9 | 4,790.3 | 4,859.7 | (41.9 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net interest income
|
6,839.7 | 6,367.1 | 6,006.4 | 5,791.7 | 5,548.7 | 7.4 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Provision for credit losses
|
1,349.0 | 2,528.8 | 828.0 | 646.0 | 491.3 | (46.7 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net interest income after provision for credit
losses
|
5,490.7 | 3,838.3 | 5,178.4 | 5,145.7 | 5,057.4 | 43.1 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Noninterest Income
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Credit and debit card revenue
|
517.0 | 465.9 | 431.0 | * | * | 11.0 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Corporate payment products revenue
|
325.7 | 297.7 | 299.2 | * | * | 9.4 | ||||||||||||||||||||
ATM processing services
|
136.9 | 130.6 | 141.9 | * | * | 4.8 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Merchant processing services
|
567.3 | 308.9 | 120.0 | * | * | 83.7 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Credit card and payment processing revenue
|
* | * | * | 837.8 | 748.0 | * | ||||||||||||||||||||
Trust and investment management fees
|
899.1 | 894.4 | 926.2 | 887.1 | 788.3 | .5 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Deposit service charges
|
714.0 | 667.3 | 555.6 | 501.1 | 470.3 | 7.0 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Cash management fees
|
416.9 | 347.3 | 292.4 | 280.6 | 242.0 | 20.0 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial products revenue
|
479.2 | 437.4 | 350.0 | 260.7 | 138.5 | 9.6 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Mortgage banking revenue
|
330.2 | 234.0 | 189.9 | 190.4 | 244.6 | 41.1 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Trading account profits and commissions
|
206.5 | 221.6 | 258.4 | 222.4 | 130.3 | (6.8 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
Investment products fees and commissions
|
428.9 | 460.1 | 466.6 | 450.8 | 306.9 | (6.8 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
Investment banking revenue
|
207.4 | 258.2 | 360.3 | 246.6 | 100.4 | (19.7 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
Securities gains, net
|
299.9 | 329.1 | 8.1 | 13.2 | 29.1 | (8.9 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
Merger and restructuring-related gains
|
| 62.2 | | | 48.1 | ** | ||||||||||||||||||||
Other
|
339.6 | 286.4 | 526.8 | 398.9 | 419.8 | 18.6 | ||||||||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total noninterest income
|
5,868.6 | 5,401.1 | 4,926.4 | 4,289.6 | 3,666.3 | 8.7 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Noninterest Expense
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Salaries
|
2,409.2 | 2,347.1 | 2,427.1 | 2,355.3 | 2,196.7 | 2.6 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Employee benefits
|
367.7 | 366.2 | 399.8 | 410.1 | 424.9 | .4 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Net occupancy
|
409.3 | 417.9 | 396.9 | 371.8 | 356.9 | (2.1 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
Furniture and equipment
|
306.0 | 305.5 | 308.2 | 307.9 | 314.1 | .2 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Communication
|
183.8 | 181.4 | 138.8 | 123.4 | 114.2 | 1.3 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Postage
|
178.4 | 179.8 | 174.5 | 170.7 | 155.4 | (.8 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
Goodwill
|
| 251.1 | 235.0 | 175.8 | 176.0 | ** | ||||||||||||||||||||
Other intangible assets
|
553.0 | 278.4 | 157.3 | 154.0 | 125.8 | 98.6 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Merger and restructuring-related charges
|
324.1 | 946.4 | 348.7 | 532.8 | 593.8 | (65.8 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
Other
|
1,525.1 | 1,331.4 | 1,130.7 | 1,059.5 | 965.6 | 14.5 | ||||||||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total noninterest expense
|
6,256.6 | 6,605.2 | 5,717.0 | 5,661.3 | 5,423.4 | (5.3 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Income before income taxes and cumulative effect
of change in accounting principles
|
5,102.7 | 2,634.2 | 4,387.8 | 3,774.0 | 3,300.3 | 93.7 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Applicable income taxes
|
1,776.3 | 927.7 | 1,512.2 | 1,392.2 | 1,167.4 | 91.5 | ||||||||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Income before cumulative effect of change in
accounting principles
|
3,326.4 | 1,706.5 | 2,875.6 | 2,381.8 | 2,132.9 | 94.9 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Cumulative effect of change in accounting
principles
|
(37.2 | ) | | | | | ** | |||||||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net income
|
$ | 3,289.2 | $ | 1,706.5 | $ | 2,875.6 | $ | 2,381.8 | $ | 2,132.9 | 92.7% | |||||||||||||||
|
* | Information for 1999 and 1998 was classified as credit card and payment processing revenue. The current classifications are not available. |
** | Not meaningful |
2002
2001
First
Second
Third
Fourth
First
Second
Third
Fourth
(Dollars in Millions, Except Per Share Data)
Quarter
Quarter
Quarter
Quarter
Quarter
Quarter
Quarter
Quarter
$
1,931.9
$
1,936.9
$
1,961.2
$
1,913.6
$
2,651.1
$
2,426.7
$
2,275.5
$
2,060.4
39.2
36.6
37.3
57.5
16.6
25.9
53.9
50.5
347.8
346.1
372.2
372.1
253.3
287.8
321.2
343.8
13.2
11.7
10.9
10.3
31.2
27.8
15.9
14.6
3.3
2.2
3.3
1.8
8.9
7.4
6.3
4.0
8.2
9.4
9.7
9.8
15.9
14.1
11.2
16.3
19.0
32.7
25.4
30.4
32.0
26.1
24.3
19.2
2,362.6
2,375.6
2,420.0
2,395.5
3,009.0
2,815.8
2,708.3
2,508.8
395.5
375.8
370.3
343.7
883.7
783.0
670.0
491.4
78.9
68.3
56.4
45.8
186.2
124.4
122.9
100.6
192.1
216.8
226.8
207.0
366.1
318.0
282.8
217.9
34.8
33.9
34.7
33.2
27.2
32.4
33.6
34.6
701.3
694.8
688.2
629.7
1,463.2
1,257.8
1,109.3
844.5
1,661.3
1,680.8
1,731.8
1,765.8
1,545.8
1,558.0
1,599.0
1,664.3
335.0
335.0
330.0
349.0
532.4
441.3
1,289.3
265.8
1,326.3
1,345.8
1,401.8
1,416.8
1,013.4
1,116.7
309.7
1,398.5
109.3
131.2
132.8
143.7
109.0
118.8
116.8
121.3
75.2
82.5
87.6
80.4
78.8
77.4
73.1
68.4
30.9
33.5
36.7
35.8
31.6
33.0
32.8
33.2
133.6
144.4
147.3
142.0
30.3
31.4
108.0
139.2
224.3
234.9
225.2
214.7
225.0
228.0
226.2
215.2
155.7
173.3
192.7
192.3
147.7
177.9
170.1
171.6
104.2
104.3
105.8
102.6
76.8
84.9
89.7
95.9
122.2
123.7
125.0
108.3
88.2
107.4
108.7
133.1
52.0
78.0
111.8
88.4
48.2
57.0
60.3
68.5
49.9
49.5
52.6
54.5
71.9
55.8
43.6
50.3
111.1
107.4
105.0
105.4
125.7
114.2
108.0
112.2
53.2
70.5
35.7
48.0
60.2
71.1
56.9
70.0
44.1
30.6
119.0
106.2
216.0
31.3
59.8
22.0
62.2
61.2
73.5
81.1
123.8
101.3
87.4
64.4
33.3
1,326.9
1,437.3
1,558.3
1,546.1
1,410.7
1,337.8
1,318.4
1,334.2
588.3
607.6
606.0
607.3
590.5
570.5
580.3
605.8
96.4
91.1
93.8
86.4
108.1
90.7
85.4
82.0
100.1
101.8
103.2
104.2
110.1
101.4
102.5
103.9
76.9
77.0
75.7
76.4
76.9
74.9
74.9
78.8
45.7
44.1
46.6
47.4
38.7
50.3
49.4
43.0
46.6
44.4
44.3
43.1
46.9
43.8
44.7
44.4
67.8
58.6
62.3
62.4
80.2
104.7
211.4
156.7
46.6
54.0
84.8
93.0
74.2
71.6
70.4
107.9
404.2
252.8
148.8
140.6
328.4
378.1
388.9
429.7
308.7
297.7
334.4
390.6
1,436.8
1,520.4
1,640.3
1,659.1
1,798.5
1,594.7
1,567.5
1,644.5
1,216.4
1,262.7
1,319.8
1,303.8
625.6
859.8
60.6
1,088.2
423.2
439.6
459.5
454.0
215.5
297.5
21.9
392.8
793.2
823.1
860.3
849.8
410.1
562.3
38.7
695.4
(37.2
)
$
756.0
$
823.1
$
860.3
$
849.8
$
410.1
$
562.3
$
38.7
$
695.4
$
.39
$
.43
$
.45
$
.44
$
.22
$
.30
$
.02
$
.36
$
.39
$
.43
$
.45
$
.44
$
.21
$
.29
$
.02
$
.36
Earnings Per Share Summary | 2002 | 2001 | 2000 | 1999 | 1998 | |||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||
Earnings per share before cumulative effect of
change in accounting principles
|
$ | 1.74 | $ | .89 | $ | 1.51 | $ | 1.25 | $ | 1.12 | ||||||||||
Cumulative effect of change in accounting
principles
|
(.02 | ) | | | | | ||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||
Earnings per share
|
$ | 1.72 | $ | .89 | $ | 1.51 | $ | 1.25 | $ | 1.12 | ||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||
Diluted earnings per share before cumulative
effect of change in accounting principles
|
$ | 1.73 | $ | .88 | $ | 1.50 | $ | 1.23 | $ | 1.10 | ||||||||||
Cumulative effect of change in accounting
principles
|
(.02 | ) | | | | | ||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||
Diluted earnings per share
|
$ | 1.71 | $ | .88 | $ | 1.50 | $ | 1.23 | $ | 1.10 | ||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||
Ratios
|
||||||||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||
Return on average assets
|
1.91 | % | 1.03 | % | 1.81 | % | 1.59 | % | 1.49 | % | ||||||||||
Return on average equity
|
19.4 | 10.5 | 20.0 | 18.0 | 17.2 | |||||||||||||||
Average total equity to average assets
|
9.9 | 9.8 | 9.1 | 8.8 | 8.7 | |||||||||||||||
Dividends per share to net income per share
|
45.3 | 84.3 | 43.0 | 36.8 | 29.5 | |||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||
Other Statistics
(Dollars and Shares in Millions)
|
||||||||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||
Common shares outstanding (a)
|
1,917.0 | 1,951.7 | 1,902.1 | 1,928.5 | 1,903.5 | |||||||||||||||
Average common shares outstanding and common
stock equivalents
|
||||||||||||||||||||
Earnings per
share
|
1,916.0 | 1,927.9 | 1,906.0 | 1,907.8 | 1,898.8 | |||||||||||||||
Diluted
earnings per share
|
1,926.1 | 1,939.5 | 1,918.5 | 1,930.0 | 1,930.5 | |||||||||||||||
Number of shareholders (b)
|
74,805 | 76,395 | 46,052 | 45,966 | 17,523 | |||||||||||||||
Common dividends declared
|
$ | 1,488.6 | $ | 1,446.5 | $ | 1,267.0 | $ | 1,090.8 | $ | 977.6 | ||||||||||
|
(a) | Defined as total common shares less common stock held in treasury at December 31. |
(b) | Based on number of common stock shareholders of record at December 31. |
Stock Price Range and Dividends
2002 | 2001 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Sales Price | Sales Price | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Closing | Dividends | Closing | Dividends | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
High | Low | Price | Declared | High | Low | Price | Declared | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
First quarter
|
$ | 23.07 | $ | 19.02 | $ | 22.57 | $ | .195 | $ | 26.06 | $ | 18.49 | $ | 23.20 | $ | .1875 | ||||||||||||||||
Second quarter
|
24.50 | 22.08 | 23.35 | .195 | 23.60 | 20.71 | 22.79 | .1875 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Third quarter
|
23.29 | 17.09 | 18.58 | .195 | 25.24 | 18.25 | 22.18 | .1875 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Fourth quarter
|
22.38 | 16.05 | 21.22 | .195 | 22.95 | 16.50 | 20.93 | .1875 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
The common stock of U.S. Bancorp is traded on the New York Stock Exchange, under the ticker symbol USB.
Year Ended December 31
2002
2001
Average
Yields
Average
Yields
(Dollars in Millions)
Balances
Interest
and Rates
Balances
Interest
and Rates
$
665
$
10.6
1.60
%
$
712
$
26.6
3.74
%
935
40.9
4.38
771
59.3
7.69
27,892
1,438.2
5.16
20,129
1,206.1
5.99
937
65.3
6.97
1,787
128.9
7.21
2,644
170.6
6.45
1,911
146.9
7.69
43,820
2,622.8
5.99
50,072
3,609.3
7.21
25,723
1,636.3
6.36
26,081
2,002.7
7.68
8,412
595.3
7.08
8,576
658.2
7.67
36,501
2,902.8
7.95
33,448
3,158.2
9.44
114,456
7,757.2
6.78
118,177
9,428.4
7.98
1,614
107.5
6.66
1,678
101.6
6.05
2,542
1,979
149,143
9,590.3
6.43
145,165
11,097.8
7.64
25,347
22,758
$
171,948
$
165,944
$
28,715
$
25,109
15,631
102.3
.65
13,962
203.6
1.46
25,237
312.8
1.24
24,932
711.0
2.85
4,928
25.1
.51
4,571
42.5
.93
19,283
743.4
3.86
23,328
1,241.4
5.32
11,330
301.7
2.66
13,054
629.6
4.82
76,409
1,485.3
1.94
79,847
2,828.1
3.54
11,304
249.4
2.21
12,980
534.1
4.11
29,604
842.7
2.85
24,608
1,184.8
4.81
2,904
136.6
4.70
1,955
127.8
6.54
120,221
2,714.0
2.26
119,390
4,674.8
3.92
6,049
5,244
16,963
16,201
$
171,948
$
165,944
$
6,876.3
$
6,423.0
4.17
%
3.72
%
4.15
3.68
6.43
%
7.64
%
1.82
3.22
4.61
4.42
4.59
%
4.38
%
(a) | Interest and rates are presented on a fully taxable-equivalent basis under a tax rate of 35 percent. |
(b) | Interest income and rates on loans include loan fees. Nonaccrual loans are included in average loan balances. |
(c) | Before deducting the allowance for credit losses and excluding the unrealized gain (loss) on available-for-sale securities. |
2000 | 1999 | 1998 | 2001-2002 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
% Change | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Average | Yields | Average | Yields | Average | Yields | Average | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Balances | Interest | and Rates | Balances | Interest | and Rates | Balances | Interest | and Rates | Balances | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
$ | 931 | $ | 53.9 | 5.79 | % | $ | 1,082 | $ | 44.9 | 4.15 | % | $ | 1,170 | $ | 63.0 | 5.38 | % | (6.6 | )% | |||||||||||||||||||||||
779 | 57.6 | 7.39 | 630 | 47.8 | 7.59 | 428 | 27.6 | 6.45 | 21.3 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
14,567 | 1,008.3 | 6.92 | 16,301 | 1,047.1 | 6.42 | 17,977 | 1,179.5 | 6.56 | 38.6 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2,744 | 203.1 | 7.40 | 2,970 | 220.6 | 7.43 | 3,137 | 238.2 | 7.59 | (47.6 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1,303 | 102.1 | 7.84 | 1,450 | 103.9 | 7.17 | 1,264 | 91.9 | 7.27 | 38.4 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
50,062 | 4,222.6 | 8.43 | 43,328 | 3,261.1 | 7.53 | 38,983 | 3,093.8 | 7.94 | (12.5 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
26,040 | 2,296.9 | 8.82 | 23,076 | 1,922.8 | 8.33 | 20,458 | 1,784.4 | 8.72 | (1.4 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
11,207 | 863.7 | 7.71 | 13,890 | 1,056.3 | 7.60 | 15,604 | 1,208.7 | 7.75 | (1.9 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
31,008 | 3,155.1 | 10.18 | 29,344 | 2,860.8 | 9.75 | 27,406 | 2,744.3 | 10.01 | 9.1 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
118,317 | 10,538.3 | 8.91 | 109,638 | 9,101.0 | 8.30 | 102,451 | 8,831.2 | 8.62 | (3.1 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1,965 | 151.4 | 7.70 | 1,686 | 113.0 | 6.70 | 1,311 | 88.2 | 6.73 | (3.8 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1,781 | 1,709 | 1,688 | 28.4 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
140,606 | 12,114.7 | 8.62 | 133,757 | 10,678.3 | 7.98 | 127,738 | 10,519.6 | 8.24 | 2.7 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
19,656 | 18,119 | 16,837 | 11.4 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
$ | 158,481 | $ | 150,167 | $ | 142,887 | 3.6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
$ | 23,820 | $ | 23,556 | $ | 23,011 | 14.4 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
13,035 | 270.4 | 2.07 | 12,898 | 231.0 | 1.79 | 12,263 | 230.9 | 1.88 | 12.0 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
22,774 | 1,000.0 | 4.39 | 22,534 | 842.2 | 3.74 | 20,337 | 825.1 | 4.06 | 1.2 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
5,027 | 74.0 | 1.47 | 5,961 | 111.9 | 1.88 | 6,504 | 146.7 | 2.26 | 7.8 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
25,861 | 1,458.3 | 5.64 | 26,296 | 1,322.6 | 5.03 | 29,583 | 1,622.7 | 5.49 | (17.3 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
12,909 | 816.1 | 6.32 | 8,675 | 462.3 | 5.33 | 7,242 | 409.3 | 5.65 | (13.2 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
79,606 | 3,618.8 | 4.55 | 76,364 | 2,970.0 | 3.89 | 75,929 | 3,234.7 | 4.26 | (4.3 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
12,586 | 781.7 | 6.21 | 11,707 | 582.4 | 4.97 | 11,102 | 594.7 | 5.36 | (12.9 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
22,410 | 1,511.7 | 6.75 | 20,248 | 1,126.9 | 5.57 | 15,732 | 926.5 | 5.89 | 20.3 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1,400 | 110.7 | 7.91 | 1,400 | 111.0 | 7.93 | 1,314 | 103.8 | 7.90 | 48.5 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
116,002 | 6,022.9 | 5.19 | 109,719 | 4,790.3 | 4.37 | 104,077 | 4,859.7 | 4.67 | .7 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
4,294 | 3,671 | 3,416 | 15.4 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
14,365 | 13,221 | 12,383 | 4.7 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
$ | 158,481 | $ | 150,167 | $ | 142,887 | 3.6 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
$ | 6,091.8 | $ | 5,888.0 | $ | 5,659.9 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
3.43 | % | 3.61 | % | 3.57 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
3.37 | 3.54 | 3.48 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
8.62 | % | 7.98 | % | 8.24 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
4.29 | 3.58 | 3.81 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
4.33 | 4.40 | 4.43 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
4.27 | % | 4.33 | % | 4.34 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Securities and Exchange Commission
Washington, D.C. 20549
Annual Report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002
Commission File Number 1-6880
U.S. Bancorp
Incorporated in the State of Delaware
IRS Employer Identification #41-0255900
Address: 800 Nicollet Mall
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402-7014
Telephone: (612) 973-1111
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act (and listed on the New York Stock Exchange): Common Stock, par value $.01.
Index | Page | ||||
|
|||||
Part I
|
|||||
Item 1
|
Business
|
||||
General Business Description
|
111-112 | ||||
Line of Business Financial Performance
|
53-58 | ||||
Website Access to SEC Reports
|
113 | ||||
Item 2
|
Properties
|
112 | |||
Item 3
|
Legal Proceedings
|
none | |||
Item 4
|
Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security
Holders
|
none | |||
Part II
|
|||||
Item 5
|
Market Price and Dividends for the
Registrants Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters
|
3, 50-51, | |||
86-88, 91-93, 107, 110 | |||||
Item 6
|
Selected Financial Data
|
17-18 | |||
Item 7
|
Managements Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations
|
16-60 | |||
Item 7A
|
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About
Market Risk
|
43-50 | |||
Item 8
|
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
|
62-109 | |||
Item 9
|
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on
Accounting and Financial Disclosure
|
113 | |||
Part III
|
|||||
Item 10
|
Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant
|
118-120* | |||
Item 11
|
Executive Compensation
|
* | |||
Item 12
|
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners
and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
|
112-113* | |||
Item 13
|
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions
|
* | |||
Item 14
|
Controls and Procedures
|
60 | |||
Part IV
|
|||||
Item 15
|
Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and
Reports on Form 8-K
|
113-114 | |||
Signatures
|
115 | ||||
Certifications
|
116-117 | ||||
|
* | U.S. Bancorps definitive proxy statement for the 2003 Annual Meeting of Shareholders is incorporated herein by reference, other than the sections entitled Report of the Compensation Committee and Stock Performance Chart. |
General Business Description U.S. Bancorp is a multi-state financial services holding company headquartered in Minneapolis, Minnesota and was created by the acquisition by Firstar Corporation of the former U.S. Bancorp of Minneapolis, Minnesota. The merger was completed on February 27, 2001, and the combined company retained the U.S. Bancorp name. U.S. Bancorp was incorporated in Delaware in 1929 and operates as a financial holding company and a bank holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956. U.S. Bancorp provides a full range of financial services, including lending and depository services, cash management, foreign exchange and trust and investment management services. It also engages in credit card services, merchant and automated teller machine (ATM) processing, mortgage banking, insurance, brokerage, leasing and investment banking.
Competition The commercial banking business is highly competitive. Subsidiary banks compete with other commercial banks and with other financial institutions, including savings and loan associations, mutual savings banks, finance companies, mortgage banking companies, credit unions and investment companies. In recent years, competition has increased from institutions not subject to the same regulatory restrictions as domestic banks and bank holding companies.
Government Policies The operations of the Companys various operating units are affected by state and federal legislative changes and by policies of various regulatory authorities, including those of the numerous states in which they operate, the United States and foreign governments. These policies include, for example, statutory maximum legal lending rates, domestic monetary policies of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, United States fiscal policy, international currency regulations and monetary policies, U.S. Patriot Act and capital adequacy and liquidity constraints imposed by bank regulatory agencies.
Supervision and Regulation As a registered bank holding company and financial holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act, as amended by the Graham-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999, U.S. Bancorp is subject to the supervision of, and regulation by, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
Properties U.S. Bancorp and its significant subsidiaries occupy headquarter offices under a long-term lease in Minneapolis, Minnesota. The Company also leases seven freestanding operations centers in St. Paul, Portland, Milwaukee and Denver. The Company owns five principal operations centers in Cincinnati, St. Louis, Fargo and Milwaukee. At December 31, 2002, the Companys subsidiaries owned and operated a total of 1,385 facilities and leased an additional 1,478 facilities, all of which are well maintained. The Company believes its current facilities are adequate to meet its needs. Additional information with respect to premises and equipment is presented in Notes 10 and 23 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
Equity Compensation Plan Information The following table summarizes information regarding equity compensation plans in effect as of December 31, 2002.
Number of securities remaining | |||||||||||||
Number of securities to be issued | Weighted-average exercise | available for future issuance under | |||||||||||
upon exercise of outstanding options, | price of outstanding options, | equity compensation plans (excluding | |||||||||||
Plan Category | warrants and rights | warrants and rights | securities reflected in the first column) (c) | ||||||||||
|
|||||||||||||
Equity compensation plans approved by security
holders (a)
|
103,657,787 | $20.66 | 36,441,843 | ||||||||||
Equity compensation plans not approved by
security holders (b)
|
16,311,199 | $22.66 | 0 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total
|
119,968,986 | $20.93 | 36,441,843 | ||||||||||
|
(a) | Includes shares underlying stock options and restricted stock units (convertible into shares of the Companys common stock on a one-for-one basis) under the U.S. Bancorp 2001 Stock Incentive Plan, the U.S. Bancorp 1998 Executive Stock Incentive Plan and the U.S. Bancorp 1991 Executive Stock Incentive Plan. Excludes 87,093,223 shares underlying outstanding stock options and warrants assumed by U.S. Bancorp in connection with acquisitions by U.S. Bancorp. Of the excluded shares, 73,117,792 underlie stock options granted under equity compensation plans of the former U.S. Bancorp that were approved by the shareholders of the former U.S. Bancorp. |
(b) | All of the identified shares underlie stock options granted to a broad-based employee population pursuant to the U.S. Bancorp 2001 Employee Stock Incentive plan, the Firstar Corporation 1999 Employee Stock Incentive Plan, the Firstar Corporation 1998 Employee Stock Incentive Plan, the Star Banc Corporation 1996 Starshare Stock Incentive Plan for Employees and the Star Banc Corporation Starshare 1993 Stock Option Plan for Employees. Under the terms of the Starshare 1993 Stock Option Plan for Employees, any options outstanding under that plan as of January 28, 2003 terminated on that date, and no future options will be granted under that plan. |
(c) | No shares are available for the granting of future awards under the U.S. Bancorp 1998 Executive Stock Incentive Plan or the U.S. Bancorp 1991 Executive Stock Incentive plan. The 36,441,843 shares available under the U.S. Bancorp 2001 Stock Incentive Plan may become the subject of future awards in the form of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance awards or other stock-based awards, except that only 8,746,029 of these shares are available for future grants of awards other than stock options or stock appreciation rights. |
Change in Certifying Accountants In response to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the Audit Committee determined on November 8, 2002, to segregate the internal and external auditing functions performed for U.S. Bancorp in fiscal year 2002 by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP and appointed Ernst & Young LLP to become the Companys external auditors following the filing of the Companys 2002 Annual Report on Form 10-K during the first quarter of 2003. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP completed the audit of the Companys financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2002, and will continue to provide internal audit services under the direction of the Companys internal audit team.
Website Access to SEC Reports
U.S. Bancorps Internet website
can be found at www.usbank.com. U.S. Bancorp makes available
free of charge on its website its annual reports on
Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current
reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed
or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 159(d) of the
Exchange Act, as well as all other reports filed by U.S. Bancorp
with the SEC, as soon as reasonably practicable after we
electronically file them with, or furnish them to, the SEC.
Exhibits
Financial Statements Filed
Page
62-65
66-103
61
Schedules to the consolidated financial statements required by Regulation S-X are omitted since the required information is included in the footnotes or is not applicable.
(1) 3.1 | Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended. Filed as Exhibit 3.1 to Form 10-K | ||||
for the year ended December 31, 2000. | |||||
(1) 3.2 | Restated bylaws, as amended. Filed as Exhibit 3.2 to Form 10-K | ||||
for the year ended December 31, 2001. | |||||
4.1 | [Pursuant to Item 601(b)(4)(iii)(A) of Regulation S-K, copies of instruments defining the | ||||
rights
of holders of long-term debt are not filed. U.S. Bancorp
agrees to furnish a copy
thereof to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.] |
|||||
(1) 4.2 | Warrant Agreement, dated as of October 2, 1995, between U.S. Bancorp and | ||||
First Chicago Trust Company of New York, as Warrant Agent and Form of Warrant.
Filed as Exhibits 4.18 and 4.19 to Registration Statement on Form S-3, File No. 33-61667. |
|||||
(1)(2) 10.1 | U.S. Bancorp 2001 Stock Incentive Plan. Filed as Exhibit 10.1 | ||||
to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001. | |||||
(2) 10.2 | Amendment No. 1 to U.S. Bancorp 2001 Stock Incentive Plan. | ||||
(2) 10.3 | U.S. Bancorp 1998 Executive Stock Incentive Plan | ||||
(2) 10.4 | Summary of U.S. Bancorp 1991 Executive Stock Incentive Plan. | ||||
(2) 10.5 | U.S. Bancorp 2001 Employee Stock Incentive Plan. | ||||
(2) 10.6 | Firstar Corporation 1999 Employee Stock Incentive Plan. | ||||
(2) 10.7 | Firstar Corporation 1998 Employee Stock Incentive Plan. | ||||
(2) 10.8 | Star Banc Corporation 1996 Starshare Stock Incentive Plan for Employees. | ||||
(1)(2) 10.9 | U.S. Bancorp Executive Incentive Plan. Filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Form 10-K | ||||
for the year ended December 31, 2001. | |||||
(1)(2) 10.10 | U.S. Bancorp Executive Deferral Plan, as amended. Filed as Exhibit 10.7 | ||||
to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1999. | |||||
(1)(2) 10.11 | Summary of Nonqualified Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, as amended, | ||||
of the former U.S. Bancorp.
Filed as Exhibit 10.4 to Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2001. |
|||||
(1)(2) 10.12 | 1991 Performance and Equity Incentive Plan of the former U.S. Bancorp. | ||||
Filed as Exhibit 10.13 to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1997. | |||||
(1)(2) 10.13 | Form of Director Indemnification Agreement entered into with former directors of the former U.S. Bancorp. | ||||
Filed as Exhibit 10.15 to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1997. | |||||
(1)(2) 10.14 | U.S. Bancorp Independent Director Retirement and Death Benefit Plan, as amended. | ||||
Filed as Exhibit 10.17 to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1999. | |||||
(1)(2) 10.15 | U.S. Bancorp Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors, as amended. Filed as Exhibit 10.18 | ||||
to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1999. | |||||
(2) 10.16 | U.S. Bancorp Non Qualified Executive Retirement Plan. | ||||
(1)(2) 10.17 | U.S. Bancorp Deferred Compensation Plan. Filed as Exhibit 10.11 to Form 10-K | ||||
for the year ended December 31, 2001. | |||||
(2) 10.18 | Amendment No. 1 to U.S. Bancorp Deferred Compensation Plan. | ||||
(1)(2) 10.19 | Form of Change in Control Agreement, effective November 16, 2001, between | ||||
U.S. Bancorp and certain
executive officers of U.S. Bancorp. Filed as
Exhibit 10.12 to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001. |
|||||
(1)(2) 10.20 | Employment Agreement with Jerry A. Grundhofer. Filed as Exhibit 10.13 | ||||
to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001. | |||||
(1)(2) 10.21 | Employment Agreement with John F. Grundhofer. Filed as Exhibit 10.14 | ||||
to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001. | |||||
(2) 10.22 | Employment Agreement with Edward Grzedzinski. | ||||
12 | Statement re: Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges. | ||||
21 | Subsidiaries of the Registrant. | ||||
23 | Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP. |
(1) | Exhibit has previously been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and is incorporated herein as an exhibit by reference to the prior filing. |
(2) | Management contracts or compensatory plans or arrangements. |
Signatures
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13
or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant
has duly caused this report to be signed on February 28,
2003, on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly
authorized.
U.S. Bancorp
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below on
February 28, 2003, by the following persons on behalf of
the registrant and in the capacities indicated.
Jerry A. Grundhofer
David M. Moffett
Terrance R. Dolan
Linda L. Ahlers
Victoria Buyniski
Gluckman
Arthur D. Collins,
Jr.
Peter H. Coors
John C. Dannemiller
John F. Grundhofer
Roger L. Howe
Delbert W. Johnson
Joel W. Johnson
Jerry W. Levin
Frank Lyon, Jr.
Daniel F. McKeithan,
Jr.
David B.
OMaley
Odell M. Owens, M.D.,
M.P.H.
Thomas E. Petry
Richard G. Reiten
Craig D. Schnuck
Warren R. Staley
Patrick T. Stokes
John J. Stollenwerk
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
(principal executive officer)
Vice Chairman and Chief Financial Officer
(principal financial officer)
Executive Vice President and Controller
(principal accounting officer)
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Table of Contents
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
I, Jerry A. Grundhofer, Chief Executive Officer
of U.S. Bancorp, a Delaware corporation, certify that:
Dated: February 28, 2003
(1)
I have reviewed this annual report on
Form 10-K (this Form 10-K) of U.S. Bancorp;
(2)
Based on my knowledge, this Form 10-K does
not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to
state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in
light of the circumstances under which such statements were
made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this
Form 10-K;
(3)
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements,
and other financial information included in this Form 10-K,
fairly present in all material respects the financial condition,
results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of,
and for, the periods presented in this
Form 10-K;
(4)
The registrants other certifying officers
and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining
disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act
Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14) for the registrant and have:
(a)
designed such disclosure controls and procedures
to ensure that material information relating to the registrant,
including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by
others within those entities, particularly during the period in
which this Form 10-K is being prepared;
(b)
evaluated the effectiveness of the
registrants disclosure controls and procedures as of a
date within 90 days prior to the filing date of this
Form 10-K (the Evaluation Date); and
(c)
presented in this Form 10-K our conclusions
about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and
procedures based on our evaluation as of the Evaluation Date;
(5)
The registrants other certifying officers
and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation, to
the registrants auditors and the audit committee of
registrants board of directors (or persons fulfilling the
equivalent function):
(a)
all significant deficiencies in the design or
operation of internal controls which could adversely affect the
registrants ability to record, process, summarize and
report financial data and have identified for the
registrants auditors any material weaknesses in internal
controls; and
(b)
any fraud, whether or not material, that involves
management or other employees who have a significant role in the
registrants internal controls; and
(6)
The registrants other certifying officers
and I have indicated in this Form 10-K whether there were
significant changes in internal controls or in other factors
that could significantly affect internal controls subsequent to
the date of our most recent evaluation, including any corrective
actions with regard to significant deficiencies and
material weaknesses.
/s/ JERRY A. GRUNDHOFER
Jerry A. Grundhofer
Chairman, President and Chief Executive
Officer
Table of Contents
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
I, David M. Moffett, Chief Financial Officer of
U.S. Bancorp, a Delaware corporation, certify that:
Dated: February 28, 2003
Jennie P. Carlson
Andrew Cecere
William L. Chenevich
Richard K. Davis
Michael J. Doyle
Edward Grzedzinski
Joseph E. Hasten
Lee R. Mitau
David M. Moffett
Daniel M. Quinn
Stephen E. Smith
Jerry A.
Grundhofer
1
Linda L.
Ahlers
3,4
Victoria Buyniski
Gluckman
3,4
Arthur D. Collins,
Jr.
1,2
Peter H.
Coors
2,4
John C.
Dannemiller
4,5
John F.
Grundhofer
1
Roger L.
Howe
1,3
Delbert W.
Johnson
1,3
Joel W.
Johnson
4,5
Jerry W.
Levin
2,5
Frank Lyon,
Jr.
2,4
Daniel F. McKeithan,
Jr.
1,5
David B.
OMaley
1,2
Odell M. Owens, M.D.,
M.P.H.
3,4
Thomas E.
Petry
1,2,3
Richard G.
Reiten
1,3
Craig D.
Schnuck
3,4
Warren R.
Staley
1,3
Patrick T.
Stokes
1,5
John J.
Stollenwerk
2,3
Corporate Information
Executive Offices
Common Stock Transfer Agent and Registrar
Mellon Investor Services
For Registered or Certified Mail:
Telephone representatives are available weekdays from 8:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m.
Central Time, and automated support is available 24 hours a day, 7 days a week.
Specific information about your account is available on Mellons Internet site
by clicking on the Investor ServiceDirect
SM
link.
Independent Accountants
Common Stock Listing and Trading
Dividends and Reinvestment Plan
Investment Community Contacts
Financial Information
Web site
. For information about U.S. Bancorp, including news, financial
results, annual reports and other documents filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission, access our home page on the Internet at usbank.com and
click on Investor/Shareholder Information.
Mail
. At your request, we will mail to you our quarterly earnings news releases,
quarterly financial data reported on Form 10-Q and additional copies of our
annual reports. Please contact:
U.S. Bancorp Investor Relations
Media Requests
Privacy
Code of Ethics
Diversity
Equal Employment Opportunity/Affirmative Action
U.S. Bancorp, including each of our subsidiaries, is an Equal Opportunity
Employer committed to creating a diverse workforce.
U.S. Bancorp
usbank.com
(1)
I have reviewed this annual report on
Form 10-K (this Form 10-K) of U.S. Bancorp;
(2)
Based on my knowledge, this Form 10-K does
not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to
state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in
light of the circumstances under which such statements were
made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this
Form 10-K;
(3)
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements,
and other financial information included in this Form 10-K,
fairly present in all material respects the financial condition,
results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of,
and for, the periods presented in this
Form 10-K;
(4)
The registrants other certifying officers
and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining
disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act
Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14) for the registrant and have:
(a)
designed such disclosure controls and procedures
to ensure that material information relating to the registrant,
including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by
others within those entities, particularly during the period in
which this Form 10-K is being prepared;
(b)
evaluated the effectiveness of the
registrants disclosure controls and procedures as of a
date within 90 days prior to the filing date of this
Form 10-K (the Evaluation Date); and
(c)
presented in this Form 10-K our conclusions
about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and
procedures based on our evaluation as of the Evaluation Date;
(5)
The registrants other certifying officers
and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation, to
the registrants auditors and the audit committee of
registrants board of directors (or persons fulfilling the
equivalent function):
(a)
all significant deficiencies in the design or
operation of internal controls which could adversely affect the
registrants ability to record, process, summarize and
report financial data and have identified for the
registrants auditors any material weaknesses in internal
controls; and
(b)
any fraud, whether or not material, that involves
management or other employees who have a significant role in the
registrants internal controls; and
(6)
The registrants other certifying officers
and I have indicated in this Form 10-K whether there were
significant changes in internal controls or in other factors
that could significantly affect internal controls subsequent to
the date of our most recent evaluation, including any corrective
actions with regard to significant deficiencies and
material weaknesses.
/s/ DAVID M. MOFFETT
David M. Moffett
Chief Financial Officer
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
U.S. Bancorp
President
Marshall Fields
Minneapolis, Minnesota
President and Chief Executive Officer
United Medical Resources, Inc.
Cincinnati, Ohio
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
Medtronic, Inc.
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Chairman
Coors Brewing Company
Golden, Colorado
Retired Chairman
Applied Industrial Technologies
Cleveland, Ohio
Chairman Emeritus
U.S. Bancorp
Chairman Emeritus
U.S. Precision Lens, Inc.
Cincinnati, Ohio
Vice President
Safeguard Scientifics, Inc.
Wayne, Pennsylvania
Chairman, President and
Chief Executive Officer
Hormel Foods Corporation
Austin, Minnesota
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
American Household, Inc.
Boca Raton, Florida
President
Wingmead Farms
North Little Rock, Arkansas
President and Chief Executive Officer
Tamarack Petroleum Company, Inc.
Milwaukee, Wisconsin
Chairman, President and
Chief Executive Officer
Ohio National Financial Services
Cincinnati, Ohio
President and Chief Executive Officer
RISE Learning Solutions
Cincinnati, Ohio
Retired Chairman and
Chief Executive Officer
Eagle-Picher Industries, Inc.
Cincinnati, Ohio
Chairman
Northwest Natural Gas Company
Portland, Oregon
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
Schnuck Markets, Inc.
St. Louis, Missouri
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
Cargill, Inc.
Minneapolis, Minnesota
President and Chief Executive Officer
Anheuser-Busch Companies, Inc.
St. Louis, Missouri
President and Chief Executive Officer
Allen-Edmonds Shoe Corporation
Port Washington, Wisconsin
1.
Executive Committee
2.
Compensation Committee
3.
Audit Committee
4.
Community Outreach and Fair Lending
Committee
5.
Governance Committee
Table of Contents
U.S. Bancorp
800 Nicollet Mall
Minneapolis, MN 55402
Mellon Investor Services acts as our transfer agent and registrar, dividend
paying agent and dividend reinvestment plan administrator, and maintains all
shareholder records for the corporation. Inquiries related to shareholder
records, stock transfers, changes of ownership, lost stock certificates, changes
of address and dividend payment should be directed to the transfer agent at:
P.O. Box 3315
South Hackensack, NJ 07606-1915
Phone: 888-778-1311 or 201-329-8660
Internet: melloninvestor.com
Mellon Investor Services
85 Challenger Road
Ridgefield Park, NJ 07660
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP served as the independent auditors for the U.S.
Bancorp 2002 financial statements. Ernst & Young LLP will serve as the
independent auditors for the U.S. Bancorp 2003 financial statements.
U.S. Bancorp common stock is listed and traded on the New York Stock Exchange
under the ticker symbol USB.
U.S. Bancorp currently pays quarterly dividends on our common stock on or about
the 15th day of January, April, July and October, subject to prior approval by
our Board of Directors. U.S. Bancorp shareholders can choose to participate in a
plan that provides automatic reinvestment of dividends and/or optional cash
purchase of additional shares of U.S. Bancorp common stock. For more
information, please contact our transfer agent, Mellon Investor Services. See
above.
Howell D. McCullough
Judith T. Murphy
Senior Vice President,
Vice President,
Investor Relations
Investor Relations
howell.mccullough@usbank.com
judith.murphy@usbank.com
Phone: 612-303-0786
Phone: 612-303-0783
U.S. Bancorp news and financial results are available through our web site and
by mail.
800 Nicollet Mall
Minneapolis, MN 55402
corporaterelations@usbank.com
Phone: 612-303-0799
Steven W. Dale
Senior Vice President, Media Relations
steve.dale@usbank.com
Phone: 612-303-0784
U.S. Bancorp is committed to respecting the privacy of our customers and
safeguarding the financial and personal information provided to us. To learn
more about the U.S. Bancorp commitment to protecting privacy, visit usbank.com
and click on Privacy Pledge.
U.S. Bancorp places the highest importance on honesty and integrity. Each year,
every U.S. Bancorp employee certifies compliance with the letter and spirit of
our Code of Ethics and Business Conduct, the guiding ethical standards of our
organization. For details about our Code of Ethics and Business Conduct, visit
usbank.com and click on About U.S. Bancorp, then Ethics at U.S. Bank.
U.S. Bancorp and our subsidiaries are committed to developing and maintaining a
workplace that reflects the diversity of the communities we serve. We support a
work environment where individual differences are valued and respected and where
each individual who shares the fundamental values of the company has an
opportunity to contribute and grow based on individual merit.
U.S. Bancorp and our subsidiaries are committed to providing Equal Employment
Opportunity to all employees and applicants for employment. In keeping with this
commitment, employment decisions are made based upon performance, skill and
abilities, rather than race, color, religion, national origin or ancestry,
gender, age, disability, veteran status, sexual orientation or any other
factors protected by law. The corporation complies with municipal, state and
federal fair employment laws, including regulations applying to federal
contractors.
U.S. Bank Member FDIC
This report is printed on recycled paper containing a minimum 10 percent
post-consumer waste.
Table of Contents
800 Nicollet Mall
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402
Exhibit 10.2
Amendment No. 1 dated
January 15, 2002,
to U.S. Bancorp 2001 Stock Incentive Plan
Section 2(h) Fair Market Value
Fair Market Value shall mean, with respect to any property (including, without limitation, any Shares or other securities), the fair market value of such property determined by such methods or procedures as shall be established from time to time by the Committee.
Exhibit 10.3
U.S. BANCORP
1998 EXECUTIVE STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN
(ADOPTED ORIGINALLY IN DECEMBER 1996
AND AS AMENDED THROUGH DECEMBER 1998)
1. Name and Purpose. This Plan was adopted originally by Star Banc Corporation in December 1996, adopted and amended through December 1998 by its successor, Firstar Corporation, and assumed by U.S. Bancorp (the Corporation) as of February 27, 2001 and shall be known hereafter as the U.S. Bancorp 1998 Executive Stock Incentive Plan (the Plan). The purpose of the Plan is to advance the interests of the Corporation by providing material incentive for the continued services of directors, advisory directors and key employees and by attracting able individuals to serve as directors and advisory directors of the Corporation and by attracting able personnel to employment with the Corporation and its Subsidiaries. The term Subsidiary as used herein means a subsidiary corporation of the Corporation as the term is defined in Section 424(f) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 as amended (the Code).
2. 1986 and 1991 Stock Incentive Plans. The 1986 Stock Incentive Plan (the 1986 Plan) and the 1991 Stock Incentive Plan (the 1991 Plan) adopted by the Corporations successor, Star Banc Corporation, are hereby amended and restated in their entirety so that their terms and conditions match exactly as the terms and conditions of this Plan, with the exception that the number of shares authorized under each such Plan and the termination date of each such Plan, shall remain unchanged. Grants of remaining authorized shares under the 1986 Plan and the 1991 Plan, and administration of awards made under those Plans, shall be governed by the terms and conditions set forth therein. In the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the 1986 and 1991 Plans, and those set forth herein, this document shall govern.
3. Administration. The Plan shall be administered by the Compensation Committee (the Committee) of the Board of Directors of the Corporation. The Committee shall consist of at least two members of the Board of Directors, each of whom is a Non-Employee Director as defined in Rule 16b-3 promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the 1934 Act), as such Rule may be amended from time to time or any successor rule thereto. To the extent that it is desired that compensation resulting from the grant of a particular Option be excluded from the deduction limitation of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code), all directors comprising the Committee granting such Option also shall be outside directors within the meaning of Code Section 162(m). The Committee may establish, subject to the provisions of the Plan, such rules and regulations as it deems necessary for the proper administration of the Plan, and make such determinations and take such action in connection therewith, or in relation to the Plan as it deems necessary or advisable, consistent with the Plan.
4. Eligibility. Directors of the Corporation and its Subsidiaries, and advisory directors of the Regional Advisory Boards established by the Corporation (collectively, Directors), and regular employees of the Corporation and its Subsidiaries who are key employees, including officers, whether or not Directors (collectively, Eligible Employees) shall be eligible to participate in the Plan.
5. Shares Subject to the Plan.
(a) The shares to be issued and delivered by the Corporation under the Plan are the Corporations common shares, $0.01 par value, which may be either authorized but unissued shares or treasury shares.
(b) The aggregate number of common shares of the Corporation which may be issued under the Plan (excluding those previously authorized under the 1986 and 1991 Plans) shall not exceed forty-five million (45,00,000) shares; subject, however, to the adjustment provided in Paragraph 14 in the event of stock splits, stock dividends, exchanges of shares or the like occurring after the effective date of this Plan. No option may be granted under this Plan, no Restricted Shares may be allocated under this Plan and no Performance Awards payable in common stock can be paid under this Plan which could cause such maximum limit to be exceeded.
(c) The maximum number of shares with respect to which options may be granted to any individual during any one year period is 5,400,000.
(d) Common shares covered by an option which is no longer exercisable with respect to such shares shall again be available for issuance in connection with other options granted under this Plan. Common shares repurchased by the Corporation as provided in Paragraph 12, in respect of which no benefits of ownership have been received, shall again be available for issuance in connection with other allocations of Restricted Shares under this Plan.
6. Grant of Options. The Committee may from time to time, in its discretion and subject to the provisions of the Plan, grant options to any or all Directors and Eligible Employees. With respect to Eligible Employees who are not subject to the provisions of Section 16 of the 1934 Act or Section 162(m) of the Code, options may be so granted by the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation as the designee of the Committee. Directors and Employees to whom options have been granted are herein referred to as Optionees. Each option shall be embodied in an Option Agreement signed by the Optionee and the Corporation providing that the option shall be subject to the provisions of this Plan and containing such other provisions as the Committee may prescribe not inconsistent with the Plan. Option grants shall specify whether the grant is made in the Optionees capacity as a Director or as an Eligible Employee.
7. Terms and Conditions of Option. All options granted under the Plan shall contain such terms and conditions as the Committee from time to time determines, subject to the foregoing and following limitations and requirements.
(a) Form of Option: Incentive Options and Non-Qualified Options may be granted under this Plan. An Incentive Option shall mean an option granted under this Plan which is designated to be an incentive stock option under the provisions of Code Section 422; and any provisions elsewhere in this Plan or in any such Incentive Option which would prevent such options from being an incentive stock option may be deleted and/or voided retroactively to the date of the granting of such option, by action of the Committee. A Non-Qualified Option shall mean an option granted under this Plan which is not an incentive stock option under the provisions of Code
-2-
Section 422, and which is exercisable even though there is outstanding an Incentive Option which was granted before the granting of the Non-Qualified Option to the same Options. Such Non-Qualified Option shall not be affected by any actions taken retroactively as provided above with respect to Incentive Options.
(b) Option Price: The option price per share of an Incentive Option and of a Non-Qualified Option granted to a Director shall not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the Corporations common shares, as determined by the Committee in a manner consistent with the requirements of the Code for incentive stock options.
(c) Period within which Options May Be Exercised: The period of each option shall be fixed by the Committee, but no Incentive Option may be exercised prior to the expiration of one year after the date of granting the Incentive Option, and no option, whether an Incentive Option or a Non-Qualified Option, may be exercised after the expiration of ten years from the date the option is granted.
(d) Termination of Option by Reason of Termination of Employment: Except as otherwise provided in Paragraph 15, or by the Committee, either by Committee action or by provision in any option or other agreement to which an Optionee is party, if an Optionees employment with the Corporation and its Subsidiaries terminates for any reason regardless of whether by action of the Optionee or the Corporation or Subsidiary, all options granted under this Plan to such Optionee which are not exercisable on the date of such termination of employment shall terminate immediately. Any remaining options shall terminate if not exercised before the expiration of the following periods, or at such earlier time as may be applicable under Paragraph 7(c) above:
(i) if the option is a Non-Qualified Option, three (3) months immediately following such termination of employment (unless the Corporation deems the termination is for gross misconduct or offense, in which case the options shall terminate immediately upon termination of employment), if such termination was not a result of early or normal retirement (as determined by the chief executive officer of the Corporation), death or if the Optionee is disabled (as defined in Code Section 422(c)(6) hereinafter Disability) of the Optionee; or
(ii) if the option is an Incentive Option, three (3) months immediately following such termination of employment (unless the Corporation deems the termination is for gross misconduct or offense, in which case the options shall terminate immediately upon termination of employment), if such termination was not a result of early or normal retirement (as determined by the chief executive officer of the Corporation), death or Disability of the Optionee; or
(iii) for all options, one (1) year immediately following the date of early or normal retirement (as determined by the chief executive officer of the Corporation), death or commencement of Disability, if the Optionee was an employee of the Corporation and/or any Subsidiary at the time of his death or the commencement of Disability or for Non-Qualified Options
-3-
at such later time as the Committee deems appropriate.
(e) Termination of Option by Reason of Termination of Directorship: Upon termination of status as a Director, each Optionee shall have one (1) year following the date of termination or such later time as the Committee deems appropriate to exercise options granted and fully vested under this Plan. Except as provided in Paragraphs 15 and 16 of this Plan, no unvested option will vest after the date on which Director status terminates.
(f) Non-transferability; Exceptions: Each option and all rights thereunder shall be exercisable during the Optionees lifetime only by the Optionee and shall be non-assignable and non-transferable by the Optionee, except that a Non-Qualified Option may be transferred pursuant to a domestic relations order as defined in Section 414(p)(1)(B) of the Code. In the event of the Optionees death, such options and rights thereunder are transferable by his will or by the laws of descent and distribution. In the event the death of an Optionee occurs, the representative or representatives of the Optionees estate, or the person or persons who acquired (by bequest or inheritance) the rights to exercise his stock options granted under this Plan, may exercise any of the unexercised options in whole or in part prior to the expiration of the applicable exercise period, as specified in Paragraph 7(d) above.
(g) More than One Option Granted to an Optionee: More than one option, and more than one form of option, may be granted to an Optionee under this Plan; provided, however, that the aggregate fair market value (determined as of the time the option is granted) of the shares for which Incentive Options are exercisable for the first time by any Optionee during any calendar year (under the Plan and all such plans of the Corporation and any parent or subsidiary corporation) shall not exceed $100,000 or any other limit established by the Code. A single option grant may include both an Incentive Option and a Non-Qualified Option.
8. Method of Exercise of Options. An Optionee may exercise a stock option by delivering an option exercise form to the Committee, and arranging for the satisfaction of the exercise price and any tax withholding obligation (as provided in Paragraph 20). The exercise price and tax withholding obligation may be satisfied (i) by check; (ii) by delivery of common shares of the Corporation previously owned by the Optionee, valued at fair market value when the option is exercised, subject to the limits described below, or (iii) through a broker cashless exercise procedure. Common shares of the Corporation may be delivered to satisfy the exercise price only if the shares have been held by the Optionee for at least six months before delivery, and have not been used for another option exercise during this period. Shares held by an Optionee which formerly were Restricted Shares may not be used for this purpose until six months have elapsed after the restrictions under Paragraph 10 have terminated with respect to such shares. Use of previously owned shares may be effected by actual delivery of the stock certificates to the Corporation, or by completing an affidavit available from the Committee affirming that the Optionee owns the necessary shares and that any applicable holding period has been satisfied. Upon receipt of the exercise price, the Corporation shall deliver a certificate representing the common shares acquired upon exercise to the Optionee or, in the case of a Non-Qualified Option, to such other recipient as directed by the Optionee. An Optionee wishing to use the cashless exercise procedure is required to elect to have a broker sell a sufficient number of common shares of the Corporation to satisfy the
-4-
option exercise price. The Optionee may elect to have the broker sell additional shares to satisfy the tax withholding amount, or sell up to the full number of shares subject to the option exercise. Following the brokers delivery to the Corporation of the proceeds necessary to satisfy the exercise price and the tax withholding obligation, the Corporation will deliver to the broker the number of shares previously sold by the broker at the Optionees direction, and will deliver any remaining amount of cash or shares to the Optionee or, in the case of a Non-Qualified Option, to such other recipient as directed by the Optionee.
9. Allocation and Purchase of Restricted Shares.
(a) The Committee may from time to time, in its discretion and subject to the provisions of the Plan, allocate common shares to any or all Directors and Eligible Employees. Common shares allocated under this Paragraph 9 of the Plan are referred to herein as Restricted Shares. Directors and Employees to whom Restricted Shares have been allocated are herein referred to as Participants. Each Participant to whom an allocation of Restricted Shares has been made shall have the right to purchase such Restricted Shares as herein provided. Each allocation shall specify whether the Participant has received such allocation in the Participants capacity as a Director or as an Eligible Employee.
(b) The Committee shall advise each Participant to whom an allocation of Restricted Shares has been made in writing of the terms of the offer, including the number of shares which such person shall be entitled to purchase, the purchase price per share, and any other terms, conditions and restrictions relating thereto. The Participant shall have ten (10) days from the date of the offer to accept such offer. The Committee may, in the exercise of its discretion, extend the term of any offer. Subject to the express provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall have the power to make such offer subject to any terms and conditions it may establish and the offers made to different persons, or to the same person at different times, may be subject to terms, conditions and restrictions which differ from each other. Each allocation shall be embodied in a Restricted Share Agreement signed by the Participant and the Corporation providing that the Restricted Shares shall be subject to the provisions of this Plan and containing such other provisions the Committee may prescribe not inconsistent with the Plan.
(c) The purchase price of the shares offered under this Plan shall be any lawful consideration established by the Committee in its discretion. If a Participant elects to purchase Restricted Shares, he shall pay the purchase price in full, at the principal office of the Corporation, prior to expiration of the offer. Upon payment of the purchase price, certificates representing the shares shall be issued to the Participant, which certificates shall bear an appropriate legend reflecting that such shares are subject to the restrictions contained in this Plan.
10. Restrictions Applicable to Restricted Shares. By purchasing the Restricted Shares allocated to a Participant under this Plan, the Participant agrees and consents to the restrictions described in this Plan for a period determined by the Committee at the time of such allocation, said period referred to herein as the Restricted Period. For the duration of the Restricted Period (unless the restrictions earlier lapse or are removed by the Committee), Restricted Shares issued under this Plan shall be held in escrow by Firstar Bank, N.A., and shall not be transferred,
-5-
delivered, assigned, sold, or disposed of in any manner, nor pledged or otherwise hypothecated. On the last day of the Restricted Period, or upon the earlier lapse or removal of restrictions, such Restricted Shares shall cease to be subject to the restrictions under this Paragraph 10 of the Plan.
11. Termination of Directorship or Employment During Restricted Period.
(a) Except as provided in Paragraphs 15 and 16 of this Plan, if a Director ceases to serve as a Director, the restrictions of Paragraph 10 of this Plan shall automatically terminate as to that number of the Restricted Shares owned by the Director which is equal to the total number of such Restricted Shares multiplied by fraction, the numerator of which is the number of full months which have elapsed from the date of allocation and the denominator of which is the number of total months during the Restricted Period. The Director (or his or her estate, heirs, or legatees) shall be required to resell the remaining Restricted Shares to the Corporation at a price per share equal to the original purchase price paid by the Director for such shares, unless the Committee shall, in its discretion, waive the restrictions under Paragraph 10 as to any part or all of such remaining Restricted Shares.
(b) If an Eligible Employees employment with the Corporation and its Subsidiaries terminates because of death, Disability, or retirement after attaining normal retirement age under the provisions of any retirement plan of the Corporation or any Subsidiary, the restrictions under Paragraph 10 of this Plan shall automatically terminate as to that number of the Restricted Shares owned by such Participant which is equal to the total number of such Restricted Shares multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of full months which have elapsed from the date of allocation and the denominator of which is the total number of months during the Restricted Period. The Participant (or his or her estate, heirs, or legatees) shall be required to resell the remaining Restricted Shares to the Corporation at a price per share equal to the original purchase price paid by the Participant for such shares, unless the Committee shall, in its discretion, waive the restrictions under Paragraph 10 as to any part or all of such remaining Restricted Shares.
(c) If employment with the Corporation and its Subsidiaries terminates during the Restricted Period for any reason regardless of whether by action of the Eligible Employee or the Corporation or Subsidiary other than by reason of death, Disability, or retirement after attaining normal retirement age under the provisions of any retirement plan of the Corporation or its Subsidiaries, such Participant shall be required to resell all of the Restricted Shares to the Corporation at a price per share equal to the original purchase price paid by the Participant for such shares, unless the Committee shall, in its discretion, waive the restrictions under Paragraph 8 as to any part or all of the Restricted Shares.
12. Resale of Restricted Shares. In the event a Participant is required to resell Restricted Shares to the Corporation as the result of the termination of the Participants directorship or employment as described in Paragraph 11, the Corporation by written notice to the Participant shall specify a date not less than five nor more than ten days from the date of such notice to consummate the purchase and sale of such Restricted Shares at the principal office of the Corporation. The Participant shall deliver to the Corporation certificates representing such Restricted Shares, duly
-6-
endorsed and in proper form for transfer, and upon the receipt of such share certificates, the Corporation shall deliver to the Participant a check in the amount of the purchase price. If the Participant fails to deliver the share certificates to the Corporation at the time specified in such notice, the Corporation may deposit the purchase price with the Treasurer of the Corporation, and thereafter the shares shall be deemed to have been transferred to the Corporation and the Participant, despite his failure to deliver the share certificates, shall have no further rights as a stockholder of the Corporation. In such event, the Treasurer of the Corporation shall continue to hold the purchase price for such shares and shall make payment thereof, without interest, upon delivery of the share certificates to the Corporation.
13. Performance Awards. The Committee may, from time to time, in its discretion and subject to the provisions of the Plan, provide an incentive opportunity (Performance Awards) to any or all Directors and Eligible Employees based on achievement by the Corporation for any calendar year or other period chosen by the Committee. Each Performance Award shall be embodied in a Performance Award Agreement signed by the Participant and the Corporation providing that the Performance Award shall be subject to the provisions of this Plan and containing such other provisions as the Committee may prescribe not inconsistent with the Plan. The Committee will determine, in its sole discretion, the performance targets and whether Performance Awards should be payable in the form of the Corporations common shares or cash. If the Eligible Employee requests, prior to the date on which payment of the Performance Award is to be made, that such payment not be made until termination of employment by such Eligible Employee, then the Committee shall consider and act upon such request promptly. If no request is made by such Eligible Employee, the payment shall be made in the time period chosen by the Committee.
14. Share Adjustments. In the event there is any change in the Corporations common shares resulting from stock splits, stock dividends, combinations or exchange of shares, or other similar capital adjustments, equitable proportionate adjustments shall be made by the Committee in (a) the number of shares available for option and issuance under this Plan, (b) the number of shares subject to options granted under this Plan, and (c) the option price of optioned shares.
15. Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets or Change of Control. Except as otherwise provided in any Option Agreement, Restricted Share Agreement, Performance Award Agreement or other agreement approved by the Committee to which any Director or Eligible Employee is a party, in the event the Corporation shall engage in a Change of Control, as defined in this Paragraph 15, each option, Restricted Share and Performance Award held by (a) a Director; or (b) an Eligible Employee if the employment of the Eligible Employee is terminated by the Corporation immediately following such Change of Control due to business needs resulting from the Change of Control, and not for documented performance or conduct reasons, consistent with written policies of the Corporation: shall, without regard to any vesting schedule, restriction or performance target, automatically become fully exercisable or payable, as the case may be, immediately prior to such Change of Control in the case of a Director and as of the date of such termination in the case of an Eligible Employee. Options and restricted shares granted under this Plan shall continue as provided in Paragraph 17.
-7-
For purposes of this Agreement, a Change of Control of the Corporation shall mean:
(a) The acquisition by any individual, entity or group within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act a (Person) of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of 35% or more of either (i) the then outstanding shares of common stock of the Corporation (the outstanding Corporation Common Stock) or (ii) the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the Outstanding Corporation Voting Securities); provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (a), the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change of Control: (i) any acquisition directly from the Corporation, (ii) any acquisition by the Corporation, (iii) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Corporation or any corporation controlled by the company, or (iv) any acquisition by any corporation pursuant to a transaction which complies with clauses (i),(ii), and (iii) of subsection (c) of this Paragraph 15; or
(b) Individuals who, as of the date hereof, constitute the Board (the Incumbent Board) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided, however, that any individual becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof whose election, or nomination for election by the Corporations shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board, but excluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board; or
(c) Consummation of a reorganization, merger or consolidation or sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation (a Business Combination), in each case, unless, following such Business Combination, (i), all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners, respectively, of the Outstanding Corporation Common Stock and Outstanding Corporation Voting Securities immediately prior to such Business Combination beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, as the case may be, of the Corporation resulting from such Business Combination (including, without limitation, a corporation which as a result of such transaction owns the Corporation or all or substantially all of the Corporations assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to such Business Combination of the Outstanding Corporation Common Stock and Outstanding Corporation Voting Securities, as the case may be, (ii) no Person (excluding any employee benefit plan (or related trust) of the Corporation or such corporation resulting from such Business Combination) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 35% or more of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock of the Corporation resulting from such Business Combination or the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of such corporation except to the extent that such ownership existed prior to the Business Combination and (iii) at least a majority of the members of the board
-8-
of directors of the Corporation resulting from such Business Combination were members of the Incumbent Board at the time of the execution of the initial agreement, or of the action of the Board, providing for such Business Combination; or
(d) Approval by the shareholders of the Corporation of a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation.
16. Termination of Directorship with 10 years of Service. Except as otherwise provided in any Option Agreement, or other Agreement approved by the Committee to which a Director is a party, in the event a Director ceases to serve as a Director with the Corporation, after having served as a Director for at least ten (10) years, each option and/or performance award shall, without regard to any vesting schedule, restriction or performance target, automatically and immediately become fully exercisable or payable, as the case may be, and any remaining restrictions under Paragraph 10 shall cease, immediately prior to such termination.
17. Amendment or Termination. The Board of Directors of the Corporation may terminate this Plan at any time, and may amend the Plan at any time or from time to time, without obtaining any approval of the Corporations stockholders, except that the Plan may not be amended (a) to increase the aggregate number of shares issuable under the Plan for incentive stock options (but not nonqualified stock options and excepting proportionate adjustments made under Paragraph 14 to give effect to stock splits, etc); (b) to change the option price of optioned stock (excepting proportionate adjustments made under Paragraph 14); (c) to change the requirement that the option price per share of common stock covered by an incentive stock option (but not a nonqualified stock option) granted under this plan not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the Corporations common stock on the date such option is granted; (d) to extend the time within which options may be granted or the time without which a granted option may be exercised; or (e) to change, without the consent of the Optionee (or the Optionees, or the Optionees estates, legal representative), any option previously granted to him or her under the plan. If the Plan is terminated following a Change in Control as defined in Paragraph 15 of this Agreement or for any other reason, any unexercised option shall continue to be exercisable in accordance with its terms and the terms of this Plan, consistently with Section 424(a) of the Internal Revenue Code, which provides for a conversion of an existing option to an option to acquire stock in the Business Combination at the ratio of fair market price to option price immediately before the Change in Control and Restricted Shares shall continue to be subject to the terms of this Plan (subject to conversion to Restricted Shares of the Business Combination at the same ratio of fair market price to option price immediately before the Change in Control) for the duration of the Restricted Period.
18. Corporation Responsibility. All expenses of this Plan, including the cost of maintaining records, shall be borne by the Corporation. The Corporation shall have no responsibility or liability (other than under applicable Securities Acts) for any act or thing done or left undone with respect to the price, time, quantity, or other conditions and circumstances of the purchase of shares under the terms of the Plan, so long as the Corporation acts in good faith.
19. Implied Consent of Optionees and Participants. Every Optionee, by his or her acceptance of an option under this Plan, and every Participant, by his or her acceptance of an
-9-
allocation of Restricted Shares under this Plan, and every Director and Eligible Employee, by his or her acceptance of a Performance Award under this Plan, shall be deemed to have consented to be bound, on his or her own behalf and on behalf of his or her heirs, assigns, and legal representatives, by all of the terms and conditions of this Plan.
20. No Effect on Director or Employment Status. The fact that a Director or Eligible Employee has been granted an option, has been allocated Restricted Shares or awarded a Performance Award under this Plan shall not limit or otherwise qualify the right of the Corporation or any Subsidiary to terminate such persons directorship or employment at any time.
21. Tax Withholding. The Corporation shall be entitled to deduct from any payment to be made by it under this Plan, or to otherwise require, prior to the issuance or delivery of any shares or the payment of any cash to a Director or Eligible Employee, payment by the Director or Eligible Employee of all applicable Federal, state, local or other taxes required by law to be withheld. The Committee may permit, in accordance with any applicable administrative rules established by it, a Director or Eligible Employee to satisfy this withholding obligation by (i) directing the withholding from any payment of common shares by the Corporation, or (ii) delivering to the Corporation, common shares having a fair market value, on the date of payment, equal to the amount of such taxes. Any fraction of a share required to satisfy such tax obligation shall be disregarded and the amount due shall be paid instead in cash by the Director or Eligible Employee.
22. Compliance with Securities Laws. Options granted and shares issued by the Corporation pursuant to this Plan shall be granted and issued only in full compliance with all applicable securities laws, including laws, rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and applicable state Blue Sky laws. With respect thereto, the Committee may impose such conditions on transfer, restrictions and limitations as it may deem necessary and appropriate to assure compliance with such applicable securities laws.
23. Duration and Termination of the Plan. The Plan became effective as of December 10, 1996, was amended effective as of December 8, 1998 and was assumed by the Corporation as of February 27, 2001. No option shall be granted and no allocation of Restricted Shares shall be made under the Plan subsequent to December 9, 2006.
U.S. Bancorp. .SIP
-10-
Exhibit 10.4
Summary of U.S. Bancorp 1991 Executive Stock Incentive Plan
The 1991 Executive Stock Incentive Plan (the 1991 Plan) adopted by Star Banc Corporation, a predecessor company to U.S. Bancorp, was amended in 1998 so that the terms and conditions of that plan exactly match the terms and conditions of the U.S. Bancorp 1998 Executive Stock Incentive Plan (the 1998 Plan), with the exception that the number of shares authorized for issuance under the 1991 Plan and the termination date of the plan (January 7, 2001) remained unchanged. The 1998 Plan is filed as Exhibit 10.3 to U.S. Bancorps Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002. As of December 31, 2002, options to purchase 6,344,857 shares of U.S. Bancorp common stock remained outstanding under the 1991 Plan. No additional awards may be granted under the 1991 Plan.
Exhibit 10.5
U.S. BANCORP
2001 EMPLOYEE STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN
Section 1. Purpose U.S. Bancorps (the Corporations) 2001 Employee Stock Incentive Plan (the Plan), has the following purposes: (1) to help employees of the Corporation and its subsidiaries (collectively, U.S. Bancorp) purchase the Corporations stock and benefit from U.S. Bancorps long-term growth; (2) to create common interests between U.S. Bancorp employees and the Corporations shareholders; and (3) to help U.S. Bancorp attract, retain and motivate experienced, capable employees. The Plan achieves these goals by granting non-qualified stock options to U.S. Bancorp employees. Non-qualified stock options do not qualify for favorable tax treatment under Internal Revenue Code S 422.
Section 2. Available Shares for Options. The aggregate number of shares of the Corporations Common Stock (Common Stock) which may be issued and sold pursuant to options granted under the Plan shall not exceed 11,600,000 shares, subject to adjustment or substitution as provided in Section 13 of this Plan, which shares may be either authorized but unissued or treasury shares.
Section 3. Plan Administration. A Committee (the Committee) of not less than three members selected by the Corporations Human Resources Department and responsible to the Compensation Committee of the Corporations Board of Directors (the Board) shall be responsible for administering the Plan, including determining all matters relating to the exercise of options. The Committee members shall serve at the will of the Compensation Committee of the Corporations Board of Directors and shall serve terms of indefinite duration. The Committee shall have all powers necessary to allow it properly to carry out its duties under the Plan. The Committee shall have conferred upon it such other and further specified duties, power, authority and discretion as are contemplated by the Plan either expressly or by necessary implication. The Committee may appoint agents, who need not be members of the Committee, as it deems reasonable and necessary to effectively perform its duties, and may delegate to such agents such powers and duties, whether ministerial or discretionary, as the Committee in its sole discretion may deem expedient or appropriate. The decision of the Committee upon all matters within the scope of its authority shall be final and conclusive on all persons, except to the extent otherwise provided by law. In the alternative, any authority assigned by this Plan to the Committee may be exercised by either of the Board of Directors of the Corporation or its Compensation Committee.
Section 4. Eligibility. Options may be granted to any Eligible Employee. An Eligible Employee is any full or part-time employee who is actively employed by U.S. Bancorp on the date of an option grant. The Committees shall have final authority to determine an Eligible Employee. An employee who on a grant date is on an authorized short-term leave of absence from U.S. Bancorp, including, without limitation, a leave of absence due to a short-term disability, shall be considered an Eligible Employee for purposes of this plan.
Except as specifically determined by the Committee, an Eligible Employee shall not include (i) any person who is employed on a seasonal or temporary basis; (ii) any employee who is entitled to receive benefits under a long-term disability plan maintained by U.S. Bancorp and (iii) individuals eligible to participate in any of the Corporations Executive Stock Incentive Plans or in Piper Jaffrays annual option plan.
Section 5. Granting of Options. The Committee may from time to time, in its discretion and subject to the provisions of the Plan, grant options on a grant date (the Grant Date) to any or all employees who are Eligible Employees on the Grant Date. The Committee shall have final authority to determine the number of shares to be covered by employees options and the decision of the Committee shall be final.
Section 6. Option Exercise Price. The exercise price for the shares of Common Stock covered by options issued pursuant to this Plan shall be the fair market value on the applicable Grant Date as determined by the Committee.
Section 7. Term of Options. All options shall have a term of ten (10) years from the applicable Grant Date. In the event an option is not exercised prior to the expiration of ten years from the applicable Grant Date, the option shall lapse and all rights of the option holder shall terminate.
2001 Employee Stock Incentive Plan
Section 8. Vesting and Exercisability of Options. Except as provided under Section 18 or otherwise in this Plan, options shall vest and become exercisable in such manner and over such period of time as the Committee shall determine at the applicable Grant Date. From and after the applicable Grant Date and subject to subsection (b) of this Section 8, vested options shall be exercised in the manner set forth in Paragraph 9 below.
(a) If an option holders employment with U.S. Bancorp shall terminate for any reason regardless of whether by action of the option holder or U.S. Bancorp other than such option holders early or normal retirement under the provisions of any U.S. Bancorp retirement plan or death, all unvested options will terminate immediately. All options which are fully vested and exercisable at the time of such option holders termination of employment (unless the Corporation deems the termination is for gross misconduct or offense, in which case the options shall terminate immediately upon termination of employment), and which are not exercised within thirty (30) days of such termination of employment shall terminate. | ||
(b) If an option holders employment with U.S. Bancorp shall terminate by reason of such holders early or normal retirement or death, all unvested options will terminate immediately. All options which are fully vested and exercisable at the time of such option holders termination of employment and which are not exercised within one hundred eighty (180) days of such termination of employment shall terminate. | ||
(c) If an option holder is placed on Disability (as defined in U.S. Bancorps Long Term Disability Plan), the option holder shall be deemed to be terminated from the Plan. All unvested options will terminate immediately. All options which are fully vested and exercisable at the time of such option holders placement on Disability and which are not exercised within one hundred eighty (180) days of such placement shall terminate. | ||
(d) Without limitation, any employee who is not on an authorized short-term leave of absence and who does not work during a calendar quarter shall be deemed to have been terminated (from the Plan) as of the end of such calendar quarter. | ||
(e) In the event an option holders unexercised options terminate under the provisions of subsection (a) , (b), (c) or (d) above, such holders options, and all rights of the holder under this Plan, shall not be restored for any reason. | ||
(f) For purposes of the Plan and notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, an option holder shall not be deemed to have terminated employment with U.S. Bancorp (i) during the period such option holder is on an authorized short term leave of absence granted by U.S. Bancorp; or (ii) as the result of such option holders transfer of employment between or among the Corporation and its subsidiaries or such holders change of position or responsibilities within U.S. Bancorp. |
Section 9. Method of Exercise. Options shall be exercised pursuant to the terms of the options and the Plan by delivering notice to the Committee or its designee and on such forms or in such manner as shall be designated by the Committee or its designee from time to time.
(a) Options shall be exercised by either a cash exercise method or a cashless exercise method. For purposes of this Plan, a cash exercise method means a method in which the option holder pays the option exercise price in cash or by personal check for the shares subject to option (along with any required withholding taxes) simultaneously with the delivery of the notice of exercise described above, and such option holder is then issued the number of shares so purchased. For purposes of this Plan, a cashless exercise method means a method permitted under the provision of Regulation T issued by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and under which an option holder may direct that a portion of the shares to be issued upon exercise of the option be sold to pay the options exercise price, required withholding taxes, brokers commissions and other related expenses, if any. The Committee shall have the authority to establish procedures under either method and establish procedures under additional exercise methods, including without limitation, the designation of the brokerage firm or firms through which cash and cashless exercises shall be effected. | ||
(b) Under either method, the option exercise price shall be paid in full at the time of exercise in U.S. dollars, and the Corporation shall require the option holder to pay the Corporation in U.S. dollars at the time of exercise the amount of tax required to be withheld by the Corporation under applicable foreign, federal, state and local withholding tax laws. |
2001 Employee Stock Incentive Plan
-2-
(c) Except as provided in Section 8, an option holder must be an employee of U.S. Bancorp at the time of exercise of options. |
Section 10. Tax Effects of Plan Participation. Employees may be subject to income, capital gains, and/or other federal, state and/or local taxes as a result of exercising options issued pursuant to the Plan. Employees may wish to consult their tax advisor before exercising options issued pursuant to the Plan.
Section 11. Nontransferability. No option shall be transferable by an option holder. During an option holders lifetime, the options shall be exercisable only by the option holder, provided that in the event an option holder is incapacitated and unable to exercise such option holders options, such option holders legal guardian or legal representative whom the Committee deems appropriate based on all applicable facts and circumstances may exercise such option holders options in accordance with the provisions of the Plan. In the event of an option holders death, the option holders options shall be transferable pursuant to the option holders will or by the laws of descent and distribution and may thereafter be exercised by the transferee(s) as provided in Sections 8 and 9. Any purported transfer of any option shall be null and void except as otherwise provided by this Section 11.
Section 12. No Rights. An option holder shall have no rights or interests in any option except as set forth in the Plan. The Plan does not confer upon any person any right with respect to the continuation of employment by U.S. Bancorp, nor does it limit in any way the right of U.S. Bancorp to terminate employment at any time. An option holder shall have no rights as a shareholder of U.S. Bancorp with respect to the shares of Common Stock covered by options except to the extent that shares are issued to such option holder upon the due exercise of options.
Section 13. Adjustment Upon Changes In Capitalization. In the event that the outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be changed into or exchanged for a different number or kind of shares of stock or other securities of U.S. Bancorp or any other corporation, whether through reorganization, recapitalization, stock dividend, stock split, combination of shares, reclassification of the Common Stock, merger or consolidation, then the option rights (as to the number and kind of shares and the option exercise price) shall be appropriately adjusted by the Committee. Comparable adjustments shall be made for each subsequent such change or exchange of Common Stock or any stock or other securities into which such Common Stock shall have been changed or exchanged.
Section 14. Amendment, Modification and Termination of the Plan. The Board of Directors of the Corporation may terminate, amend or modify the Plan any time, provided that no amendment, modification or termination of the Plan shall in any manner adversely affect an option outstanding under the Plan without the consent of the option holder, or such option holders successors as described in Section11.
Section 15. Additional Conditions of the Options. If at any time the Committee shall determine that listing, registration or qualification of the Common Shares covered by an option pursuant to any securities exchange rule or under any state or federal law or the consent or the approval of any governmental regulatory body is necessary or desirable as a condition of or in connection with the purchase of the shares of Common Stock under the option, the option may not be exercised unless and until such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval shall have been obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Committee. Any person exercising an option shall make such representations and agreements and furnish such information as the Committee may request to assure compliance with the foregoing or any other applicable legal requirements.
Section 16. Effective Date of the Plan. The Plan shall become effective on February 27, 2001.
Section 17. Governing Law. This Plan shall be construed under and governed by the laws of the State of Minnesota.
Section 18. Change of Control. In the event the Corporation shall engage in a Change of Control as defined in this Section 18, and if the employment of an Eligible Employee is terminated by the Corporation, immediately following such Change of Control due to business needs resulting from the Change of Control and not for documented performance or conduct reasons, consistent with written policies of the Corporation all such persons outstanding options granted under the Plan shall automatically become fully vested and exercisable as of the date of such termination notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary. The surviving corporation or entity shall continue to be bound by the terms and provisions of the Plan and all unexercised options shall remain fully vested and exercisable in accordance with the provisions of the Plan subject to any adjustment described in Section 13.
2001 Employee Stock Incentive Plan
-3-
For purposes of this Agreement, a Change of Control of the Corporation shall mean:
(a) The acquisition by any individual, entity or group (Person) within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of 35% or more of either (i) the then outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Corporation (the Outstanding Corporation Common Stock) or (ii) the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the Outstanding Corporation Voting Securities); provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (a), the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change of Control: (i) any acquisition directly from the Corporation, (ii) any acquisition by the Corporation, (iii) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Corporation or any corporation controlled by the Corporation, or (iv) any acquisition by any corporation pursuant to a transaction which complies with clauses (i), (ii), and (iii) of subsection (c) of this Section 18; or | ||
(b) Individuals who, as of the date hereof, constitute the Board (the Incumbent Board) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided, however, that any individual becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof whose election, or nomination for election by the Corporations shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board, but excluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board; or | ||
(c) Consummation of a reorganization, merger or consolidation or sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation (a Business Combination), in each case, unless, following such Business Combination, (i), all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners, respectively, of the Outstanding Corporation Common Stock and Outstanding Corporation Voting Securities immediately prior to such Business Combination beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors as the case may be, of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination (including, without limitation, a corporation which as a result of such transaction owns the Corporation or all or substantially all of the Corporations assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to such Business Combination of the Outstanding Corporation Common Stock and Outstanding Corporation Voting Securities, as the case may be, (ii) no Person (excluding any employee benefit plan (or related trust) of the Corporation or such corporation resulting from such Business Combination) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 35% or more of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination or the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of such corporation except to the extent that such ownership existed prior to the Business Combination and (iii) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination were members of the Incumbent Board at the time of the execution of the initial agreement, or of the action of the Board, providing for such Business Combination; or | ||
(d) Approval by the shareholders of the Corporation of a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation. |
This document constitutes the entire Plan.
2001 Employee Stock Incentive Plan
-4-
Exhibit 10.6
FIRSTAR CORPORATION
1999 EMPLOYEE STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN
Section 1. Purpose. Firstar Corporations (the Corporations) 1999 Employee Stock Incentive Plan (the Plan), has the following purposes: (1) to help employees of the Corporation and its subsidiaries (collectively, Firstar) purchase the Corporations stock and benefit from Firstars long-term growth; (2) to create common interests between Firstars employees and the Corporations shareholders; and (3) to help Firstar attract, retain and motivate experienced, capable employees. The Plan achieves these goals by granting non-qualified stock options to Firstar employees. Non-qualified stock options do not qualify for favorable tax treatment under IRC S 422.
Section 2. Available Shares for Options. The aggregate number of shares of the Corporations Common Stock (Common Stock) which may be issued and sold pursuant to options granted under the Plan (the Options) shall not exceed 9,000,000 shares, subject to adjustment or substitution as provided in Section 13 of this Plan, which shares may be either authorized but unissued or treasury shares.
Section 3. Plan Administration. A Committee (the Committee) of not less than three members selected by the Corporations Human Resources Department and responsible to the Compensation Committee of the Corporations Board of Directors shall be responsible for administering the Plan, including determining all matters relating to the exercise of Options. The Committee members shall serve at the will of the Compensation Committee of the Corporations Board of Directors and shall serve terms of indefinite duration. The Committee shall have all powers necessary to allow it properly to carry out its duties under the Plan. The Committee shall have conferred upon it such other and further specified duties, power, authority and discretion as are contemplated by the Plan either expressly or by necessary implication. The Committee may appoint agents, who need not be members of the Committee, as it deems reasonable and necessary to effectively perform its duties, and may delegate to such agents such powers and duties, whether ministerial or discretionary, as the Committee in its sole discretion may deem expedient or appropriate. The decision of the Committee upon all matters within the scope of its authority shall be final and conclusive on all persons, except to the extent otherwise provided by law. In the alternative, any authority assigned by this Plan to the Committee may be exercised by either of the Board of Directors of the Corporation or its Compensation Committee.
Section 4. Eligibility. Options may be granted to any Eligible Employee. An Eligible Employee is any full or part-time employee who is actively employed by Firstar on the date of an option grant. The Committees decision regarding eligibility shall be final. An employee who on a grant date is on an authorized short-term leave of absence from Firstar, including, without limitation, a leave of absence due to a short-term disability, shall be considered an Eligible Employee for purposes of this plan.
Except, as specifically determined by the Committee, an Eligible Employee shall not include (i) any person who is employed on a seasonal or temporary basis; and (ii) any employee who is entitled to receive benefits under a long-term disability plan maintained by Firstar.
Section 5. Granting of Options.
The Committee may from time to time, in its discretion and subject to the provisions of the Plan, grant options on a grant date (the Grant Date) to any or all employees who are Eligible Employees on the Grant Date. The Committee shall have final authority to determine the number of shares to be covered by employees options and the decision of the Committee shall be final.
Section 6. Option Exercise Price. The exercise price for the shares of Common Stock covered by options issued pursuant to this Plan shall be the fair market value on the applicable Grant Date as determined by the Committee.
Section 7. Term of Options. All options shall have a term of ten (10) years from the applicable Grant Date. In the event an option is not exercised prior to the expiration of ten years from the applicable Grant Date, the option shall lapse and all rights of the option holder shall terminate.
Section 8. Vesting and Exercisability of Options. Except as provided under Section 13 or Section 18 or otherwise in this Plan, options shall vest and become exercisable in such manner and over such period of time as the Committee shall determine at the applicable Grant Date. From and after the applicable Grant Date and subject to subparagraph (b) of this Paragraph 8, vested options shall be exercised in the manner set forth in Paragraph 9 below.
(a) If an option holders employment with Firstar shall terminate for any reason regardless of whether by action of the option holder or Firstar other than such option holders early or normal retirement under the provisions of any Firstar retirement plan, death, or Disability (as defined in Firstars Long Term Disability Plan), all unvested options will terminate immediately. All options which are fully vested and exercisable at the time of such option holders termination of employment (unless the Corporation deems the termination is for gross misconduct or offense, in which case the options shall terminate immediately upon termination of employment), and which are not exercised within thirty (30) days of such termination of employment shall terminate. | ||
(b) If an option holders employment with Firstar shall terminate by reason of such holders early or normal retirement, death, or Disability, all unvested options will terminate immediately. All options which are fully vested and exercisable at the time of such option holders termination of employment and which are not exercised within one hundred eighty (180) days of such termination of employment shall terminate. | ||
(c) Without limitation, any employee who is not on an authorized short-term leave of absence and who does not work during a calendar quarter shall be deemed to have been terminated as of the end of such calendar quarter. | ||
(d) In the event an option holders unexercised options terminate under the provisions of subparagraph (a) or (b) above, such holders options, and all rights of the holder under this Plan, shall not be restored for any reason. | ||
(e) For purposes of the Plan and notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, an option holder shall not be deemed to have terminated employment with Firstar (i) during the period such option holder is on an authorized leave of absence granted by Firstar; or (ii) as the result of such option holders transfer of employment between or among the Corporation and its subsidiaries or such holders change of position or responsibilities within Firstar. |
Section 9. Method of Exercise. Options shall be exercised pursuant to the terms of the options and the Plan by delivering written notice to the Committee or its designee and on such forms as shall be designated by the Committee or its designee from time to time. Securities purchased pursuant to the Plan may be purchased on the open market or from the Corporation, depending on business circumstances at the time of exercise.
(a) Options shall be exercised by either a cash exercise method or a cashless exercise method. For purposes of this Plan, a cash exercise method means a method in which the option holder pays the option exercise price in cash or by personal check for the shares subject to option (along with any required withholding taxes) simultaneously with the delivery of the notice of exercise described above, and such option holder is then issued the number of shares so purchased. For purposes of this Plan, a cashless exercise method means a method permitted under the provision of Regulation T issued by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and under which an option holder may direct that a portion of the shares to be issued upon exercise of the option be withheld by the Corporation as payment, to the extent permitted by law, less required withholding taxes, brokers commissions and other related expenses, if any. The Committee shall have the authority to establish procedures under either method, including without limitation, the designation of the brokerage firm or firms through which cashless exercises shall be effected. | ||
(b) Under either method, the option exercise price shall be paid in full at the time of exercise in U.S. dollars, and the Corporation shall require the option holder to pay the Corporation in U.S. dollars at the time of exercise the amount of tax required to be withheld by the Corporation under applicable foreign, federal, state and local withholding tax laws. | ||
(c) Except as provided in Section 8, an option holder must be an employee of Firstar at the time of exercise of options. |
Section 10. Tax Effects of Plan Participation. Employees may be subject to income, capital gains, and/or other federal, state and/or local taxes as a result of exercising options issued pursuant to the Plan. Employees may wish to consult their tax advisor before exercising options issued pursuant to the plan.
Section 11. Nontransferability. No option shall be transferable by an option holder. During an option holders lifetime, the options shall be exercisable only by the option holder, provided that in the event an option holder is incapacitated and unable to exercise such option holders options, such option holders legal guardian or legal representative whom the Committee deems appropriate based on all applicable facts and circumstances may exercise such option holders options in accordance with the provisions of the Plan. Any purported transfer of any option shall be null and void except as otherwise provided by this Section 11.
-2-
Section 12. No Rights. An option holder shall have no rights or interests in any option except as set forth in the Plan. The Plan does not confer upon any person any right with respect to the continuation of employment by Firstar, nor does it limit in any way the right of Firstar to terminate employment at any time. An option holder shall have no rights as a shareholder of Firstar Corporation with respect to the shares of Common Stock covered by options except to the extent that shares are issued to such option holder upon the due exercise of options.
Section 13. Adjustment Upon Changes In Capitalization. In the event that the outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be changed into or exchanged for a different number or kind of shares of stock or other securities of Firstar or any other corporation, whether through reorganization, recapitalization, stock dividend, stock split, combination of shares, reclassification of the Common Stock, merger or consolidation, then the option rights (as to the number and kind of shares and the option exercise price) shall be appropriately adjusted by the Committee. Comparable adjustments shall be made for each subsequent such change or exchange of Common Stock or any stock or other securities into which such Common Stock shall have been changed or exchanged.
Section 14. Amendment, Modification and Termination of the Plan. The Board of Directors of the Corporation may terminate, amend or modify the Plan any time, provided that no amendment, modification or termination of the Plan shall in any manner adversely affect an option outstanding under the Plan without the consent of the option holder, or such option holders successors as described in Section 8.
Section 15. Additional Conditions of the Options. If at any time the Committee shall determine that listing, registration or qualification of the Common Shares covered by an option pursuant to any securities exchange rule or under any state or federal law or the consent or the approval of any governmental regulatory body is necessary or desirable as a condition of or in connection with the purchase of Common Shares under the option, the options may not be exercised unless and until such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval shall have been obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Committee. Any person exercising an option shall make such representations and agreements and furnish such information as the Committee may request to assure compliance with the foregoing or any other applicable legal requirements.
Section 16. Effective Date of the Plan. The Plan shall become effective on December 14, 1999.
Section 17. Governing Law. This Plan shall be construed under and governed by the laws of the State of Ohio.
Section 18. Change of Control. In the event the Corporation shall engage in a Change of Control as defined in this Section 18, and if the employment of an Eligible Employee is terminated by the Corporation, immediately following such Change of Control due to business needs resulting from the Change of Control, and not for documented performance or conduct reasons, consistent with written policies of the Corporation, prior to the various vesting dates described in Section 8, all outstanding Options shall automatically become fully vested and exercisable as of the date of such termination notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary. The surviving corporation or entity shall continue to be bound by the terms and provisions of the Plan and all unexercised options shall remain fully vested and exercisable in accordance with the provisions of the Plan subject to any adjustment described in Section 12.
For purposes of this Agreement, a Change of Control of the Corporation shall mean:
(a) The acquisition by any individual, entity or group within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the exchange Act a (Person) of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of 35% or more of either (i) the then outstanding shares of common stock of the Corporation (the outstanding Corporation Common Stock) or (ii) the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the Outstanding Corporation Voting Securities); provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (a), the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change of Control: (i) any acquisition directly from the Corporation, (ii) any acquisition by the Corporation, (iii) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Corporation or any corporation controlled by the company, or (iv) any acquisition by any corporation pursuant to a transaction which complies with clauses (i), (ii), and (iii) of subsection (c) of this Section 18; or | |||
(b) Individuals who, as of the date hereof, constitute the Board (the Incumbent Board) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided, however, that any individual becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof whose election, or nomination for election by the Corporations shareholders, |
-3-
was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board, but excluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board; or | |||
(c) Consummation of a reorganization, merger or consolidation or sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation (a Business Combination), in each case, unless, following such Business Combination, (i), all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners, respectively, of the Outstanding Corporation Common Stock and Outstanding Corporation Voting Securities immediately prior to such Business Combination beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors as the case may be, of the Corporation resulting from such Business Combination (including, without limitation, a corporation which as a result of such transaction owns the Corporation or all or substantially all of the Corporations assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to such Business Combination of the Outstanding Corporation Common Stock and Outstanding Corporation Voting Securities, as the case may be, (ii) no Person (excluding any employee benefit plan (or related trust) of the Corporation or such corporation resulting from such Business Combination) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 35% or more of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock of the Corporation resulting from such Business Combination or the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of such corporation except to the extent that such ownership existed prior to the Business Combination and (iii) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the Corporation resulting from such Business Combination were members of the Incumbent Board at the time of the execution of the initial agreement, or of the action of the Board, providing for such Business Combination; or | |||
(d) Approval by the shareholders of the Corporation of a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation. |
This document constitutes the entire Plan.
-4-
Exhibit 10.7
FIRSTAR CORPORATION
1998 EMPLOYEE STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN
Section 1. Purpose. Firstar Corporations (the Corporations) 1998 Employee Stock Incentive Plan (the Plan), has the following purposes: (1) to help employees of the Corporation and its subsidiaries (collectively, Firstar) purchase the Corporations stock and benefit from Firstars long-term growth; (2) to create common interests between Firstars employees and the Corporations shareholders; and (3) to help Firstar attract, retain and motivate experienced, capable employees. The Plan achieves these goals by granting non-qualified stock options to Firstar employees. Non-qualified stock options do not qualify for favorable tax treatment under IRC S 422.
Section 2. Available Shares for Options. The aggregate number of shares of the Corporations Common Stock (Common Stock) which may be issued and sold pursuant to options granted under the Plan (the Options) shall not exceed 4,000,000 shares, subject to adjustment or substitution as provided in Section 13 of this Plan.
Section 3. Plan Administration. A Committee (the Committee) of not less than three members selected by the Corporations Human Resources Department and responsible to the Compensation Committee of the Corporations Board of Directors shall be responsible for administering the Plan, including the exercise of Options. The Committee members shall serve at the will of the Compensation Committee of the Corporations Board of Directors and shall serve terms of indefinite duration. The Committee shall have all powers necessary to allow it properly to carry out its duties under the Plan. The Committee shall have conferred upon it such other and further specified duties, power, authority and discretion as are contemplated by the Plan either expressly or by necessary implication. The Committee may appoint agents, who need not be members of the Committee, as it deems reasonable and necessary to effectively perform its duties, and may delegate to such agents such powers and duties, whether ministerial or discretionary, as the Committee in its sole discretion may deem expedient or appropriate. The decision of the Committee upon all matters within the scope of its authority shall be final and conclusive on all persons, except to the extent otherwise provided by law.
Section 4. Eligibility. Options may be granted to any Eligible Employee. An Eligible Employee is any full or part-time employee who is actively employed by Firstar on December 8, 1998 (the Original Grant Date). The Committees decision regarding eligibility shall be final. An employee who on the Original Grant Date was on an authorized short-term leave of absence from Firstar, including, without limitation, a leave of absence due to a short-term disability, shall be considered an Eligible Employee for purposes of this plan.
Except, as specifically determined by the Committee, an Eligible Employee shall not include (i) any person who on the Original Grant Date was employed on a seasonal or temporary basis; and (ii) any employee who on the Original Grant Date was entitled to receive benefits under a long-term disability plan maintained by Firstar; and (iii) any employee who on the Original Grant Date was scheduled to be displaced.
Section 5. Granting of Options. Effective on the Original Grant Date, options shall be granted to all Eligible Employees. Each Eligible Employee who is exempt from the overtime compensation provisions of the Fair Labor Standards Act (FLSA) will receive options for 400 shares. Each Eligible Employee who works for Firstar full time and is not exempt from overtime compensation provisions of the FLSA will receive options for 200 shares. Each Eligible Employee who works for Firstar part time and is not exempt from the overtime compensation of the FLSA will receive options for 100 shares.
The Committee shall have final authority to determine the number of shares to be covered by employees options in accordance with the foregoing and the decision to the Committee shall be final.
The Committee may from time to time, in its discretion and subject to the provisions of the Plan, grant options on a subsequent grant date (the Subsequent Grant Date) to any or all employees who are Eligible Employees. The Original Grant Date and any Subsequent Grant Date are referred to together in this Plan as the Grant Date.
Section 6. Option Exercise Price. The exercise price for the shares of Common Stock covered by options issued pursuant to this Plan shall be the fair market value on the applicable Grant Date.
Page 1
Section 7. Term of Options. All options shall have a term of ten (10) years from the applicable Grant Date. In the event an option is not exercised prior to the expiration of ten years from the applicable Grant Date, the option shall lapse and all rights of the option holder shall terminate.
Section 8. Vesting and Exercisability of Options. Except as provided under Section 13 or Section 18 or otherwise in this Plan, twenty five percent (25%) of the shares covered by an Option may be exercised after the expiration of one full year after the applicable Grant Date, fifty percent (50%) of the shares covered by an Option may be exercised after the expiration of two full years after the applicable Grant Date, seventy five (75%) of the shares covered by an Option may be exercised after the expiration of three full years after the applicable Grant Date and one hundred (100%) of the shares covered by an Option may be exercised after four full years after the applicable Grant Date. From and after the applicable Grant Date and subject to subparagraph (b) of this Paragraph 8, vested options shall be exercised in the manner set forth in Paragraph 9 below.
(a) If an option holders employment with Firstar shall terminate for any reason regardless of whether by action of the option holder or Firstar other than such option holders early or normal retirement under the provisions of any Firstar retirement plan, death, or Disability (as defined in Firstars Long Term Disability Plan), all unvested options will terminate immediately. All options which are fully vested and exercisable at the time of such option holders termination of employment (unless the Corporation deems the termination is for gross misconduct or offense, in which case the options shall terminate immediately upon termination of employment), and which are not exercised within thirty (30) days of such termination of employment shall terminate. | ||
(b) If an option holders employment with Firstar shall terminate by reason of such holders early or normal retirement, death, or Disability, all unvested options will terminate immediately. All options which are fully vested and exercisable at the time of such option holders termination of employment and which are not exercised within one hundred eighty (180) days of such termination of employment shall terminate. | ||
(c) Without limitation, any employee who is not on an authorized short-term leave of absence and who does not work during a calendar quarter shall be deemed to have been terminated as of the end of such calendar quarter. | ||
(d) In the event an option holders unexercised options terminate under the provisions of subparagraph (a) or (b) above, such holders options, and all rights of the holder under this Plan, shall not be restored for any reason. | ||
(e) For purposes of the Plan and notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, an option holder shall not be deemed to have terminated employment with Firstar (i) during the period such option holder is on an authorized leave of absence granted by Firstar; or (ii) as the result of such option holders transfer of employment between or among the Corporation and its subsidiaries or such holders change of position or responsibilities within Firstar. |
Section 9. Method of Exercise. Options shall be exercised pursuant to the terms of the options and the Plan by delivering written notice to the Committee or its designee at the principal place of business of Firstar and on such forms as shall be designated by the Committee from time to time. Securities purchased pursuant to the Plan may be purchased on the open market or from the Corporation, depending on business circumstances at the time of exercise.
(a) Options shall be exercised by either a cash exercise method or a cashless exercise method. For purposes of this Plan, a cash exercise method means a method in which the option holder pays the option exercise price in cash or by personal check for the shares subject to option (along with any required withholding taxes) simultaneously with the delivery of the notice of exercise described above, and such option holder is then issued the number of shares so purchased. For purposes of this Plan, a cashless exercise method means a method permitted under the provision of Regulation T issued by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and under which an option holder may direct that a portion of the shares to be issued upon exercise of the option be withheld by the Corporation as payment, to the extent permitted by law, less required withholding taxes, brokers commissions and other related expenses, if any. The Committee shall have the authority to establish procedures under either method, including without limitation, the designation of the brokerage firm or firms through which cashless exercises shall be effected. | ||
(b) Under either method, the option exercise price shall be paid in full at the time of exercise in U.S. dollars, and the Corporation shall require the option holder to pay the Corporation in U.S. dollars at the time of exercise the amount of tax required to be withheld by the Corporation under applicable foreign, federal, state and local withholding tax laws. |
Page 2
(c) Except as provided in Section 8, an option holder must be an employee of Firstar at the time of exercise of options. |
Section 10. Tax Effects of Plan Participation. Employees may be subject to income, capital gains, and/or other federal, state and/or local taxes as a result of exercising options issued pursuant to the Plan. Employees may wish to consult their tax advisor before exercising options issued pursuant to the plan.
Section 11. Nontransferability. No option shall be transferable by an option holder. During an option holders lifetime, the options shall be exercisable only by the option holder, provided that in the event an option holder is incapacitated and unable to exercise such option holders options, such option holders legal guardian or legal representative whom the Committee deems appropriate based on all applicable facts and circumstances may exercise such option holders options in accordance with the provisions of the Plan. Any purported transfer of any option shall be null and void except as otherwise provided by this Section 11.
Section 12. No Rights. An option holder shall have no rights or interests in any option except as set forth in the Plan. The Plan does not confer upon any person any right with respect to the continuation of employment by Firstar, nor does it limit in any way the right of Firstar to terminate employment at any time. An option holder shall have no rights as a shareholder of Firstar Corporation with respect to the shares of Common Stock covered by options except to the extent that shares are issued to such option holder upon the due exercise of options.
Section 13. Adjustment Upon Changes In Capitalization. In the event that the outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be changed into or exchanged for a different number or kind of shares of stock or other securities of Firstar or any other corporation, whether through reorganization, recapitalization, stock dividend, stock split, combination of shares, reclassification of the Common Stock, merger or consolidation, then the option rights (as to the number and kind of shares and the option exercise price) shall be appropriately adjusted by the Committee. Comparable adjustments shall be made for each subsequent such change or exchange of Common Stock or any stock or other securities into which such Common Stock shall have been changed or exchanged.
Section 14. Amendment, Modification and Termination of the Plan. The Board of Directors of the Corporation may terminate, amend or modify the Plan any time, provided that no amendment, modification or termination of the Plan shall in any manner adversely affect an option outstanding under the Plan without the consent of the option holder, or such option holders successors as described in Section 8.
Section 15. Additional Conditions of the Options. If at any time the Committee shall determine that listing, registration or qualification of the Common Shares covered by an option pursuant to any securities exchange rule or under any state or federal law or the consent or the approval of any governmental regulatory body is necessary or desirable as a condition of or in connection with the purchase of Common Shares under the option, the options may not be exercised unless and until such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval shall have been obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Committee. Any person exercising an option shall make such representations and agreements and furnish such information as the Committee may request to assure compliance with the foregoing or any other applicable legal requirements.
Section 16. Effective Date of the Plan. The Plan shall become effective the Original Grant Date.
Section 17. Governing Law. This Plan shall be construed under and governed by the laws of the State of Ohio.
Section 18. Merger, Consolidation, Sale of Assets or Change of Control. In the event the Corporation shall engage in a Change of Control as defined in this Section 18, and if the employment of an Eligible Employee is terminated by the Corporation, immediately following such Change of Control due to business needs resulting from the Change of Control, and not for documented performance or conduct reasons, consistent with written policies of the Corporation, prior to the various vesting dates described in Section 8, all outstanding Options shall automatically become fully vested and exercisable as of the date of such termination notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary. The surviving corporation or entity shall continue to be bound by the terms and provisions of the Plan and all unexercised options shall remain fully vested and exercisable in accordance with the provisions of the Plan subject to any adjustment described in Section 12.
For purposes of this Agreement, a Change of Control of the Corporation shall mean:
(a) The acquisition by any individual, entity or group within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the exchange Act a (Person) of beneficial ownership |
Page 3
(within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of 35% or more of either (i) the then outstanding shares of common stock of the Corporation (the outstanding Corporation Common Stock) or (ii) the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the Outstanding Corporation Voting Securities); provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (a), the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change of Control: (i) any acquisition directly from the Corporation, (ii) any acquisition by the Corporation, (iii) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Corporation or any corporation controlled by the company, or (iv) any acquisition by any corporation pursuant to a transaction which complies with clauses (i), (ii), and (iii) of subsection (c) of this Section 18; or | ||
(b) Individuals who, as of the date hereof, constitute the Board (the Incumbent Board) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided, however, that any individual becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof whose election, or nomination for election by the Corporations shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board, but excluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board; or | ||
(c) Consummation of a reorganization, merger or consolidation or sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation (a Business Combination), in each case, unless, following such Business Combination, (i), all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners, respectively, of the Outstanding Corporation Common Stock and Outstanding Corporation Voting Securities immediately prior to such Business Combination beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors as the case may be, of the Corporation resulting from such Business Combination (including, without limitation, a corporation which as a result of such transaction owns the Corporation or all or substantially all of the Corporations assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to such Business Combination of the Outstanding Corporation Common Stock and Outstanding Corporation Voting Securities, as the case may be, (ii) no Person (excluding any employee benefit plan (or related trust) of the Corporation or such corporation resulting from such Business Combination) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 35% or more of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock of the Corporation resulting from such Business Combination or the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of such corporation except to the extent that such ownership existed prior to the Business Combination and (iii) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the Corporation resulting from such Business Combination were members of the Incumbent Board at the time of the execution of the initial agreement, or of the action of the Board, providing for such Business Combination; or | ||
(d) Approval by the shareholders of the Corporation of a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation. |
This document constitutes the entire Plan.
Page 4
Exhibit 10.8
STAR BANC CORPORATION
1996 STARSHARE STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN FOR EMPLOYEES
Section 1. Purpose. Star Banc Corporations (the Corporations) 1996 Starshare Stock Incentive Plan for Employees (the Plan), has the following purposes: (1) to help employees of the Corporation and its subsidiaries (collectively, Star) purchase the Corporations stock and benefit from Stars long-term growth; (2) to create common interests between Stars employees and the Corporations shareholders; and (3) to help Star attract, retain and motivate experienced, capable employees. The Plan achieves these goals by granting non-qualified stock options to Star employees. Non-qualified stock options do not qualify for favorable tax treatment under IRC §422.
Section 2. Available Shares for Options. The aggregate number of shares of the Corporations Common Stock (Common Stock) which may be issued and sold pursuant to options granted under the Plan (the Options) shall not exceed 1,420,875 shares, subject to adjustment or substitution as provided in Section 12 of this Plan.
Section 3. Plan Administration. A Committee (the Committee) of not less than three members selected by the Corporations Human Resources Department and responsible to the Compensation Committee of the Corporations Board of Directors shall be responsible for administering the Plan, including the exercise of Options. The Committee members shall serve at the will of the Compensation Committee of the Corporations Board of Directors and shall serve terms of indefinite duration. The Committee shall have all powers necessary to allow it properly to carry out its duties under the Plan. The Committee shall have conferred upon it such other and further specified duties, power, authority and discretion as are contemplated by the Plan either expressly or by necessary implication. The Committee may appoint agents, who need not be members of the Committee, as it deems reasonable and necessary to effectively perform its duties, and may delegate to such agents such powers and duties, whether ministerial or discretionary, as the Committee in its sole discretion may deem expedient or appropriate. The decision of the Committee upon all matters within the scope of its authority shall be final and conclusive on all persons, except to the extent otherwise provided by law.
Section 4. Eligibility. Options may be granted to any Eligible Employee. An Eligible Employee is any employee who is actively employed on December 10, 1996, except that Eligible Employees do not include: (1) employees who were granted options during 1996 pursuant to the Star Banc Corporation 1991 or 1996 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended, (Executive Option Plan); and (2) employees who participated in the 1996 Executive Bonus Plan. An Eligible Employee shall not include any person who on December 10, 1996 is employed on a temporary basis. An employee who on December 10, 1996 is on an authorized leave of absence from Star, including, without limitation, a leave of absence due to a short-term disability, shall be considered an Eligible Employee for purposes of this Plan, assuming that employee did not participate in the Executive Option or Bonus Plans identified above. An employee who on December 10, 1996 is entitled to receive benefits under a long-term disability plan maintained by Star shall not be an Eligible Employee for purposes of this Plan. However, employees who were employed by Star in 1996 and began receiving benefits under a long-term disability plan
maintained by Star prior to December 10, 1996 will be considered Eligible Employees if they return to work at Star before December 10, 1997 and did not participate in the Executive Option and Bonus Plans identified above. The Committees decision regarding eligibility shall be final.
Section 5. Granting of Options. Options shall be granted to all Eligible Employees on December 10, 1996 (the Grant Date). Each Eligible Employee who is exempt from the overtime compensation provisions of the Fair Labor Standards Act (FLSA) will receive options for 525 post-split shares. Each Eligible Employee who works for Star full time and is not exempt from the overtime compensation provisions of the FLSA will receive options for 300 post-split shares, and each Eligible Employee who works for Star part time and is not exempt from the overtime compensation provisions of the FLSA will receive options for 150 post-split shares. Post-split shares means shares of Star Banc Corporation stock after the January 15, 1997 3 for 1 stock split.
The Committee shall have final authority to determine the number of shares to be covered by employees options in accordance with the foregoing and the decision of the Committee shall be final.
Section 6. Option Exercise Price. The exercise price for the shares of Common Stock covered by options issued pursuant to this Plan shall be the fair market value on the date of the grant of the options. Fair market value shall be the closing price at which common shares traded on the New York Stock Exchange, Inc., on December 10, 1996. ($30.33 for post-split shares.)
Section 7. Term of Options. All options shall have a term of ten (10) years from the date of the grant of the option, that is, until December 8, 2006. In the event an option is not exercised prior to December 8, 2006, the option shall lapse and all rights of the option holder shall terminate.
Section 8. Vesting and Exercisability of Options. Except as otherwise provided in this Plan, twenty five percent (25%) of the options awarded pursuant to this Plan may be exercised on or after December 10, 1997, with an additional twenty five percent (25%) vesting each December 10 thereafter until December 10, 2001, when all may be exercised so long as the option holder is employed by Star on each respective vesting date. Options awarded pursuant to this Plan shall not become one hundred percent (100%) vested prior to December 10, 2001, except as provided in Section 12 or Section 17 of this Plan. From and after December 10, 1997, and subject to subparagraph (b) of this Paragraph 8, all vested options shall be exercised in full in the manner set forth in Paragraph 9 below.
(a) If an option holders employment with Star shall terminate for any reason other than such option holders early or normal retirement under the provisions of any Star retirement plan, death, or Disability (as defined in Stars Long Term Disability Plan), then any options held by such option holder at the time of such termination of employment, and all rights of the option holder under this Plan shall terminate, effective as of the date of such option holders termination of employment.
2
(b) If, on or after the grant date, an option holders employment with Star shall terminate by reason of such holders early or normal retirement, death, or Disability, then any options held by such option holder on the date of termination of employment shall be vested and exercisable in full in the manner described in Paragraph 9, below, at any time during the period beginning on the date of termination of employment and ending 180 days thereafter. If the options are not exercised by such option holder before the end of said period, the options, and all rights of the holder under this Plan, shall terminate effective as of the end of said period.
(c) In the event an option holders unexercised options terminate under the provisions of subparagraph (a) or (b) above, such holders options, and all rights of the holder under this Plan, shall not be restored for any reason.
(d) For purposes of the Plan and notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, an option holder shall not be deemed to have terminated employment with Star (i) during the period such option holder is on an authorized leave of absence granted by Star; or (ii) as the result of such option holders transfer of employment between or among the Corporation and its subsidiaries or such holders change of position or responsibilities within Star.
Section 9. Method of Exercise. Options shall be exercised pursuant to the terms of the options and the Plan by delivering written notice to the Committee or its designee at the principal place of business of Star and on such forms as shall be designated by the Committee from time to time. Securities purchased pursuant to the Plan may be purchased on the open market or from the Corporation, depending on business circumstances at the time of exercise. In the event that such securities are purchased from the Corporation, the Corporation will not charge any fees, charges or commissions to complete the transactions.
(a) Options shall be exercised by either a cash exercise method or a cashless exercise method. For purposes of this Plan, a cash exercise method means a method in which the option holder pays the option exercise price in cash or by personal check for the shares subject to option (along with any required withholding taxes) simultaneously with the delivery of the notice of exercise described above, and such option holder is then issued the number of shares so purchased. For purposes of this Plan, a cashless exercise method means a method permitted under the provision of Regulation T issued by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and under which an option holder may direct that a portion of the shares to be issued upon exercise of the option be withheld by the Corporation as payment, to the extent permitted by law, less required withholding taxes, brokers commissions and other related expenses, if any. The Committee shall have the authority to establish procedures under either method, including without limitation, the designation of the brokerage firm or firms through which cashless exercises shall be effected.
(b) Under either method, the option exercise price shall be paid in full at the time of exercise in U.S. dollars, and the Corporation shall require the option holder to pay the Corporation in U.S. dollars at the time of exercise the amount of tax required to be withheld by the Corporation under applicable foreign, federal, state and local withholding tax laws.
(c) Except as provided in Section 8 above, an option holder must be an employee of Star at the time of exercise of options.
3
Section 10. Tax Effects of Plan Participation. Employees may be subject to income, capital gains, and/or other federal, state and/or local taxes as a result of exercising options issued pursuant to the Plan. Employees may wish to consult their tax advisor before exercising options issued pursuant to the plan. The Corporations tax liabilities will not be affected by employees exercising options pursuant to the Plan.
Section 11. Nontransferability. No option shall be transferable by an option holder. During an option holders lifetime, the options shall be exercisable only by the option holder, provided that in the event an option holder is incapacitated and unable to exercise such option holders options, such option holders legal guardian or legal representative whom the Committee deems appropriate based on all applicable facts and circumstances may exercise such option holders options in accordance with the provisions of the Plan. Any purported transfer of any option shall be null and void except as otherwise provided by this Section 10.
Section 12. No Rights. An option holder shall have no rights or interests in any option except as set forth in the Plan. The Plan does not confer upon any person any right with respect to the continuation of employment by Star, nor does it limit in any way the right of Star to terminate employment at any time. An option holder shall have no rights as a shareholder of Star Banc Corporation with respect to the shares of Common Stock covered by options except to the extent that shares are issued to such option holder upon the due exercise of options.
Section 13. Adjustment Upon Changes In Capitalization. In the event that the outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be changed into or exchanged for a different number or kind of shares of stock or other securities of Star or any other corporation, whether through reorganization, recapitalization, stock dividend, stock split, combination of shares, reclassification of the Common Stock, merger or consolidation, then the option rights (as to the number and kind of shares and the option exercise price) shall be appropriately adjusted by the Committee. Comparable adjustments shall be made for each subsequent such change or exchange of Common Stock or any stock or other securities into which such Common Stock shall have been changed or exchanged.
Section 14. Amendment, Modification and Termination of the Plan. The Board of Directors of the Corporation may terminate, amend or modify the Plan any time, provided that no amendment, modification or termination of the Plan shall in any manner adversely affect an option outstanding under the Plan without the consent of the option holder, or such option holders successors as described in Section 8.
Section 15. Additional Conditions of the Options. If at any time the Committee shall determine that listing, registration or qualification of the Common Shares covered by an option pursuant to any securities exchange rule or under any state or federal law or the consent or the approval of any governmental regulatory body is necessary or desirable as a condition of or in connection with the purchase of Common Shares under the option, the options may not be exercised unless and until such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval shall have been obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Committee. Any person exercising an option shall make such representations and agreements and furnish such information as the Committee may request to assure compliance with the foregoing or any other applicable legal requirements.
4
Section 16. Effective Date of the Plan. The Plan shall become effective December 10, 1996.
Section 17. Governing Law. This Plan shall be construed under and governed by the laws of the State of Ohio.
Section 18. Change of Control. In the event of a Change of Control of the Corporation prior to the various vesting dates described in Paragraph 8, above, all outstanding Options shall become immediately fully vested and exercisable notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary. Following a Change of Control at anytime while an option is outstanding, (i) the surviving corporation or entity shall continue to be bound by the terms and provisions of the Plan and (ii) all unexercised options shall remain fully vested and exercisable in accordance with the provisions of the Plan subject to any adjustment described in Section 12.
For purposes of this Agreement, a Change of Control of the Corporation shall mean:
(a) The acquisition by any individual, entity or group within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act a (Person) of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of 35% or more of either (i) the then outstanding shares of common stock of the Corporation (the outstanding Corporation Common Stock) or (ii) the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the Outstanding Corporation Voting Securities); provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (a), the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change of Control: (i) any acquisition directly from the Corporation, (ii) any acquisition by the Corporation, (iii) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Corporation or any corporation controlled by the company, or (iv) any acquisition by any corporation pursuant to a transaction which complies with clauses (i), (ii), and (iii) of subsection (c) of this Section 17; or
(b) Individuals who, as of the date hereof, constitute the Board (the Incumbent Board) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided, however, that any individual becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof whose election, or nomination for election by the Corporations shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board, but excluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board; or
(c) Consummation of a reorganization, merger or consolidation or sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation (a Business Combination), in each case, unless, following such Business Combination, (i), all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners, respectively, of the Outstanding Corporation Common Stock and Outstanding Corporation Voting Securities immediately prior to such Business Combination beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock and the combined voting power of the
5
then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, as the case may be, of the Corporation resulting from such Business Combination (including, without limitation, a corporation which as a result of such transaction owns the Corporation or all or substantially all of the Corporations assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to such Business Combination of the Outstanding Corporation Common Stock and Outstanding Corporation Voting Securities, as the case may be, (ii) no Person (excluding any employee benefit plan (or related trust) of the Corporation or such corporation resulting from such Business Combination) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 35% or more of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock of the Corporation resulting from such Business Combination or the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of such corporation except to the extent that such ownership existed prior to the Business Combination and (iii) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the Corporation resulting from such Business Combination were members of the Incumbent Board at the time of the execution of the initial agreement, or of the action of the Board, providing for such Business Combination; or
(d) Approval by the shareholders of the Corporation of a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation.
This document constitutes the entire Plan.
6
U.S. BANCORP
NON-QUALIFIED RETIREMENT PLAN
U.S. BANCORP
NON-QUALIFIED RETIREMENT PLAN
ARTICLE I
INTRODUCTION
1.01. History . Effective January 1, 1987, the Star Banc Corporation (formerly First National Cincinnati Corporation) adopted the Star Banc Corporation Non-Qualified Retirement Plan. Effective January 1, 1983, Firstar Corporation (formerly First Wisconsin Corporation) adopted the Firstar Corporation Pension Benefits Equalization Plan. Firstar Corporation also maintained the Firstar Corporation Supplemental Retirement Plan for Key Executives and had liabilities for deferred compensation under certain other plans and arrangements established by entities acquired by Firstar Corporation prior to November 20, 1998.
Effective November 20, 1998, Star Banc Corporation and Firstar Corporation merged through an exchange of shares to form a new Firstar Corporation. On September 20, 1999, Firstar Corporation acquired substantially all of the outstanding shares of capital stock of Mercantile Bancorporation Inc., which maintained the Mercantile Bancorporation Inc. Supplemental Retirement Plan.
Effective January 1, 1984, First Bank System, Inc. established the First Bank System, Inc. Excess Benefit Plan. Effective January 1, 1992, First Bank System, Inc. established the First Bank System, Inc. Nonqualified Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan. In 1997 First Bank System changed its name to U.S. Bancorp and thereafter, the plans, as amended and restated, became known as the U.S. Bancorp Defined Benefit Excess Plan and the U.S. Bancorp Nonqualified Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, respectively.
Firstar Corporation merged into U.S. Bancorp effective February 27, 2001.
On October 16, 2001, the Board of Directors of U.S. Bancorp ratified and approved actions taken on July 17, 2001 by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors freezing certain benefits under the U.S. Bancorp Nonqualified Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, modifying the Companys various excess benefits to reflect changes in the underlying tax-qualified pension plans, and consolidating the Companys various nonqualified deferred compensation plans into a single combined plan.
1.02. Plan Mergers . This Plan reflects the following plan mergers, effective as of the date specified, except where an earlier or later effective date is specified in this plan document (or an amendment hereto):
(a) | effective as of January 1, 1999, the Star Banc Corporation Non-Qualified Retirement Plan merged with the Firstar Corporation Pension Benefits Equalization Plan, the Firstar Corporation Supplemental Retirement Plan for Key Executives and certain other plans and arrangements to form a single, combined plan known as the Firstar Corporation Non-Qualified Retirement Plan; | ||
(b) | effective as of January 1, 2000, the Mercantile Bancorporation Inc. Supplemental Retirement Plan merged into the Firstar Corporation Non-Qualified Retirement Plan; and | ||
(c) | effective as of January 1, 2002, the U.S. Bancorp Defined Benefit Excess Plan and the U.S. Bancorp Nonqualified Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan merged into the Firstar Corporation Non-Qualified Retirement Plan which, effective on and after January 1, 2002, shall be known as the U.S. Bancorp Non-Qualified Retirement Plan (Plan). |
1.03. Purpose . The primary purpose of this Plan is to restore retirement benefit payments to those eligible employees whose retirement benefits under the Qualified Plan will be reduced by the limitations imposed by Sections 401(a)(17) and 415 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code), and the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (ERISA), or by reason of their election to defer receipt of income that would otherwise have been taken into account for purposes of calculating benefits under the Qualified Plan. The Plan is also intended to provide supplemental retirement benefits to selected executives, and to provide for payment of certain other liabilities for deferred compensation as described in the Appendices hereto.
1.04. Separate Excess Benefit Plan . Notwithstanding anything in this plan document to the contrary, the separable part of this Plan that is maintained solely for the purpose of providing benefits in excess of the limitations on contributions and benefits imposed by Section 415 of the Code to persons who do not qualify as members of a select group of management or highly compensated employees (as that phrase is used in ERISA) shall be treated as a separate plan that is an excess benefit plan. Such separate excess benefit plan shall be referred to as the U.S. Bancorp 415 Excess Benefit Plan.
1.05. Relation to Qualified Plan . This Plan is completely separate from any tax-qualified retirement plan.
1.06.
No Effect on Former Employees
. Except as may be otherwise required by
law or hereinafter specifically provided, this amended and restated plan
document shall not affect the rights of or benefits payable to, or with respect
to:
-2-
(a) | any person who was a participant in a plan that merged to form the Firstar Corporation Non-Qualified Retirement Plan, or any predecessor to such a plan, who died or otherwise terminated employment before January 1, 1999; | ||
(b) | any person who was a participant in the Mercantile Bancorporation Inc. Supplemental Retirement Plan or any predecessor to that plan, who died or otherwise terminated employment before January 1, 2000; and | ||
(c) | any person who was a participant in the U.S. Bancorp Defined Benefit Excess Plan or the U.S. Bancorp Nonqualified Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, or any predecessor to those plans, who died or otherwise terminated employment before January 1, 2002. |
Except as may be otherwise required by law or hereinafter specifically provided, the rights of, and benefits payable to, or with respect to, all such persons shall be governed by the applicable plan documents as in effect at the time of such persons death or other termination of employment. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 1.06 to the contrary, this amended and restated plan document shall affect any Other Benefit payable to or with respect to any person named in Appendix A.
-3-
ARTICLE II
DEFINITIONS
As used herein with initial capital letters, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings specified below unless a different meaning is clearly required by the context:
2.01. Actuarially Equal equal value determined as follows:
(a) | Lump Sum Payment of Excess Benefits (Optional or Small Amounts). For purposes of calculating the single lump sum cash payment that is Actuarially Equal to a Participants Excess Benefit under Article IV: |
(i) | any portion of the Participants Excess Benefit that is attributable to a Cash Balance Benefit or a Mercantile Benefit (as those terms are defined in the Qualified Plan) shall be converted from its normal form to its single lump sum value in the same manner as the applicable Cash Balance Benefit or Mercantile Benefit would be so converted; and | ||
(ii) | the remainder of the Participants Excess Benefit shall be converted from its normal form to its single lump sum value using the interest and mortality assumptions for the calculation of pension liabilities in the Companys audited financial statements that were last adopted by the Committee prior to the date on which the single lump sum cash payment calculation under this Plan is performed, subject, however, to any applicable conditions and limitations that may be established by the Committee. |
(b) | Excess Benefits Paid in Forms That Are Available for the Participants Entire Qualified Plan Benefit. For purposes of calculating the amount of payments in any optional payment form permitted under Section 4.03, other than a single lump sum, that is available for payment of a Participants entire Qualified Plan benefit, the Excess Benefit shall be converted from its normal form to the optional form elected by the Participant using the same interest and mortality assumptions as would be used under the Qualified Plan to perform the same conversion. | ||
(c) | Excess Benefits Paid in Forms That Are Not Available for the Participants Entire Qualified Plan Benefit. For purposes of calculating the amount of payments in any optional payment form permitted under Section 4.03, other than a single lump sum, that is not available for payment of a Participants entire Qualified Plan benefit, the Participants |
-4-
entire Excess Benefit shall be converted from its normal form to the optional form elected by the Participant using the same interest and mortality assumptions as would be used by the Qualified Plan to perform the same conversion with respect to the portion of the Qualified Plan benefit that could be paid in the same form as the form in which the Excess Benefit will be paid. | |||
(d) | Supplemental and Death Benefits. Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Appendix B, for purposes of calculating the amount of any Supplemental Benefit or Death Benefit: |
(i) | any conversion to a single lump sum cash payment of equal value, other than a conversion that uses the assumptions described in item (iv) below, shall be calculated using the interest and mortality assumptions for the calculation of pension liabilities in the Companys audited financial statements that were last adopted by the Committee prior to the date on which the single lump sum cash payment calculation under this Plan is performed, subject, however, to any applicable conditions and limitations that may be established by the Committee; | ||
(ii) | any conversion from the normal form of payment to an optional annuity form other than an estate protection annuity form shall be calculated using the applicable factors (the Firstar Factors) set forth in Appendix A of the Firstar Employees Pension Plan (as amended and restated effective as of January 1, 1999), and any conversion from the normal form of payment to an optional estate protection annuity form shall be calculated by first using the Firstar Factors to determine the applicable annuity without estate protection, and by then applying the applicable estate protection factor described in Section 2 of Appendix C of the U.S. Bancorp Pension Plan; | ||
(iii) | any conversion of an offsetting benefit required by Section 6.02(b), 6.03(b), or 6.04(b) shall be calculated using an interest rate per annum of 8% and the UP-1984 Table of Mortality set back two years unless the Plan Administrator, in its discretion, concludes that it has complete and accurate information regarding the actuarial equivalent factors that would be applied for a similar conversion by the plan providing the offsetting benefit, in which case such applicable factors shall be used; and |
-5-
(iv) | for purposes of calculating (1) the present value of the applicable benefit at the time of the Participants death (but not the present value of any survivor annuity payable to the Participants surviving spouse, which shall be calculated using the assumptions described in item (i) above) under Section 8.01(c), (2) any single lump sum payment due under an estate protection annuity form of payment, and (3) for any other conversion not described in items (i) through (iii) above, an interest rate per annum of 8% and the UP-1984 Table of Mortality, set back two years. |
2.02. Beneficiary a person, persons, trust or estate designated by a Participant (or automatically by operation of law or this plan statement) to receive a benefit payable under this Plan upon the death of the Participant. A person, trust or estate so designated shall not be considered a Beneficiary until the death of the Participant.
2.03. Board of Directors the Board of Directors of the Company.
2.04. Chief Executive Officer the Chief Executive Officer of the Company.
2.05. Code the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
2.05A. Company from the Effective Date through February 26, 2001, Firstar Corporation; on and after February 27, 2001, U.S. Bancorp.
2.06. Committee the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company.
2.07. Death Benefit any benefit paid to a Beneficiary upon the death of a Participant as provided under the terms of Article VIII of this Plan.
2.08. Disability or Disabled a physical or mental condition arising after the Effective Date which prevents the Participant from performing the responsibilities of his or her position, as determined by the Committee.
2.09 Disability Benefit a benefit payable under Article VII of this Plan to a Disabled Participant.
2.10. Disability Commencement Date except as otherwise determined by the Committee, the first day of the month coincident with or immediately following the date a Disabled Participant becomes eligible to receive long-term disability income loss benefits under a plan of the Employer providing such benefits.
2.11. Disabled Participant a Participant who is Disabled and who is eligible for Supplemental Retirement Benefits under Article VI.
-6-
2.12. Early Retirement Date the first day of the month after the day the Participant terminates employment with the Employer after attaining age 55 and completing at least five (5) years of Service; provided that, with respect to Supplemental and Other Benefits, a different Early Retirement Date may be prescribed in the relevant Appendix.
2.13. Effective Date the date as of which the plans identified in Section 1.02(a) combined to form the Firstar Corporation Non-Qualified Retirement Plan, i.e., January 1, 1999.
2.14. Employee a person who is employed by the Employer.
2.15. Employer the Company, its successors and assigns, any of its subsidiary or affiliated organizations authorized to participate in the Qualified Plan with respect to their Employees, and any organization or person into which the Employer may be merged or consolidated or to which all or substantially all of its assets may be transferred which is required to assume the obligations of the Employer under Section 13.06 hereof. In addition to the foregoing entities, the Committee may, to the extent it deems necessary or appropriate to provide benefits under this Plan other than Excess Benefits, designate any other subsidiary or affiliate of the Company as included in the term Employer.
2.16. Excess Benefit a benefit payable to a Participant under Article IV of this Plan.
2.17. Final Average Monthly Earnings or FAE the average of a Participants Monthly Earnings for the five consecutive calendar years of service with the Employer during which the Participants Monthly Earnings were the highest. For purposes of any Supplemental Benefit provided under Article VI, Final Average Monthly Earnings shall be subject to any modifications set forth in the applicable Appendix B.
2.18. Monthly Earnings one-twelfth of the Participants annual base pay for employment with the Employer during any calendar year commencing after 1985, modified as follows:
(a) | Included Items . In determining a Participants Monthly Earnings there shall be included: (i) vacation and holiday pay, (ii) short-term disability pay, (iii) elective contributions made by the Employer on behalf of the Participant that are no includible in gross income under sections 125, 132(f), 402(e)(3), 402(h), 403(b), 414(h)(2) and 457 of the Code, including elective contributions authorized by the Participant under a cafeteria plan, a qualified transportation fringe benefit, or any qualified cash or deferred arrangement under section 401(k) of the Code; (iv) amounts earned during the calendar year that are deferred under a nonqualified deferred compensation arrangement (regardless of when paid), (v) amounts earned for the calendar year under an executive annual incentive plan (regardless of when paid), (vi) the portion of any retention bonus attributable to the calendar year, determined by prorating the bonus |
-7-
over the period for which it is earned), (vii) ordinary income attributable to the calendar year due to the vesting of restricted stock in the calendar year or a later calendar, determined by prorating the income recognized at vesting over the calendar years in the vesting period. | |||
(b) | Excluded Items . In determining a Participants Monthly Earnings, the following shall be excluded: (i) expense reimbursements, car allowances and other similar payments, including foreign service allowances, station allowances, foreign tax equalization payments and other similar payments, (ii) welfare and fringe benefits (cash and noncash), including tuition reimbursements, payments under an adoption assistance program, disability payments (but not continued payment of a Participants normal compensation under the Employers policy regarding short-term absences for medical reasons), payments for vacation or sick leave accrued but not taken, financial planning assistance and final payments on account of termination of employment ( e.g. , severance payments), (iii) all noncash remuneration including income imputed from below-market loans and from insurance coverages and premiums, (iv) employee discounts and other similar amounts, (v) moving expenses (and any tax or gross-up payments on account of moving expense reimbursements or payments), (vi) nonqualified deferred compensation (when received), (vii) the value of all stock options and stock appreciation rights (whether or not exercised) and other similar amounts, (viii) change in control payments, (ix) commissions, and (x) bonus payments other than those correctly classified as and attributable to an executive annual incentive plan. | ||
(c) | Code Limitations Not Applicable . Monthly Earnings shall be determined without regard to any limitation imposed by the Code. |
2.19. Normal Retirement Date the first day of the month coincident with or immediately following the Participants sixty-fifth (65th) birthday.
2.20. Other Benefit a benefit payable under Article V of this Plan to a Participant who is identified in Appendix A as a person who is entitled to an Other Benefit.
2.21. Participant any Employee of the Employer who becomes eligible to receive a benefit under this Plan as provided in Article III hereof. A person who becomes a Participant shall remain a Participant until he or she dies, ceases to be eligible for a benefit under this Plan, is paid the entire benefit to which he or she is entitled, or is removed from the Plan as provided in Section 3.03, whichever happens first.
2.22. Plan this nonqualified deferred compensation plan which from January 1, 1999 through December 31, 2001 shall be referred to as the Firstar Corporation Non-Qualified
-8-
Retirement Plan, and which after December 31, 2001 shall be referred to as the U.S. Bancorp Non-Qualified Retirement Plan.
2.23. Plan Administrator the Committee.
2.24. Qualified Plan for the period commencing on January 1, 1999 and ending on December 31, 2001, inclusive, the Firstar Employees Pension Plan, as amended; on and after January 1, 2002, but only with respect to Participants who are employed by the Employer on or after January 1, 2002, the U.S. Bancorp Pension Plan.
2.25. Retired Participant any Participant in the Plan whose employment with the Employer has terminated and who is eligible to receive or is then receiving Excess Benefits, Supplemental Benefits or Other Benefits.
2.26. Service the Participants Vesting Service determined as provided under the Qualified Plan. The Committee, in its sole discretion, may credit any or all of a Participants prior service with another employer toward Service under this Plan.
2.27. Supplemental Benefit a benefit payable under Article VI of this Plan to a Participant who has been specifically designated by the Committee to receive a Supplemental Benefit. The special terms and conditions of the Supplemental Benefit payable to each Participant who has been designated to receive a Supplemental Benefit shall be set forth in the applicable Appendix B.
-9-
ARTICLE III
PARTICIPATION IN THE PLAN
3.01. Eligibility .
(a) | Excess Benefit . Eligibility for Excess Benefits under Article IV shall be determined as follows: |
(1) | Prior to 2002. For the period commencing January 1, 1999 and ending December 31, 2001 any participant in the Qualified Plan in salary grade 50 or above (or the corresponding pay grade of any revised salary administration program) shall be eligible for Excess Benefits if the benefits to which such Employee is entitled from the Qualified Plan are less than they would have been if (a) the limitations imposed by Code Section 401(a)(17) and/or 415 did not apply, or (b) the Employee had not elected to defer receipt of a portion of his pay under a deferred compensation plan or program of the Employer. The Committee may extend eligibility for Excess Benefits to other Employees on an individual basis. | ||
(2) | After 2001. After December 31, 2001, a person shall be eligible for Excess Benefits if such person (i) is a participant in the Qualified Plan, (ii) would be entitled to a benefit greater than zero if Article IV applied, and (iii) is a member of a select group of management or highly compensated employees as that expression is used in ERISA. A person who satisfies (i) and (ii) of the preceding sentence, but fails requirement (iii), shall be eligible only for Excess Benefits based solely on the limitations imposed by Section 415 of the Code and only from the separable part of this Plan referred to as the U.S. Bancorp 415 Excess Benefit Plan. | ||
(3) | Former Employees. Notwithstanding anything in (1) or (2) above to the contrary, no former employee described in Section 1.06 of this Plan shall be entitled to any Excess Benefit under this Plan. (This does not preclude such a former employee from receiving an Other Benefit to which the former employee may be entitled under the terms of Article V and Appendix A, even if that Other Benefit is substantially similar to Excess Benefits that would have been provided under Article IV.) |
(b) | Supplemental Benefits . Eligibility for Supplemental Benefits under Article VI shall be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion. |
-10-
The Committee shall also determine, in its sole discretion, the amount of any Participants Supplemental Benefit or the formula by which the Participants Supplemental Benefit shall be determined. Such amount or formula, and any other special terms and conditions applicable to a Participant in the Supplemental Benefits portion of the Plan shall be set forth in the applicable Appendix B to this Plan. | |||
(c) | Other Benefits . Article V lists and describes certain other plans, contracts or arrangements that have been incorporated into this Plan that provide deferred compensation to specified Participants. Eligibility and benefits under those plans, contracts and arrangements are determined in accordance with the documents that governed them prior to their incorporation into this Plan, subject to any modifications set forth in the applicable Appendix A. | ||
(d) | Disability and Death Benefits . Only persons who are eligible to receive Supplemental Benefits shall be eligible for the Disability Benefits under Article VII of this Plan. Only the Beneficiaries of Participants who are Participants in either the Supplemental Benefits or the Excess Benefits portion of this Plan shall be entitled to Death Benefits under Article VIII of this Plan. | ||
(e) | U.S. Bancorp 415 Excess Benefit Plan . Participants in the separable part of this Plan referred to as the U.S. Bancorp 415 Excess Benefit Plan are those Participants in this Plan whose Excess Benefits, as determined under Section 4.01, derive solely from the limitations in the Qualified Plan imposed under Section 415 of the Code (i.e., such Participants Excess Benefits are determined under Section 4.01 without the application of Sections 4.01(a)(2),(3) and(4)). |
3.02. Specific Exclusions . Notwithstanding anything apparently to the contrary in this Plan or in any written communication, summary, resolution or document or oral communication, no individual shall be a Participant in this Plan, develop benefits under this Plan or be entitled to receive benefits under this Plan (either for the individual or the individuals survivors) other than benefits under the separable part of this Plan known as the U.S. Bancorp 415 Excess Benefit Plan, unless such individual is a member of a select group of management or highly compensated employees (as that expression is used in ERISA). If a court of competent jurisdiction, any representative of the U.S. Department of Labor or any other governmental, regulatory or similar body makes any direct or indirect, formal or informal, determination that an individual is not a member of a select group of management or highly compensated employees (as that expression is used in ERISA), such individual shall not be (and shall not have ever been) a Participant in this Plan (other than the U.S. Bancorp 415 Excess Benefit Plan portion of this Plan) at any time. If any person not so defined has been erroneously treated as a Participant in this Plan, upon
-11-
discovery of such error such persons erroneous participation shall immediately terminate ab initio and upon demand such person shall be obligated to reimburse the Employer for all amounts erroneously paid to him or her. Further, if and to the extent any court of competent jurisdiction or representative of the U.S. Department of Labor or any other governmental, regulatory or similar body makes any direct or indirect, formal or informal, determination that the U.S. Bancorp 415 Excess Benefit Plan is not a excess benefit plan, as defined in Section 3(36) of ERISA, then Participants in such Plan who are not members of a select group of management or highly compensated employees (as that expression is used in ERISA) shall not be (and shall not have ever been) Participants in that portion of this Plan at any time. If any such person participating in the U.S. Bancorp 415 Excess Benefit Plan has been erroneously treated as a Participant in this Plan, upon discovery of such error such person s erroneous participation shall immediately terminate ab initio and upon demand such person shall be obligated to reimburse the Employer for all amounts erroneously paid to him or her.
3.03. Forfeiture .
(a) | Due to Competition . The Committee retains the right to remove a Participant, a Retired Participant, or a Disabled Participant from participation in the Plan, with the consequences described in subsection (b) below, if at any time prior to the third anniversary of the date on which the persons employment with the Employer last terminated such person (i) engages in any manner in any business which is competitive with the Employer; or (ii) becomes financially interested in any such competitive business or service, directly or indirectly, as an individual, partner, shareholder, director, officer, principal, agent, employee, consultant or in any other relationship or capacity; provided that the purchase of a publicly traded security in such business or service shall not in itself be cause for removing a Participant, a Retired Participant, or a Disabled Participant from participation in the Plan. | ||
(b) | Effect of Removal . In the event a person is removed from the Plan pursuant to Section 3.03(a) above, the Employer shall thereafter have no liability to the person or to the persons Beneficiary for benefits under this Plan, other than (i) Excess Benefits and (ii) any Other Benefits which by their terms cannot be subject to forfeiture. |
-12-
ARTICLE IV
EXCESS RETIREMENT BENEFITS
4.01. Calculation of Excess Benefit . A Participants Excess Benefit shall be the excess of:
(a) | The benefit that would have been payable to the Participant under the Qualified Plan, commencing on the date as of which Excess Benefits are to commence under this Plan, if such Qualified Plan benefit were paid in the same form as the Excess Benefit and were determined: |
(1) | without regard to the benefit limitations under Section 415 of the Code; | ||
(2) | without regard to the compensation limitation of section 401(a)(17) of the Code; | ||
(3) | taking into account compensation voluntarily deferred under a nonqualified deferred compensation plan maintained by the Employer; and | ||
(4) | taking into account any actual or deemed service or compensation, or any other modification of the Participants benefits under this Plan that is explicitly required by any employment, severance or other agreement applicable to the Participant, or by any severance or other plan or program applicable to the Participant, over |
(b) | the benefit that would have been payable to the Participant commencing on the same date and in the same form from the Qualified Plan. |
The Excess Benefit described in this Section 4.01 shall be calculated as if the
Participant had not received any previous distributions from the Qualified Plan
and as if the Qualified Plan permitted distribution of the Participants entire
Qualified Plan benefit to commence on the date as of which Excess Benefits are
to commence. If distribution of the Excess Benefit is to commence in the form
of an annuity prior to the date on which a portion of the Participants
Qualified Plan benefit would first become payable under the Qualified Plan, and
as a result the Qualified Plan does not provide an early reduction factor for
payment of that portion of the Qualified Plan benefit at that time, the benefit
payable at the earliest date as of which that portion would first become
payable under the Qualified Plan will be further reduced to an amount payable
on the date as of which payment of the Excess Benefit will commence using the
general interest and mortality assumptions under the Qualified Plan. (If
distribution of the Excess Benefit is to be made in the form of a single lump
sum cash payment, the benefit shall be calculated using the factors described
in Section 2.01(a) of this Plan.)
-13-
4.02. Normal Form of Benefit When Payable . The normal form of payment for Excess Benefits payable to a Participant who is not married on the date as of which Excess Benefits commence will be a level annuity payable monthly to and for the lifetime of the Participant. The normal form of payment for Excess Benefits payable to a Participant who is married on the date as of which Excess Benefits commence will be a 50% joint and survivor annuity with the Participants spouse on the commencement date as the joint annuitant. The first payment to the Participant shall be due within thirty days after the earliest date on which the Participant could begin receiving any benefits under the Qualified Plan on account of retirement or other termination of employment. The last payment to the Participant shall be due on the first day of the calendar month in which the Participants death occurs. The first payment to a Participants spouse as joint annuitant shall be due on the first day of the calendar month next following the calendar month in which the Participants death occurs. The last payment to the Participants spouse as joint annuitant shall be due on the first day of the calendar month in which the spouses death occurs. Except for the limited purpose of determining the date when benefit payments under this Plan normally commence, the rules governing the payment of benefits under the Qualified Plan, and any elections and optional forms of payment in effect under the Qualified Plan, shall be given no effect under this Plan in determining the time or form in which Excess Benefits are paid.
4.03. Optional Payment Forms . In lieu of payment in the normal form described in Section 4.02 above, a Participant may elect to receive his or her Excess Benefit in any of the following forms:
(a) | single life annuity; | ||
(b) | single life annuity with 5, 10, 15 or 20 year period certain; | ||
(c) | 50%, 75% or 100% joint and survivor annuity; | ||
(d) | Estate Protection Survivor Annuity (as described in Section 6.1(d) of the Qualified Plan); or | ||
(e) | Estate Protection Single Life Annuity (as described in Section 6.1(e) of the Qualified Plan). |
Payment in any of the foregoing forms shall be in an amount that is Actuarially Equal to the Excess Benefit payable in the applicable normal form described in Section 4.02.
In addition to the foregoing forms, a Participant may also elect to receive his or her Excess Benefit in the form of a single lump sum cash payment; provided, however, that the single lump sum cash payment option shall not be available for distributions to any Participant whose termination of employment occurs prior to 2003 and whose Qualified Plan benefit prior to 2002 did not offer the option to receive payment of the entire Qualified Plan benefit in a single lump
-14-
sum cash payment without regard to the amount payable. Payment in the form of a single lump sum cash payment shall be in an amount that is Actuarially Equal to the Excess Benefit payable in the applicable normal form described in Section 4.02; provided, however, that such Excess Benefit shall be calculated using the benefits that would have been payable to the Participant commencing on the Participants Normal Retirement Date (or at the time of the Participants actual termination of employment, if later), rather than using the benefits that would have been payable to the Participant commencing on the date as of which Excess Benefits are to commence under this Plan.
An election of an optional payment form permitted under this Section 4.03 must be made by the Participant in writing on an election form approved by the Committee and filed with the Committee or its designated agent for this purpose not less than twelve full months prior to the Participants termination of employment. A Participant may change his or her election at any time by filing another election form; provided, however, that any election form that does not satisfy the advance filing requirements of the preceding sentence shall be void and shall be disregarded. An election form shall not be considered filed until the completed form is actually received by the Committee or its designated agent.
No optional payment election form filed by a married participant shall be effective unless it includes the written consent of the Participants spouse and such spousal consent has been witnessed by a notary public. The consent of the spouse shall be irrevocable. If the last optional payment election form filed by a Participant at least twelve full months prior to the Participants termination of employment required spousal consent because the Participant was married at the time that election was filed and either (a) the Participant is married to a different spouse on the date the Participants benefit commences, or (b) the consenting spouse was named as a joint annuitant on such last optional payment election form and the consenting spouse dies before the date the Participants benefit commences, then (in either case) the Participants optional payment election shall be void and have no effect, and the Participants benefit shall be paid in the applicable normal form described in Section 4.02.
If a Participant elects an optional payment election form that requires the designation of a joint annuitant and such joint annuitant dies prior to the date the Participants benefit commences, the Participants optional payment election shall be void and the Participants benefit shall be paid in the applicable normal form described in Section 4.02.
Payment in any optional form pursuant to this Section 4.03 shall commence at the same time as the Participants benefit would have commenced if it had been paid in the normal form of payment unless the Participant specifies a later date in his or her last effective optional payment election form.
Notwithstanding anything in this Article IV to the contrary: (i) if as of December 31, 2001, the Participant was a participant in the U.S. Bancorp Defined Benefit Excess Plan and the Participants termination of employment occurs prior to April 1, 2004, the normal form of
-15-
payment for that Participant shall be a single lump sum cash payment and not the otherwise applicable normal form described in Section 4.02; (ii) if a Participants termination of employment occurs prior to April 1, 2004, the Committee in its sole discretion may require that the Participant accept payment in a form of payment described in this Section 4.03 and selected by the Committee, regardless of any optional payment election filed by the Participant; (iii) the Committee in its sole discretion may elect to pay any or all of the amounts due to a joint annuitant in the form of an Actuarially Equal single lump sum; and (iv) if the Company reasonably concludes that the size of a single lump sum cash payment would (taking into account any other payments due to the Participant) adversely affect the financial statements of the Company, then the Participant shall be paid instead in a series of at least three and not more than five annual installments, commencing on the date as of which the single lump sum cash payment would have been paid. The first such installment shall be in an amount equal to the maximum amount that the Company reasonably concludes can be paid without triggering the adverse financial statement impact, and each remaining installment shall equal the sum of (x) interest from the date of the most recent previous payment on the unpaid balance of the original amount that would (but for the adverse financial statement impact) have been paid in a single lump sum, and (y) the maximum amount of such unpaid balance that can be paid without causing the combined amount (x plus y) to trigger an adverse financial statement impact; provided, however, that if the foregoing method of calculating the installment amounts would result in the payment of only two installments, the amounts payable in each installment shall be adjusted so that payment of the entire amount that would otherwise have been paid in a single lump sum payment, plus interest thereon, shall be made in three substantially equal installments; and provided further, that if a fifth installment is required, it shall include the entire unpaid balance, without regard to whether that amount will trigger an adverse financial statement impact. In the event installment payments are made pursuant to the preceding sentence, the rate at which interest shall accrue on the unpaid balance of the original amount that would (but for the adverse financial statement impact) have been paid in a single lump sum shall be the same as the rate of interest used to determine the original Actuarially Equal single lump sum payment amount.
4.04 Small Amounts . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article IV, if on the date of his or her termination of employment the Actuarially Equal single lump value of a Participants Excess Benefit is $10,000.00 or less, the Participants Excess Benefit shall be paid in a single lump sum payment as soon as administratively feasible after the Participants termination of employment.
4.05. Accelerated Distributions .
(a) | Following Termination of Employment . Subject to the penalties under Section 4.05(b), at any time following the Participants termination of employment, the Participant or the Beneficiary of a deceased Participant may elect to receive an accelerated distribution of his accrued Excess Benefit (or if benefit payments have already commenced, the Actuarially Equal single lump sum present value of the Participants remaining |
-16-
benefit) in a lump sum payment, payable sixty (60) days after giving written notice of the election on a form furnished by and filed with the Committee. | |||
(b) | Forfeitures . Any lump sum payment under this Section 4.05 shall be reduced by a penalty equal to ten percent (10%) of such payment which shall be forfeited to the Company. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Plan, no penalty shall apply if the Committee determines, based on the advice of counsel or a final determination by the Internal Revenue Service or any court of competent jurisdiction, that by reason of the elective provisions of this Section 4.05, any Participant or Beneficiary has recognized or will recognize gross income for federal income tax purposes under this Plan in advance of payment to him or her of the Excess Benefit. The Committee may also reduce or eliminate the penalty if it determines that this action will not cause any Participant or Beneficiary to recognize gross income for federal income tax purposes under this Plan in advance of payment of the Excess Benefit. |
4.06. Termination for Cause . Notwithstanding any provision in this Plan to the contrary, no Excess Benefit under this Article IV shall be paid to an employee who is terminated for cause. For purposes of this provision, for cause shall be defined as conviction for the commission of a felony or removal from office by order of the Comptroller of the Currency, Federal Reserve Board, or other appropriate agency.
-17-
ARTICLE V
OTHER BENEFITS
5.01. Firstar Corporation Supplemental Retirement Plan . The Firstar Corporation Supplemental Retirement Plan as in effect immediately prior to November 20, 1998, the terms of which are incorporated herein by this reference, shall be continued as a part of this Plan solely for the benefit of the individuals identified in Appendix A-1, and any other participants in such Plan who terminated employment before November 20, 1999 with a right to receive benefits under such Plan.
5.02. U.S. Bancorp Nonqualified Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan . The U.S. Bancorp Nonqualified Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan as in effect on September 30, 2001, the terms of which are incorporated herein by this reference, shall be continued as a part of this Plan solely for the benefit of the individuals identified in Appendices A-2 and A-3, and any other participants in such Plan who terminated employment before September 30, 2001, with a right to receive benefits under such Plan. With respect to any individual identified in Appendix A-2, the amount of the individuals benefit shall be the benefit the individual had earned as of September 30, 2001, but calculated taking into account service through December 31, 2001, as explained more fully in Appendix A-2. With respect to the individuals listed in Appendix A-3, the amount of the individuals benefit shall be determined at the time of the individuals termination of employment. For purposes of calculating the benefit payable to one of the individuals listed on Appendix A-3, the special rules set forth in Appendix A-3 shall apply, notwithstanding anything in the U.S. Bancorp Nonqualified Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan document as in effect on September 30, 2001 to the contrary.
5.03. Firstar Benefits Equalization Plan . The Firstar Corporation Pension Benefits Equalization Plan as in effect immediately prior to November 20, 1998, the terms of which are incorporated herein by this reference, shall be continued as a part of this Plan solely for the benefit of the individuals identified in Appendix A-4, and any other participants in such Plan who terminated employment before November 20, 1999 with a right to receive benefits under such Plan.
5.04.
Other Plans
. The benefits earned by participants in several
non-qualified supplemental retirement plans or arrangements established and
maintained by Firstar Corporation, Star Bank Corp., Mercantile Bancorp, and/or
entities acquired by such organizations have been consolidated under this Plan.
The following is a list of such plans and arrangements, the terms of which are
incorporated by reference into this Plan, subject to any modifications set
forth in the applicable Appendix A. The participants who are or may become
entitled to benefits under each such plan or arrangement are listed in the
indicated Appendix:
-18-
5.05.
Form of Payment
. Other Benefits which are payable pursuant to the
various plans, contracts or arrangements set forth in this Article V and
related Appendices shall be paid in the form or forms of payment authorized
under such plan, contract or arrangement.
-19-
ARTICLE VI
SUPPLEMENTAL RETIREMENT BENEFITS
6.01.
Participation Limited
. This Article VI and the benefits hereunder apply
only to those individuals who have been designated by the Committee as eligible
to receive a Supplemental Benefit and who are listed on an Appendix B.
6.02.
Normal Retirement
. A Participant who is entitled to a Supplemental
Benefit whose employment terminates on or after his or her Normal Retirement
Date shall be entitled to a benefit commencing at the Participants Normal
Retirement Date (or, if later, upon the Participants termination of
employment) in the normal form of payment specified in the applicable Appendix
B, in an amount calculated as follows:
-20-
The excess, if any, of (a) over (b) shall be the Participants Supplemental
Benefit at or after Normal Retirement (or at termination of employment, if
later).
6.03.
Early Retirement
. A Participant who is entitled to a Supplemental
Benefit whose employment terminates on or after his or her Early Retirement
Date and before his or her Normal Retirement Date shall be entitled to a
benefit commencing as soon as administratively feasible after the Participants
termination of employment in the normal form of payment specified in the
applicable Appendix B, in an amount calculated as follows:
The excess, if any, of (a) over (b) shall be the Participants Supplemental
Benefit at Early Retirement.
6.04.
Vested Termination Benefits
. A Participant who is entitled to a
Supplemental Benefit whose employment terminates before his or her Early
Retirement Date shall be entitled to a benefit, commencing as soon as
administratively feasible after the Participants termination of employment, in
the normal form of payment specified in the applicable Appendix B, in an amount
calculated as follows:
-21-
The excess, if any, of (a) over (b) shall be the Participants Supplemental
Benefit at Vested Termination.
6.05.
Documentation and Assumptions
. Notwithstanding anything in this Article
VI to the contrary:
-22-
6.06.
Optional Payment Forms
. In lieu of payment in the normal form described
in the applicable Appendix B, a Participant may elect to receive his or her
Supplemental Benefit in any of the optional forms of payment described in
Section 4.03 of this Plan (subject to any limitations on their availability set
forth therein), by making an election in writing on an election form approved
by the Committee and filed with the Committee or its designated agent for this
purpose not less than twelve full months prior to the Participants termination
of employment. A Participant may change his or her election at any time by
filing another election form; provided, however, that any election form that
does not satisfy the advance filing requirements of the preceding sentence
shall be void and shall be disregarded. An election form shall not be
considered filed until the completed form is actually received by the Committee
or its designated agent.
No optional payment election form filed by a married participant shall be
effective unless it includes the written consent of the Participants spouse
and such spousal consent has been witnessed by a notary public. The consent of
the spouse shall be irrevocable. If the last optional payment election form
filed by a Participant at least twelve full months prior to the Participants
termination of employment required spousal consent because the Participant was
married at the time that election was filed and either (a) the Participant is
married to a different spouse on the date the Participants benefit commences,
or (b) the consenting spouse was named as a joint annuitant on such last
optional payment election form and the consenting spouse dies before the date
the Participants benefit commences, then (in either case) the Participants
optional payment election shall be void and have no effect, and the
Participants benefit shall be paid in the normal form described in the
applicable Appendix B.
If a Participant elects an optional payment election form that requires the
designation of a joint annuitant and such joint annuitant dies prior to the
date the Participants benefit commences, the
Participants optional payment
election shall be void and the Participants benefit shall be paid in the
normal form described in the applicable Appendix B.
-23-
Payment in any available optional form other than a single lump sum cash
payment shall be in an amount that is Actuarially Equal to the Supplemental
Benefit payable in the normal form of payment specified in the applicable
Appendix B. Payment in the form of a single lump sum cash payment shall be in
an amount that is Actuarially Equal to the Supplemental Benefit payable in the
normal form of payment specified in the applicable Appendix B; provided,
however, that if the Participants Supplemental Benefit was subject to an early
retirement reduction, such reduced Supplemental Benefit shall be converted to a
benefit as of the earliest time the Participant could have received an
unreduced benefit by dividing the reduced Supplemental Benefit by the early
reduction factor specified in the applicable Appendix B, and the Participants
single lump sum shall be calculated based on that converted amount.
Payment in any optional form timely elected pursuant to this Section 6.06 shall
commence at the same time as the Participants benefit would have commenced if
it had been paid in the normal form of payment unless the Participant specifies
a later date in his or her last effective optional payment election form.
Election of an optional form of payment with respect to a Participants
Supplemental Benefit shall not affect payment of the Participants Excess
Benefit, and election of an optional form of payment with respect to a
Participants Excess Benefit shall not affect payment of the Participants
Supplemental Benefit, unless the Participants last effective optional payment
election form expressly provides that it applies to both benefits.
Notwithstanding anything in this Article VI to the contrary: (i) if a
Participants termination of employment occurs prior to April 1, 2004, the
Committee in its sole discretion may require that the Participant accept
payment of his or her Supplemental Benefit in the form of a single lump sum
cash payment, regardless of any optional payment election filed by the
Participant and regardless of the manner in which any other benefits under this
Plan are actually paid to the Participant; (ii) the Committee in its sole
discretion may elect to pay any or all of the amounts due to a joint annuitant
in the form of an Actuarially Equal single lump sum; and (iii) if the Committee
exercises its discretion to require payment in the form of a single lump sum
cash payment or a Participant timely elects a single lump sum cash payment, and
the Company reasonably concludes that the size of such payment would (taking
into account any other payments due to the Participant) adversely affect the
financial statements of the Company, then the Participant shall be paid instead
in a series of at least three and not more than five annual installments,
commencing on the date as of which the single lump sum cash payment would have
been paid. The first such installment shall be in an amount equal to the
maximum amount that the Company reasonably concludes can be paid without
triggering the adverse financial statement impact, and each remaining
installment shall equal the sum of (x) interest from the date of the most
recent previous payment on the unpaid balance of the original amount that would
(but for the adverse financial statement impact) have been paid in a single
lump sum, and (y) the
-24-
maximum amount of such unpaid balance that can be paid
without causing the combined amount (x plus y) to trigger an adverse financial
statement impact; provided, however, that if the foregoing method of
calculating the installment amounts would result in the payment of only two
installments, the amounts payable in each installment shall be adjusted so that
payment of the entire amount that would otherwise have been paid in a single
lump sum payment, plus interest thereon, shall be made in three substantially
equal installments; and provided further, that if a fifth installment is
required, it shall include the entire unpaid balance, without regard to whether
that amount will trigger an adverse financial statement impact. In the event
installment payments are made pursuant to the preceding sentence, the rate at
which interest shall accrue on the unpaid balance of the original amount that
would (but for the adverse financial statement impact) have been paid in a
single lump sum shall be the same as the rate of interest used to determine the
original Actuarially Equal single lump sum payment amount.
-25-
ARTICLE VII
DISABILITY BENEFITS
7.01.
Eligibility, Commencement
. Except as otherwise provided in the
applicable Appendix B, if a Participant who is eligible for Supplemental
Benefits or named in Appendix A-3 is determined to be Disabled prior to
termination of his or her employment with the Employer, the Participant shall
be entitled to receive a Disability Benefit as provided in this Article VII.
Such benefit shall commence on the Participants Disability Commencement Date
and shall continue until the Participant dies, ceases to have a Disability, or
attains his or her Normal Retirement Date, whichever happens first.
7.02.
Amount
. The benefit payable to the Disabled Participant shall be sixty
percent (60%) of his or her current Monthly Earnings reduced by any benefits
payable to such Participant from the Qualified Plan, Social Security, Workers
Compensation or any long-term disability plan sponsored by the Employer. The
amount by which each monthly Disability Benefit payment shall be reduced on
account of benefits payable under the Qualified Plan shall be the monthly
benefit payable under the Qualified Plan to the Disabled Participant in the
single life annuity form, whether or not the Participants Qualified Plan
benefit is actually paid in that form.
7.03.
Cessation of Disability
. If the Disabled Participant ceases to be
Disabled prior to his Normal Retirement Date, Disability Benefits hereunder
shall cease. Upon subsequent termination of the Disabled Participants
employment with the Employer, the Disabled Participants Excess and
Supplemental Benefits shall be calculated including service credit for the
period of Disability.
7.04.
Normal Retirement
. If the Disabled Participants Disability continues
until his or her Normal Retirement Date, Disability benefits hereunder shall
cease and the Participant shall be treated as having terminated employment with
the Employer at his or her Normal Retirement Date. The Disabled Participants
Excess or Supplemental Benefit at Normal Retirement Date shall be calculated by
assuming that his or her Benefit Service (as defined in the Qualified Plan)
and Monthly Earnings continued uninterrupted from his or her date of Disability
until his or her Normal Retirement Date.
-26-
ARTICLE VIII
DEATH BENEFITS
8.01.
Death Before Benefit Commencement
.
-27-
-28-
8.02.
Death After Benefit Commencement
. Any benefits payable after the death
of a Retired Participant with respect to a benefit under this Plan that
commenced to a Retired Participant prior to the Retired Participants death
shall be determined in accordance with the payment form applicable to that
benefit.
8.03.
Designation of Beneficiaries
.
-29-
-30-
-31-
ARTICLE IX
FUNDING
9.01.
Unfunded Plan
. The obligation of the Employer to make payments under
this Plan constitutes only the unsecured promise of the Employer to make such
payments. The Participant shall have no lien, prior claim or other security
interest in any property of the Employer. If a fund is established by the
Employer in connection with this Plan, the property therein shall remain
subject to the claims of the creditors of the Employer in the event the
Employer is (i) is unable to pay its debts as they become due, or (ii) is
subject to a pending proceeding as a debtor under the United States Bankruptcy
Code, or (iii) is determined to be insolvent by a federal or state regulatory
agency having the authority to do so.
9.02.
Insurance
. If the Employer elects to finance all or a portion of its
costs in connection with this Plan through the purchase of life insurance or
other investments, the Participant agrees, as a condition of participation in
this Plan, to cooperate with the Employer in the purchase of such investment to
any extent reasonably required by the Employer and relinquishes any claim he or
she may have either for himself or herself or any beneficiary to the proceeds
of any such investment or any other rights or interests in such investment. If
a Participant fails or refuses to cooperate, then notwithstanding any other
provision of this Plan all benefits payable to or with respect to the
Participant under the Plan shall be immediately and irrevocably terminated and
forfeited, and the person shall cease to be a Participant.
9.03.
Limitation on Liability
. Neither the Employers officers nor any member
of its Board of Directors in any way secures or guarantees the payment of any
benefit or amount which may become due and payable hereunder to or with respect
to any Participant. Each Participant and other person entitled at any time to
payments hereunder shall look solely to the assets of the Employer for such
payments as an unsecured, general creditor. After benefits shall have been
paid to or with respect to a Participant and such payment purports to cover in
full the benefit hereunder, such former Participant or other person or persons,
as the case may be, shall have no further right or interest in the other assets
of the Employer in connection with this Plan. Neither the Employer nor any of
its officers nor any member of its Boards of Directors shall be under any
liability or responsibility for failure to effect any of the objectives or
purposes of the Plan by reason of the insolvency of the Employer.
-32-
ARTICLE X
PLAN ADMINISTRATION
10.01.
Plan Administrator
. The Committee shall be the Plan Administrator.
10.02.
Powers
. The Plan Administrator shall have the following duties, powers,
and responsibilities:
-33-
ARTICLE XI
AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION
11.01.
Amendment
. The Company, by action of its Board of Directors, reserves
the right at any time and from time to time, whether prospectively,
retroactively, or both, to terminate, modify or amend, in whole or in part, any
or all provisions of the Plan, without notice to any person affected by this
Plan. This power includes the right at any time and for any reason deemed
sufficient by it to terminate or curtail the benefits of this Plan with regard
to persons expecting to receive benefits in the future and/or persons already
receiving benefits at the time of such action. No modification of the terms of
this Plan shall be effective unless it is adopted or ratified by the Board or
set forth in writing and signed by a duly authorized representative of the
Company. No oral representation concerning the interpretation or effect of
this Plan shall be effective to amend the Plan. All of the power and authority
granted to the Company pursuant to this Section may also be exercised by the
Benefits Administration Committee of U.S. Bancorp, except to the extent any
action would relate to the benefits of any senior executive officer of the
Company.
11.02.
No Reduction of Accrued Benefits
. Notwithstanding Section 11.01, no
termination, modification or amendment, other than a change in the interest or
mortality assumptions used to determine whether benefits are Actuarially Equal,
may have the effect of reducing the Excess Benefits, Supplemental Benefits or
Other Benefits accrued prior to January 1, 2002, by any Participant or any
Retired or Disabled Participant, without the consent of such Participant,
Retired Participant or Disabled Participant, if such consent would have been
required for a similar reduction under the predecessor plan (i.e., the plan
that merged into this Plan) in which the Participant, Retired Participant or
Disabled Participant participated. Similarly, no termination, modification or
amendment, other than a change in the interest or mortality assumptions used to
determine whether benefit are Actuarially Equal, may have the effect of
reducing the benefits accrued prior to January 1, 2002, that are payable to the
Beneficiary of a deceased Participant without the consent of the Beneficiary if
such consent would have been required for a similar reduction under the
predecessor plan (i.e., the plan that merged into this Plan) in which the
Participant participated.
-34-
ARTICLE XII
CLAIMS PROCEDURE
12.01.
Claims
. Benefits shall be paid in accordance with the provisions of
this Plan. The Participant, or his Beneficiary (hereinafter referred to as the
Claimant) shall make a written request for the benefits provided under this
Plan. This written claim shall be mailed or delivered to the Plan
Administrator.
12.02.
Claim Denials
. If the claim is denied, either wholly or partially,
notice of the decision shall be mailed to the Claimant within a reasonable time
period. This time period shall not exceed more than ninety (90) days after the
receipt of the claim by the Plan Administrator.
12.03.
Notice of Claim Denials
. The Plan Administrator shall provide such
written notice to every Claimant who is denied a claim for benefits under this
Plan. The notice shall set forth the following information:
12.04.
Appeals
. The claims procedure under this Plan shall allow the Claimant
a reasonable opportunity to appeal a denied claim and to get a full and fair
review of that decision from the Plan Administrator.
-35-
12.05.
Appeal Process
. The decision on the review of the denied claim shall
promptly be made by the Plan Administrator:
12.06.
Hearings
. The decision to hold a hearing to consider the Claimants
appeal of the denied claim shall be within the sole discretion of the Plan
Administrator, whether or not the Claimant requests such a hearing.
12.07.
Decisions on Appeal
. The Plan Administrators decision on review shall
be made in writing and provided to the Claimant within the specified time
periods. This written decision on review shall contain the following
information:
-36-
All of this information shall be written in a manner calculated to be
understood by the Claimant.
-37-
ARTICLE XIII
MISCELLANEOUS
13.01.
No Employment Contract
. Nothing contained in this Plan shall be deemed
to give any Participant or Employee the right to be retained in the service of
the Employer or to limit the right of the Employer to discharge any Participant
or Employee at any time regardless of the effect which such discharge shall
have upon him as a Participant of the Plan.
13.02
Effect on Other Plans
. This Plan shall not alter, enlarge or diminish
any persons employment rights or obligations or rights or obligations under
the Qualified Plan or any other plan. It is specifically contemplated that the
Qualified Plan will, from time to time, be amended and possibly terminated.
All such amendments and termination shall be given effect under this Plan (it
being expressly intended that this Plan shall not lock in the benefit
structures of the Qualified Plan as they exist at the adoption of this Plan or
upon the commencement of participation, or commencement of benefits by any
Participant).
13.02.
Errors in Computations
. Neither the Company, the Employer, or the Plan
Administrator shall be liable or responsible for any error in the computation
of any benefit payable to or with respect to any Participant resulting from any
misstatement of fact made by the Participant or by or on behalf of any survivor
to whom such benefit shall be payable, directly or indirectly, to the Company,
the Employer or the Plan Administrator and used in determining the benefit.
Neither the Company, the Employer or the Plan Administrator shall be obligated
or required to increase the benefit payable to or with respect to such
Participant which, on discovery of the misstatement, is found to be understated
as a result of such misstatement of the Participant. However, the benefit of
any Participant which is overstated by reason of any such misstatement or any
other reason shall be reduced to the amount appropriate in view of the truth
(and to recover any prior overpayment).
13.03.
No Salary Reduction
. This Plan does not involve a reduction in salary
for the Participants or a foregoing of an increase in future salary by the
Participant.
13.04.
Payments to Minors, Incompetents
. In making any distribution to or for
the benefit of any minor or incompetent Beneficiary, the Plan Administrator, in
his sole, absolute and uncontrolled discretion, may, but need not, make such
distribution to a legal or natural guardian or other relative of such minor or
court appointed committee of such incompetent, or to any adult with whom such
minor or incompetent temporarily or permanently resides, and any such authority
and discretion to expend such distribution for the use and benefit of such
minor or incompetent. The receipt of such guardian, committee, relative or
other person shall be a complete discharge to the Employer, without any
responsibility on its part or on the part of the Plan Administrator to see to
the application thereof.
-38-
13.05.
Non-Alienability
. No Participant, surviving spouse, joint or contingent
annuitant or beneficiary shall have the power to transmit, assign, alienate,
dispose of, pledge or encumber any benefit payable under this Plan before its
actual payment to such person. The Employer shall not recognize any such
effort to convey any interest under this Plan. No benefit payable under this
Plan shall be subject to attachment, garnishment, execution following judgment
or other legal process before actual payment to such person. This Plan is not
required to and shall not permit the payment of benefits in accordance with a
qualified domestic relations order. (This Plan is exempt from Part 2 of
Subtitle B of Title I of ERISA.)
13.06.
Successors
. This Plan shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of
the Employer, its successors and assigns and each Participant and his heirs,
executors, administrators and legal representatives.
13.07.
Taxes
. The Employer shall have the right to withhold such federal,
state or local taxes, including without limitation, FICA and FUTA taxes, as it
may be required to withhold by applicable laws. Such taxes may be withheld
from any benefits due hereunder or from any other compensation to which the
Participant is entitled from the Employer.
13.08.
Governing Law
. This Plan shall be governed by the laws of Minnesota.
This Plan is solely between the Employer and the Participant. The Participant,
his Beneficiary or other persons claiming through the Participant shall only
have recourse against the Employer for enforcement of the Plan.
13.09.
Rules of Construction
. An individual shall be considered to have
attained a given age on the individuals birthday for that age (and not on the
day before). The birthday of any individual born on a February 29 shall be
deemed to be February 28 in any year that is not a leap year. Notwithstanding
any other provision of this Plan Statement or any election or designation made
under the Plan, any individual who feloniously and intentionally kills a
Participant shall be deemed for all purposes of this Plan and all elections and
designations made under this Plan to have died before such Participant. A
final judgment of conviction of felonious and intentional killing is conclusive
for the purposes of this Section. In the absence of a conviction of felonious
and intentional killing, the Principal Sponsor shall determine whether the
killing was felonious and intentional for the purposes of this Section.
Whenever appropriate, words used herein in the singular may be read in the
plural, or words used herein in the plural may be read in the singular; the
masculine may include the feminine; and the words hereof, herein or
hereunder or other similar compounds of the word here shall mean and refer
to the entire Plan and not to any particular paragraph or Section of this Plan
unless the context clearly indicates to the contrary. The titles given to the
various Sections of this Plan are inserted for convenience of reference only
and are not part of this Plan, and they shall not be considered in determining
the purpose, meaning or intent of any provision hereof. Any reference in this
Plan to a statute or regulation shall be considered also to mean and refer to
any subsequent amendment or replacement of that statute or regulation.
-39-
APPENDIX A-2
Except as otherwise provided in Appendix A-3 to this Plan, benefits under the
U.S. Bancorp Nonqualified Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (the SERP)
ceased to accrue for all SERP participants effective as of September 30, 2001.
After that date and notwithstanding anything in the SERP to the contrary, the
SERP Benefit payable to each person who was a participant in the SERP on
September 30, 2001, shall equal the dollar amount of that persons SERP Benefit
calculated as of September 30, 2001, but taking into account service through
December 31, 2001 when determining total years of continuous and full-time
service for purposes of the definition of a participants Accrued SERP
Benefit in Section 1.2.2(c) of the SERP. The accrued SERP Benefit (as
adjusted for any minimum benefits in excess of the cash balance benefit) shall
be paid in accordance with the terms of the SERP, and shall not increase or
decrease due to any subsequent changes in service, compensation, projected
pension benefits, or any other factor affecting the calculation of the SERP
Benefit.
APPENDIX A-3
The following persons are entitled to benefits pursuant to the terms of the
U.S. Bancorp Nonqualified Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (the SERP)
as in effect on September 30, 2001, subject to the modifications set forth in
this Appendix A-3.
NAME
J. Robert Hoffman
The persons named in this Appendix A-3 were Participants in the U.S. Bancorp
Cash Balance Pension Plan as of December 31, 2001. After that date, the
tax-qualified pension benefits of these Participants are being provided under
the U.S. Bancorp Pension Plan. Their benefits under the U.S. Bancorp Pension
Plan will be the sum of two parts: 1) an Accrued Benefit as determined under
the U.S. Bancorp Cash Balance Pension Plan as it existed immediately prior to
January 1, 2002 for service prior to that date, and 2) an Accrued Benefit
determined under Section 2.1.1 of the U.S. Bancorp Pension Plan (2002
Restatement) for service on and after January 1, 2002.
Notwithstanding anything in the SERP document as in effect on September 30,
2001 to the contrary, in calculating the amount of the Other Benefit payable to
the persons named in this Appendix A-3, the following modifications shall apply
effective January 1, 2002 to take into account the changes to their underlying
pension benefits:
Section 1.2.1.
The term Projected Cash Balance Annuity in subsection (a)(i) of Section 1.2.1
of the SERP (which defines the Accrual Percentage) is replaced by the term
Projected Pension Plan Annuity.
Section 1.2.3
.
The reference in Section 1.2.3 of the SERP to the Cash Balance Plan is
replaced by a reference to the U.S. Bancorp Pension Plan as in effect on and
after January 1, 2002.
Section 1.2.18.
Section 1.2.18 of the SERP is replaced in its entirety with the following:
Name of Plan
Appendix
Firstar Financial Corp. Supplemental Retirement Plan
A-5
American Bank Supplemental Pension and
Executive Deferred Corporation Plans
A-6
Banks of Iowa Supplemental Pension Agreements
A-7
Firstar Special Supplemental Pension Agreements
A-8
Minnesota Special Supplemental Pension Arrangements
A-9
Mercantile Bancorporation Inc. Supplemental Retirement Plan
A-10
(a)
First, the formula specified in the applicable Appendix B
shall be applied to the Participants Final Average Monthly
Earnings and Credited Service, subject to any special terms,
conditions or modifications (other than the reductions referred to
in (b) below) specified in the applicable Appendix B.
(b)
Second, the amount determined in (a) above shall be reduced
by all of the following (each of which shall be considered an
offsetting benefit): (i) any benefits paid or payable to the
Participant from the Qualified Plan, (ii) any Excess Benefits paid
or payable to the Participant from this Plan, (iii) any other
retirement benefits (qualified or not) paid or payable by the
Employer (or any related employer) to the Participant, and (iv) if
so specified in the applicable Appendix B, any benefits paid or
payable to the Participant under a plan of, or pursuant to an
agreement with, a prior employer of the Participant. If payment of
an offsetting benefit has not commenced on or before the date as of
which the Participants Supplemental Benefit commences, the
reduction attributable to such offsetting benefit shall be
Actuarially Equal to the offsetting benefit payable (but not
actually commenced) on the date the Participants Supplemental
Benefit commences or, if the offsetting benefit could not by its
terms actually be commenced until a later date, the offsetting
benefit payable on the earliest permitted commencement date. If
payment of an offsetting benefit has commenced on or before the
date as of which the Supplemental Benefit commences, the reduction
attributable to such offsetting benefit shall be Actuarially Equal
to the offsetting benefit that actually commenced.
(a)
First, the amount determined in Section 6.01(a) is
calculated based on the formula and reductions (including
reductions for early commencement) specified in the applicable
Appendix B.
(b)
Second, the amount determined in (a) above shall be reduced
by all of the following (each of which shall be considered an
offsetting benefit): (i) any benefits paid or payable to the
Participant from the Qualified Plan, (ii) any Excess Benefits paid
or payable from this Plan to the Participant, (iii) any other
retirement benefits (qualified or not) paid or payable by the
Employer (or any related employer) to the Participant, and (iv) if
so specified in Appendix B, any benefits paid or payable under a
plan of a prior employer of the Participant. If payment of an
offsetting benefit has not commenced on or before the date as of
which the Participants Supplemental Benefit commences, the
reduction attributable to such offsetting benefit shall be
Actuarially Equal to the offsetting benefit payable (but not
actually commenced) on the date the Participants Supplemental
Benefit commences or, if the offsetting benefit could not by its
terms actually be commenced until a later date, the offsetting
benefit payable on the earliest permitted commencement date. If
payment of an offsetting benefit has commenced on or before the
date as of which the Supplemental Benefit commences, the reduction
attributable to such offsetting benefit shall be Actuarially Equal
to the offsetting benefit that actually commenced.
(a)
First, the amount determined in Section 6.01(a) is
calculated based on the formula and reductions (including
reductions for early commencement and reductions attributable to
vesting restrictions) specified in the applicable Appendix B.
(b)
Second, the amount determined in (a) above shall be reduced
by all of the following (each of which shall be considered an
offsetting benefit): (i) any benefits paid or payable to the
Participant from the Qualified Plan, (ii) any Excess Benefits paid
or payable from this Plan to the Participant, (iii) any other
retirement benefits (qualified or not) paid or payable by the
Employer (or any related employer) to the Participant, and (iv) if
so specified in Appendix A, any benefits paid or payable under a
plan of a prior employer of the Participant. If payment of an
offsetting benefit has not commenced on or before the date as of
which the Supplemental Benefit commences, the reduction
attributable to such offsetting benefit shall be Actuarially Equal
to the offsetting benefit payable (but not actually commenced) on
the date the Participants Supplemental Benefit commences or, if
the offsetting benefit could not by its terms actually be commenced
until a later date, the offsetting benefit payable on the earliest
permitted commencement date. If payment of an offsetting benefit
has commenced on or before the date as of which the Supplemental
Benefit commences, the reduction attributable to such offsetting
benefit shall be Actuarially Equal to the offsetting benefit that
actually commenced.
(a)
No Supplemental Benefits shall be due to a Participant
until after the Participant has provided the Plan Administrator
with such documentation of any benefits payable under the plan of a
prior employer of the Participant as the Plan Administrator
reasonably determines is necessary to calculate any applicable
offset based on such benefits.
(b)
The Plan Administrator may use whatever assumptions or
methods it deems reasonable to determine the appropriate prior
employer benefit or other benefit that is to be offset against the
benefits provided by this Plan and to convert that offsetting
benefit to a comparable form when calculating a Participants
Supplemental Benefit.
(c)
A Participant who is Disabled and who is entitled to
receive a Disability Benefit as provided in Article VII shall not
be treated for purposes of this Article VI as having terminated his
or her employment prior to the date on which such Disability
Benefit ceases. If a Participants Disability Benefit ceases due
to the Participants death or attainment of his or her Normal
Retirement Date, the Participant shall be treated as having
terminated employment on the date the Disability Benefit ends. If
the Participants Disability Benefit ceases because the Participant
ceased to be Disabled, the Participant shall be treated as
terminated on the date the Disability Benefit ends only if the
Participant fails to return immediately to active employment.
(d)
As applied to any particular Participant, the terms and
conditions of this Article VI, including the foregoing subsections
of this Section 6.05, shall be subject to any modifications or
limitations set forth in the Appendix B for that Participant.
(a)
Supplemental Benefits.
Upon the death of a Participant who
died:
(i)
before his or her Supplemental
Benefit commenced; and
(ii)
after becoming at least partially
vested in his or her Supplemental Benefit;
the vested portion of the Participants Supplemental Benefit
shall be payable to the Participants Beneficiary. If, at
the time of the Participants death, payment of the
Supplemental Benefit to the Participant was due or pending
but had not yet actually commenced, such payment shall not be
made and commencement of the Participants Supplemental
Benefit shall be deemed to have not occurred. The survivor
benefit payable under this subsection (a) shall be subject to
any modifications specified in the applicable Appendix B.
(b)
Excess Benefits.
Upon the death of a Participant who died
before his or her Excess Benefit commenced, the Participants
Excess Benefit shall be payable to the Participants Beneficiary.
If, at the time of the Participants death, payment of the Excess
Benefit to the Participant was due or pending but had not yet
actually commenced, such payment shall not be made and commencement
of the Participants Excess Benefit shall be deemed to have not
occurred.
(c)
Form of Benefit When Payable.
Any survivor benefit
payable under subsections (a) or (b) of this Section 8.01 to a
Beneficiary other than the Participants surviving spouse shall be
paid in the form of a single lump sum payment equal to that portion
of the Actuarially Equal present value of the applicable benefit
(Supplemental Benefit or Excess Benefit) at the time of the
Participants death that the Beneficiary was designated to receive.
Any survivor benefit payable under subsections (a) or (b) of
Section 8.01 to the Participants surviving spouse shall
consist of the monthly survivor annuity described in
subsection (d) of this Section 8.01 and a single lump sum
payment equal to the excess of the Actuarially Equal present
value of the portion of the survivor benefit at the time of
the Participants death that
the surviving spouse was
designated to receive over the Actuarially Equal present
value at the time of the Participants death
of the monthly
survivor annuity described in subsection (d) of this Section
8.01; provided, however, that if the portion of the survivor
benefit at the time of the Participants death that is
payable to the Participants surviving spouse is less than
the value of the monthly survivor annuity described in
subsection (d) below, then the surviving spouse shall be paid
only a pro rata portion of such monthly survivor annuity and
no lump sum payment.
Any lump sum payment due to a Beneficiary shall be paid as
soon as administratively feasible after the Employer is
provided evidence of the Participants death. The first
payment of a surviving spouses monthly survivor annuity
described in subsection (d) below shall be due after the
death of the Participant on the first day of the calendar
month after the calendar month in which the Participant died
or, if later, the first day of the calendar month in which
the Participants Earliest Commencement Date (as defined in
the Qualified Plan) would have occurred. The last payment of
this survivor annuity shall be due to the surviving spouse on
the first day of the calendar month in which the surviving
spouse dies. No election, rescission or other action taken
by the Participant under Section 4.03 (optional forms for
Excess Benefits) or Section 6.06 (optional forms for
Supplemental Benefits) shall be effective to modify the
survivor annuity hereinbefore described. No other death
benefit shall be payable with respect to a Participant who
dies under these circumstances.
(d)
Spouses Annuity.
The amount of any survivor benefit
payable under subsections (a) or (b) of this Section 8.01 that is
payable in the form of a monthly survivor annuity to the
Participants spouse shall be:
(i)
if the Participant dies before the
Participants termination of employment, the amount
which the surviving spouse would have received if the
Participant had a termination of employment on the date
of the Participants death for reasons other than the
Participants death and had lived to and had elected to
commence receipt of the applicable benefit (Supplemental
Benefit or Excess Benefit) on the date as of which the
surviving spouses monthly survivor annuity is to
commence and had elected to receive the applicable
benefit in the form of a 50% joint and survivor annuity
form and had immediately died, or
(ii)
if the Participant dies after the
Participants termination of employment, the amount
which the surviving spouse would have received if the
Participant had lived to and had elected to
commence
receipt of the applicable benefit (Supplemental Benefit
or Excess Benefit) on the date as of which the surviving
spouses monthly survivor annuity is to commence and had
elected to receive the applicable benefit in the 50%
joint and survivor annuity form and had immediately
died.
(a)
Right to Designate
. Each Participant may designate, upon
forms to be furnished by and filed with the Committee, one or more
primary Beneficiaries or alternate Beneficiaries to receive all or
a specified part of the Death Benefits payable pursuant to this
Article VIII. Such Participant may change or revoke any such
designation from time to time before commencement of payment of the
Participants Excess and/or Supplemental Benefits without notice to
or consent from any Beneficiary or spouse. No such designation,
change or revocation shall be effective unless executed by the
Participant eligible to make such designation and received by the
Committee during such employees lifetime and prior to commencement
of payment of such benefits. Any payments made by the Employer to
a Beneficiary in good faith and under the terms of the Plan shall
fully discharge the Employer from all further obligations with
respect to such payments.
(b)
Spousal Consent.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, a
designation will not be valid for the purpose of paying benefits
from the Plan to anyone other than a surviving spouse of the
Participant (if there is a surviving spouse) unless that surviving
spouse consents in writing to the designation of another person as
Beneficiary. To be valid, the consent of such spouse must be in
writing, must acknowledge the effect of the designation of the
Beneficiary and must be witnessed by a notary public. The consent
of the spouse must be to the designation of a specific named
Beneficiary which may not be changed without further spousal
consent, or alternatively, the consent of the spouse must expressly
permit the Participant to make and to change the designation of
Beneficiaries without any requirement of further spousal consent.
The consent of the surviving spouse need not be given at the time
the designation is made. The consent of the surviving spouse need
not be given before the death of the Participant. The consent of
the surviving spouse will be required, however, before benefits can
be paid to
any person other than the surviving spouse. The consent
of a spouse shall be irrevocable and shall be effective only with
respect to that spouse.
(c)
Failure of Designation
. If a Participant:
(1)
fails to designate a Beneficiary,
(2)
designates a Beneficiary and
thereafter revokes such designation without naming
another Beneficiary, or
(3)
designates one or more Beneficiaries
and all such Beneficiaries so designated fail to survive
the Participant,
such Participants Death Benefit, or the part thereof as to
which such Participants designation fails, as the case may
be, shall be payable to the Participants surviving spouse,
or if there is no surviving spouse, then in equal proportions
to the Participants surviving children. If the Participant
is not survived by a spouse or children, then such amounts
will be paid to the estate of the Participant.
(d)
Definitions
. When used herein and, unless the Participant
has otherwise specified in the Participants Beneficiary
designation, when used in a Beneficiary designation, issue means
all persons who are lineal descendants of the person whose issue
are referred to, including legally adopted descendants and their
descendants but not including illegitimate descendants and their
descendants; child means an issue of the first generation; per
stirpes means in equal shares among living children of the person
whose issue are referred to and the issue (taken collectively) of
each deceased child of such person, with such issue taking by right
of representation of such deceased child; and survive and
surviving mean living after the death of the Participant.
(e)
Special Rules
. Unless the Participant has otherwise
specified in the Participants Beneficiary designation, the
following rules shall apply:
(1)
If there is not sufficient evidence
that a Beneficiary was living at the time of the death
of the Participant, it shall be deemed that the
Beneficiary was not living at the time of the death of
the Participant.
(2)
The automatic Beneficiaries specified
in Section 8.03(c) and the Beneficiaries designated by
the Participant shall become fixed at the time of the
Participants death so that, if a Beneficiary survives
the Participant but dies before the receipt of all
payments due such
Beneficiary hereunder, such remaining
payments shall be payable to the representative of such
Beneficiarys estate.
(3)
If the Participant designates as a
Beneficiary the person who is the Participants spouse
on the date of the designation, either by name or by
relationship, or both, the dissolution, annulment or
other legal termination of the marriage between the
Participant and such person shall automatically revoke
such designation. (The foregoing shall not prevent the
Participant from designating a former spouse as a
Beneficiary on a form executed by the Participant and
received by the Committee after the date of the legal
termination of the marriage between the Participant and
such former spouse, and during the Participants
lifetime.)
(4)
Any designation of a nonspouse
Beneficiary by name that is accompanied by a description
of relationship to the Participant shall be given effect
without regard to whether the relationship to the
Participant exists either then or at the Participants
death.
(5)
Any designation of a Beneficiary only
by statement of relationship to the Participant shall be
effective only to designate the person or persons
standing in such relationship to the Participant at the
Participants death.
A Beneficiary designation is permanently void if it either is
executed or is filed by a Participant who, at the time of
such execution or filing, is then a minor under the law of
the state of the Participants legal residence. The
Committee shall be the sole judge of the content,
interpretation and validity of a purported Beneficiary
designation.
(f)
No Spousal Rights
. Except as otherwise provided in
subsection (b) above, no spouse or surviving spouse of a
Participant and no person designated to be a Beneficiary shall have
any rights or interest in the benefits accumulated under this Plan.
(a)
The Plan Administrator shall have the discretionary
authority and responsibility to interpret and construe the Plan, to
adopt and review rules relating to the Plan and to make any other
determinations for the administration of the Plan, including but
not limited to the entitlement of Participants and Beneficiaries,
and the amounts of their respective interests.
(b)
The Plan Administrator may employ such counsel,
accountants, actuaries, and other agents as they shall deem
advisable. The Employer shall pay the compensation of such
counsel, accountants, actuaries, and other agents and any other
expenses incurred by the Plan Administrator in the administration
of the Plan.
(c)
The Plan Administrator may delegate all or part of its
authority hereunder to the Chief Executive Officer or to any other
appropriate officer of the Employer, or to the Benefits
Administration Committee of U.S. Bancorp, provided that, in the
case of delegation to an officer, such delegation shall not include
authority to make determinations affecting the benefits payable to
the Chief Executive Officer or such other officer and, in the case
of delegation to the Benefits Administration Committee of U.S.
Bancorp, such delegation shall not include authority to make
determinations with respect to any senior executive officer.
(a)
the specific reasons for denial;
(b)
the specific reference to pertinent Plan provisions on
which the denial is based;
(c)
a description of any additional material or information
necessary for the Claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation
of why such material or information is necessary; and
(d)
appropriate information and explanation of the claims
procedure under this Plan to permit the Claimant to submit his
claim for review.
(a)
The Claimant shall exercise his right of appeal by
submitting a written request for a review of the denied claim to
the Plan Administrator. This written request for review must be
submitted to the Plan Administrator within sixty (60) days after
receipt by the Claimant of the written notice of denial.
(b)
The Claimant shall have the following rights under this
appeal procedure:
(1)
to request a review by the Plan
Administrator upon written application;
(2)
to review pertinent documents created
under this Plan with respect to the Claimants claim for
benefits;
(3)
to submit issues and comments in
writing;
(4)
to request an extension of time to
make a written submission of issues and comments; and
(5)
to request that a hearing be held to
consider Claimants appeal.
(a)
within forty-five (45) days after the receipt of the
request for review if no hearing is held; or
(b)
within ninety (90) days after the receipt of the request
for review, if an extension of time is necessary in order to hold a
hearing.
(1)
If an extension of time is necessary
in order to hold a hearing, the Plan Administrator shall
give the Claimant written notice of the extension of
time and of the hearing. This notice shall be given
prior to any extension.
(2)
The written notice of extension shall
indicate that an extension of time will occur in order
to hold a hearing on Claimants appeal. The notice
shall also specify the place, date, and time of that
hearing and the Claimants opportunity to participate in
the hearing. It may also include any other information
the Plan Administrator believes may be important or
useful to the claimant in connection with the appeal.
(a)
the decision(s);
(b)
the reasons for the decision(s); and
(c)
specific references to the provisions of the Plan on which
the decision(s) is/are based.
Andrew Cecere
Lee R. Mitau
Daniel M. Quinn
Daniel W. Yohannes
1.2.18. Prior Plans Offset a dollar amount equal to the product of the Participants Projected Average Compensation multiplied by the factor for that Participant determined from Schedule II to this Plan Statement. The factor for the participant shall be determined by reference to the Participants age at his or her most recent date of hire by the Employer; provided, however, that in the event the Projected Pension Plan Benefit is reduced as provided in the last sentence of Section 1.2.20(a)(5), the factor shall be determined by reference to the Participants age as of the applicable conversion date referred to in Section 1.2.20(a)(5). To the same extent that the Committee determines under Section 1.2.12 of the Plan Statement that a business entity was an Employer prior to the date on which the business entity first became an Employer, the business entity shall be considered an Employer for the purposes of this paragraph.
Section 1.2.20.
Section 1.2.20 of the SERP is replaced in its entirety with the following:
1.2.20 Projected Pension Plan Benefit a dollar amount equal to the single lump sum present value of the total benefit the Participant would be expected to have accrued under the U. S. Bancorp Pension Plan at his or her Normal Retirement Age based on the following assumptions.
(a) | In determining the portion of a Participants Pension Plan Benefit for service prior to January 1, 2002 (the Cash Balance Portion), the following assumptions apply: |
(1) | The initial account balance shall be the Participants Account Balance as of the last day of the Plan Year immediately preceding the date as of which the Projected Pension Benefit is determined. | ||
(2) | The Cash Balance Portion shall be based solely on the Participants Account Balance and without regard to the Minimum Benefit described in Section 1.4 of the Cash Balance Pension Plan or to any grandfathered benefit described in Section 1.5 of the Cash Balance Pension Plan; | ||
(3) | The Cash Balance Portion shall include such amounts as would have been included as of December 31, 2001, if there were never any limitations on benefits under Section 415 of the Internal Revenue Code or limitations on compensation under section 401(a)(17) of the Internal Revenue Code; | ||
(4) | Interest Credits under the Cash Balance Portion shall be made at an annual rate that is 3 percentage points greater than the rate at which |
Projected Compensation is deemed to increase under this Plan Statement; | |||
(5) | Interest Credits shall be made as if there were no limitations on benefits under Section 415 of the Internal Revenue Code; and | ||
(6) | Subject to the following, the Participants Account Balance shall not include any amounts attributable to service with a business entity prior to the date the business entity first became an Employer. To the same extent that the Committee determines that a business entity was an Employer prior to the date on which the business entity first became an Employer, amounts attributable to service with the business entity shall be included in the Participants Account Balance. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this subsection (a)(6), unless the Committee determines otherwise, in lieu of adjusting the Account Balance of a Participant to exclude amounts attributable to service with a business entity prior to the date the business entity first became an Employer, the Projected Pension Plan Benefit of any Participant whose prior employer pension was merged into the Cash Balance Plan on or after December 31, 1998, shall be reduced by the amount of the single life annuity benefit payable at Normal Retirement Age under the defined benefit pension plans of the prior employer which were converted into a lump sum amount and included in the Account Balance, such single life annuity to be calculated as of the conversion date (and to be determined without regard to the limitations on benefits under section 415 of the Internal Revenue Code and the limitation on compensation under section 401(a)(17) of the Internal Revenue Code to the extent the prior employer maintained a plan or plans to provide such excess benefits). |
(b) | In determining the portion of a Participants Pension Plan Benefit for service on and after January 1, 2002 (a Participants Accrued Benefit under Section 2.1.1 of the U. S Bancorp Pension Plan), the following assumptions apply: |
(1) | The Participant remains in Recognized Employment through Normal Retirement Age; | ||
(2) | The Participant receives future increases in Base Pension Pay and Total Pension Pay at the rate Projected Compensation is deemed to increase under this Plan Statement; |
(3) | The Participants Base Pension Pay and Total Pension Pay are not limited by Section 401(a)(17) of the Internal Revenue Code; and | ||
(4) | The Participants benefit is not limited by Section 415 of the Internal Revenue Code. |
Section 1.2.21.
Section 1.2.21 of the SERP is replaced in its entirety by the following:
1.2.21 Projected Pension Plan Annuity - the annual amount payable in the form of a single life annuity at Normal Retirement Age for the life of the Participant which is the Actuarial Equivalent of the Projected Pension Plan Benefit, calculated using the assumptions set forth in Appendix C of the U.S. Bancorp Pension Plan.
APPENDIX B-2
SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS
This Appendix B-2 summarizes the supplemental benefits payable to named
Participant from the Plan. It replaces the similar benefits provided pursuant
to an agreement dated December 30, 1994 between the Participant and Star Banc
Corporation (a predecessor of the Company).
Participant
:
Richard K. Davis
Formula
:
Sixty percent (60%) of the
Participants Final Average Monthly
Earnings (as defined in Section 2.17 of
the Plan) reduced by all of the
following (each of which shall be
considered an offsetting benefit for
purposes of this Appendix B-2): the
Participants benefit under the
Qualified Plan, the Participants
Excess Benefit under this Plan and any
retirement benefit paid or payable to
the Participant under the BankAmerica
Corporation Retirement Income Plan.
Normal Form of Payment
:
Life annuity with ten (10) years certain
Vesting
:
Five (5) years of Service (as defined
in Section 2.26 of the Plan)
Unreduced Retirement Age
:
62
Early Retirement Reduction
:
1/180 per month prior to age 62, plus
1/360 per month prior to age 60
Earliest Payout Date
:
Age 55 with 5 years of Service (as
defined in Section 2.26 of the Plan)
APPENDIX B-3
SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS
This Appendix B-3 summarizes the supplemental benefits payable to the named
Participant from the Plan in accordance with the Participants employment
agreement with the Company effective as of October 16, 2001 (the Employment
Agreement). The Employment Agreement supersedes the Participants agreement,
dated as of December 30, 1994, with Star Banc Corporation (a predecessor of the
Company) (the Prior Agreement) and replaces all similar benefits provided
pursuant to the Prior Agreement. The following terms, when used in this
Appendix B-3 with initial capitals, shall be defined as set forth in the
Employment Agreement: Annual Base Salary, Cause, Disability, Good
Reason, Restricted Stock Units and Severance Period.
Participant
:
Jerry A. Grundhofer
Formula
:
Sixty percent (60%) of the
Participants Final Average Monthly
Earnings as defined in this Appendix
B-3 (and not as defined in Section
2.17), reduced for all of the following
(each of which shall be considered an
offsetting benefit for purposes of
this Appendix B-3): the Participants
benefit under the Qualified Plan, the
Participants Excess Benefit under
Article IV of this Plan and the
Participants benefit under the
qualified and nonqualified pension
plans of BankAmerica Corporation,
Security Pacific Corporation and Wells
Fargo N.A.
Final Average Monthly
Earnings
:
Augmented Final Average Monthly Base
Salary plus Final Average Bonus Salary.
Augmented Final Average
Monthly Base Salary
:
Final Average Monthly Base Salary; provided, however, that if the
Participant terminates employment with the Company on or after
December 31, 2006, or prior to that date he becomes Disabled, dies, is
terminated by the Company without Cause or terminates his employment
with the Company for Good Reason, solely for the purposes of
determining the Augmented Final Average Monthly Base Salary the final
calendar year Annual Base Salary shall be increased by $5,600,000.
Final Average Monthly
Base Salary
:
The average of the Participants
Monthly Earnings for the five
consecutive calendar years of Service
during which the Participants Monthly
Earnings were the highest.
Monthly Earnings
:
Monthly Earnings shall be one-twelfth
of the Participants Annual Base
Salary.
Final Average Bonus Salary
:
Shall equal the greater of (i) 175% of
Final Average Monthly Base Salary or
(ii) one-twelfth of the average of the
annual bonuses actually earned during
the five complete calendar years prior
to termination of employment, provided,
however, that if the Participant should
terminate employment prior to December
31, 2006 for any reason other than
termination by the Company without
Cause, his Disability, termination by
the Participant for Good Reason, or his
death, clause (i) above shall be
modified to be the average of 175% of
Monthly Earnings for applicable
calendar years commencing with 2002 and
100% of Monthly Earnings for applicable
calendar years prior to 2002.
Normal Form of Payment
:
Life annuity with ten (10) years certain
Vesting
:
Fully vested
Unreduced Retirement Age
:
62
Early Retirement Reduction
:
1/180 per month prior to age 62, plus
1/360 per month prior to age 60,
provided however, that if a Severance
Period has been completed, there shall
be no Early Retirement Reduction.
Earliest Payout Date
:
Immediately upon the Participants
termination of employment, regardless
of age, provided however, that such
payout date may be no sooner than the
last day of the Participants Severance
Period.
Disability
:
No benefits described in Article VII of
this Plan shall be paid. In lieu of
such benefits, the Supplemental Benefit
described in this Appendix shall
commence on the first day of the month
coincident with or next following the
Participants Disability.
Should the Participant recover from his
Disability prior to his Normal
Retirement Date, benefits under this
Appendix
shall cease. Upon subsequent
termination of employment, the
Participants Supplemental Benefit
shall be the greater of his
Supplemental Benefit determined at his
subsequent termination of employment
based on the terms of this Appendix
applied at such subsequent termination
date or the Supplemental Benefit
previously paid under this Disability
provision.
Additional Purchased
Benefit
:
The Participant, or upon the
Participants death prior to
termination of his employment, the
Participants spouse shall have the
right to convert some or all of certain
Restricted Stock Units into additional
Supplemental Benefits. The timing and
amount of any such Additional Purchased
Benefit shall be as provided in the
Employment Agreement.
APPENDIX B-4
SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS
This Appendix B-4 summarizes the supplemental benefits payable to the named
Participant from the Plan. It replaces the similar benefits provided pursuant
to an agreement dated December 30, 1994 between the Participant and Star Banc
Corporation (a predecessor of the Company).
Participant
:
David M. Moffett
Formula
:
Sixty percent (60%) of the
Participants Final Average Monthly
Earnings (as defined in Section 2.17 of
the Plan) reduced by all of the
following (each of which shall be
considered an offsetting benefit for
purposes of this Appendix B-4): the
Participants benefit under the
Qualified Plan, the Participants
Excess Benefit under this Plan and any
retirement benefit paid or payable to
the Participant under the BankAmerica
Corporation Retirement Income Plan.
Normal Form of Payment
:
Life annuity with ten (10) years certain
Vesting
:
Five (5) years of Service (as defined
in Section 2.26 of the Plan)
Unreduced Retirement Age
:
62
Early Retirement Reduction
:
1/180 per month prior to age 62, plus
1/360 per month prior to age 60
Earliest Payout Date
:
As soon as administratively feasible
after the Participants termination of
employment, regardless of age
APPENDIX B-5
SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS
This Appendix B-5 summarizes the supplemental benefits payable to the named
Participant from the Plan. It replaces the similar benefits provided pursuant
to an agreement dated December 30, 1994 between the Participant and Star Banc
Corporation (a predecessor of the Company).
Participant
:
Stephen E. Smith
Formula
:
Sixty percent (60%) of the
Participants Final Average Monthly
Earnings (as defined in Section 2.17 of
the Plan) reduced by all of the
following (each of which shall be
considered an offsetting benefit for
purposes of this Appendix B-5): the
Participants benefit under the
Qualified Plan, the Participants
Excess Benefit under this Plan and any
retirement benefit paid or payable to
the Participant under the Ameritrust
Retirement Income Plan.
Normal Form of Payment
:
Life annuity with ten (10) years certain
Vesting
:
Five (5) years of Service (as defined
in Section 2.26 of the Plan)
Unreduced Retirement Age
:
62
Early Retirement Reduction
:
1/180 per month prior to age 62, plus
1/360 per month prior to age 60
Earliest Payout Date
:
Age 55 with 5 years of Service (as
defined in Section 2.26 of the Plan)
APPENDIX B-7
SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS
This Appendix B-7 summarizes the supplemental benefits payable to the named
Participant under the Plan.
Participant
:
William L. Chenevich
Formula
:
Fifty-five percent (55%) of the
Participants Final Average Monthly
Earnings (as defined in Section 2.17 of
the Plan) reduced by all of the
following (each of which shall be
considered an offsetting benefit for
purposes of this Appendix B-7) : the
Participants benefit under the
Qualified Plan, the Participants Excess
Benefit under this Plan, all retirement
benefits earned by the Participant for
his service with VISA International,
Home Savings of America, and Security
Pacific Bank, and an amount that is
Actuarially Equal at the commencement of
the Participants Supplemental Benefit
to 17,627 Restricted Stock Rights times
the closing stock price of U.S. Bancorp
common stock on December 18, 2001
(deemed to be $19.58), increased by
11.9% per annum on a compound basis
(i.e., increased by multiplying the
initial aggregate value of the Rights by
a number equal to 1.119 raised to the
nth power, where n is the number of
years (and partial years) from December
18, 2001 to the date the Participants
Supplemental Benefit commences).
Normal Form of Payment
:
Life annuity with ten (10) years certain.
Vesting Service Start Date
:
From date of hire.
Vesting
:
50% at age 63;
75% at age 64;
100% at age 65
Unreduced Retirement Age
:
65
Early Retirement Reduction
:
No early retirement reduction.
Earliest Payout Date
:
Age 63
Death Benefit
:
If death occurs after the Participants
attainment of age 63, the Death Benefit
under Article VIII shall be determined
as if the Participant was 100% vested.
APPENDIX B-8
SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS
This Appendix B-8 summarizes the supplemental benefits payable to the named
Participant under the Plan.
Participant
:
Edward Grzedzinski
Formula
:
Fifty-five percent (55%) of the
Participants Final Average Monthly
Earnings (as defined in Section 2.17 of
the Plan) reduced by all of the
following (each of which shall be
considered an offsetting benefit for
purposes of this Appendix B-8): the
Participants benefit under the
Qualified Plan and the Participants
Excess Benefit under this Plan.
Normal Form of Payment
:
Life annuity with ten (10) years certain
Vesting Service Start Date
:
From December 18, 2001
Vesting
:
100% vested at December 17, 2011, if
continuously employed by U.S. Bancorp
from the Vesting Service Start Date
through December 17, 2011
Unreduced Retirement Age
:
62
Early Retirement Reduction
:
1/180 per month prior to age 62, plus
1/360 per month prior to age 60
Earliest Payout Date
:
Age 55 and 100% vested
APPENDIX B-9
SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS
This Appendix B-9 summarizes the supplemental benefits payable to the named
Participant under the Plan.
Participant
:
Joseph E. Hasten
Formula
:
Fifty-five percent (55%) of the
Participants Final Average Monthly
Earnings (as defined in Section 2.17 of
the Plan) reduced by all of the
following (each of which shall be
considered an offsetting benefit for
purposes of this Appendix B-9): the
Participants benefit under the
Qualified Plan, the Participants
Excess Benefit under this Plan, the
Participants benefit under the
Mercantile Bancorporation Inc.
Supplemental Retirement Plan
(consolidated under this Plan by
Section 5.04 and Appendix A-10), the
employer-provided portion of the
Participants benefit under the
Mercantile Bancorporation Inc.
Supplemental Savings Plan and the
Participants qualified and
nonqualified benefits earned for
service with Standard Charter Bank,
PLC.
Normal Form of Payment
:
Life annuity with ten (10) years certain
Vesting Service Start Date
:
From December 18, 2001
Vesting
:
100% vested at December 17, 2011, if
continuously employed by U.S. Bancorp
from the Vesting Service Start Date
through December 17, 2011
Unreduced Retirement Age
:
62
Early Retirement Reduction
:
1/180 per month prior to age 62, plus
1/360 per month prior to age 60
Earliest Payout Date
:
Age 55 and 100% vested
APPENDIX B-11
SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS
This Appendix B-11 summarizes the supplemental benefits payable to the named
Participant from the Plan in accordance with the Participants employment
agreement with the Company effective as of October 16, 2001 (the Employment
Agreement). The Employment Agreement supersedes any other employment,
severance or change in control agreements between the Participant and the
Company (Prior Agreements) except as explicitly provided in the Employment
Agreement, and replaces all similar benefits provided pursuant to such Prior
Agreements.
Participant
:
John F. Grundhofer
Formula
:
$2,920,000 per annum, reduced for all of
the following (each of which shall be
considered an offsetting benefit for
purposes of this Appendix B-11): the
Participants benefit under the
Qualified Plan, the Participants Excess
Benefit under Article IV of this Plan
and the Participants benefit under any
other nonqualified pension plan of the
Company.
Normal Form of Payment
:
Joint and 50% contingent annuity with
the Participants spouse as of the date
the Employment Agreement was signed as
the beneficiary
Vesting
:
100% vested
Unreduced Retirement Age
:
December 31, 2002
Early Retirement
:
N/A
Earliest Payout Date
:
January 1, 2003
Other Provisions
:
In the event of the Participants
Disability (as defined in the
Employment Agreement), death or
termination of employment prior to
December 31, 2002 the provisions of the
Employment Agreement shall apply and
override any other provisions of this
Plan. No benefits described in Article
VII of this Plan shall be paid to the
Participant.
EXHIBIT 10.18
AMENDMENT NO. 1
TO THE
FIRSTAR CORPORATION
DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
WHEREAS, effective as of December 1, 1999, Firstar Corporation amended and restated the Firstar Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan (formerly known as the Star Banc Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan (the Plan)); and
WHEREAS, Firstar Corporation merged with U.S. Bancorp on February 27, 2001, to form a combined entity known as U.S. Bancorp (the Corporation); and
WHEREAS, the Corporation desires to amend the title of the Plan to reflect the Corporations current name; and
WHEREAS, the Corporation desires to amend the Plan to allow for the deferral of profit shares realized upon the exercise of stock options as approved by its Board of Directors;
NOW, THEREFORE, effective as of June 18, 2002, the Plan is amended as follows.
1. The title of the Plan is hereby amended to be the U.S. Bancorp Deferred Compensation Plan.
2. Section 4 of the Plan is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following language:
Section 4. Deferral Election. (a) Each eligible officer, employee and Director may elect, in writing, no later than the applicable date set forth in the table below, to defer under the Plan: (i) any portion up to 100% of his annual salary or Directors fees to be earned in any calendar year; (ii) any portion up to 100% of his incentive compensation to be earned in any calendar year; and (iii) the receipt of profit shares realized upon the exercise of stock options granted under a stock incentive compensation plan maintained by the Corporation (Option Gains). Profit shares represent the pre-tax gain upon exercise of a stock option divided by the fair market value of U.S. Bancorp stock on the date of exercise. |
Type of Compensation Deferred | Applicable Date | ||
|
|||
Annual Salary or Directors Fees | On or before December 31 of the preceding | ||
calendar year, or with respect to a newly | |||
designated Participant, the end of the | |||
two-week period following such | |||
designation. | |||
Incentive Compensation | On or before December 31 of the preceding | ||
calendar year, or with respect to a newly | |||
designated Participant, the end of the | |||
two-week period following such | |||
designation. | |||
Option Gains | Six months plus 1 day prior to the | ||
exercise date of a stock option granted | |||
to the Participant under a stock | |||
incentive plan of the Corporation. |
In no event shall the deferrals of a Participant for any calendar year be less than $1,000.00. |
(b) A Participants deferral election under Section 4(a) with respect to his annual salary, Directors fees, incentive compensation or Option Gains shall be effective and irrevocable upon delivery of an applicable written election to the Plan Administrator or the Corporation. In addition, at the time of making a deferral election under Section 4(a), the Participant shall elect, consistent with procedures adopted by the Plan Administrator, to have the amount of deferrals attributable to salary, Directors fees, or incentive compensation deemed to be invested in shares of the Corporation (a Share Election), certain mutual funds (the Mutual Funds Portion) or interest bearing assets (the Cash Portion). Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, in no event may a Participant elect to transfer Option Gains to the Cash Portion, the Mutual Fund Portion, or the Share Election Account. Option Gains shall be credited with dividends that would otherwise be payable on Corporation shares, which shall be deemed reinvested in additional shares of the common stock of the Corporation. Option Gains credited to a Participants Deferred Compensation Account shall be appropriately adjusted for all stock dividends, stock splits or other changes in the Corporations common shares, and shall be distributed only in shares of the Corporations common stock. |
3. Sections 11 (a) and (b) are each hereby amended to add the following language as the final sentence:
Notwithstanding the foregoing, Option Gains credited to a Participants Deferred Compensation Account shall be distributed to the Participant only in shares of the Corporations common stock and shall not be included in any lump-sum payment. |
2
4. | Section 11(c) is hereby amended to add the following language as the final sentence: |
Option Gains credited to a Participants Deferred Compensation Account shall be distributed to the Participant in shares of the Corporations common stock under the applicable stock incentive compensation plan of the Corporation. |
Executed this 21st day of February, 2003. |
U.S. BANCORP | ||||
By: | /s/ Jennie P. Carlson | |||
|
||||
Jennie P. Carlson | ||||
Executive Vice President |
3
Exhibit 10.22
EDWARD GRZEDZINSKI
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this Agreement) is made this 7th day of May, 2001 by and among EDWARD GRZEDZINSKI (hereinafter referred to as Employee), NOVA CORPORATION , a Georgia corporation (NOVA Corp), NOVA INFORMATION SYSTEMS, INC., a Georgia corporation (NOVA) and U.S. BANCORP , a Delaware corporation (Parent).
WITNESSETH:
WHEREAS , NOVA Corp, through its direct and indirect subsidiaries, and Parent are in the business of providing credit card and debit card transaction processing services and settlement services (including the related products and services of automated teller machines and check guarantee services) to merchants, financial institutions, independent sales organizations (ISOs), and other similar customers (collectively, the Business) throughout the United States and in Europe;
WHEREAS , Employee currently serves as Chairman of the Board of Directors, President and Chief Executive Officer of NOVA Corp pursuant to an Employment Agreement between Employee and NOVA Corp effective February 22, 2001 (the Prior Agreement);
WHEREAS , Parent and NOVA Corp have entered into the Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of May 7, 2001 (the Merger Agreement), pursuant to which NOVA Corp will merge with and into Parent (the Merger) on the terms and subject to the conditions of the Merger Agreement;
WHEREAS , NOVA and Parent, or their assigns, will continue to engage in the Business throughout the United States and Europe (the Territory);
WHEREAS , NOVA Corp and Employee desire to terminate the Prior Agreement, which termination shall be contemporaneous with the effectiveness of this Agreement;
WHEREAS , Parent desires to retain the services of Employee on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, and Employee desires to be employed by Parent on such terms and conditions;
NOW, THEREFORE , for and in consideration of the Confidential Information and Trade Secrets (as hereafter defined) furnished to Employee by NOVA and Parent in order that he may perform his duties under this Agreement, the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, and other valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:
1. Employment of Employee. Parent hereby employs Employee for a period beginning as of the effective date of the Merger (the Effective Date) and ending five (5) years thereafter (the Initial Term), unless Employees employment by Parent is sooner terminated or automatically renewed pursuant to the terms of this Agreement (Employees employment by Parent pursuant to the terms of this Agreement shall hereinafter be referred to as Employment).
(a) Employee agrees to such Employment on the terms and conditions herein set forth and agrees to devote his reasonable best efforts to his duties under this Agreement and to perform such duties diligently and efficiently and in accordance with the directions of Parent. | |
(b) During the term of Employees Employment, Employee shall be employed as Chairman of the Board of Directors, President and Chief Executive Officer of NOVA and a Vice Chairman of Parent. Employee shall be responsible primarily for such duties as are assigned to |
him from time to time by the Chief Executive Officer of Parent, which in any event shall be such duties as are customary for an officer in those positions. | |
(c) Employee shall devote substantially all of his business time, attention, and energies to the business and affairs of Parent, shall act at all times in the best interests of Parent, and shall not during the term of his Employment be engaged in any other business activity, whether or not such business is pursued for gain, profit, or other pecuniary advantage, or permit such personal interests as he may have to interfere with the performance of his duties hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Employee may participate in industry, civic and charitable activities so long as such activities do not materially interfere with the performance of his duties hereunder. Further, Employee may engage in passive investments so long as the same are passive, are not inconsistent with Employees duties hereunder and do not involve the development, ownership, management or provision of credit and debit card processing and settlement services, including the related products and services of automatic teller machines and check guarantee services. Employees rights to make certain investments hereunder are in addition to and not in degradation of investments of less than 5% in a corporation as described in Section 12(a). |
2. Compensation. During the term of Employees Employment and in accordance with the terms hereof, Parent shall pay or otherwise provide to Employee the following compensation:
(a) Employees annual salary during the term of his Employment shall be Five Hundred Forty Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($540,000) (or such increased base salary as approved by NOVA Corp prior to the Merger, not to exceed 120% of such amount) (Base Salary), with such increases (each, a Merit Increase) as may from time to time be deemed appropriate by the Chief Executive Officer of Parent; provided, however, that so long as this Agreement remains in effect, Employees Base Salary shall be reviewed annually by the Chief Executive Officer of Parent at the beginning of each fiscal year. The Base Salary shall be paid by Parent monthly in arrears or in accordance with Parents regular payroll practice. As used herein, the term Base Salary shall be deemed to include any Merit Increases granted to Employee. | |
(b) In addition to the Base Salary, Employee shall be eligible to receive annual bonus compensation pursuant to the schedule set forth as Exhibit A (Bonus Compensation) provided, however, that if Employee no longer is working primarily in the Business, Parent shall provide Employee with a different incentive compensation plan under which Employee will have a substantially similar opportunity to achieve annual bonus compensation in a substantially similar amount. Employee shall be eligible annually to receive restricted stock awards of shares of Parent Stock or stock options under the stock incentive plan of Parent. The amount of shares of restricted stock or options to be granted each year shall be determined by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of Parent. | |
(c) Employee will be granted on the Effective Date the option to purchase 500,000 shares of Parent common stock at a price per share equal to the closing price of Parent common stock on the Effective Date (the Option). The Option will vest in four (4) equal increments of 25%. The first increment will vest on the first anniversary of the Effective Date. Another increment of the Option will vest every year thereafter until 100% of the Option is vested. | |
(d) Parent may withhold from any benefits payable under this Agreement all federal, state, city or other taxes as shall be required pursuant to any law or governmental regulation or ruling. |
2
3. Benefits. During the term of Employees employment, and for such time thereafter as may be required by Section 8 hereof, Parent shall provide to Employee the following benefits (or in lieu thereof for a transitional period immediately following the Merger, benefits equivalent to those provided to Employee by NOVA Corp immediately prior to the Merger):
(a) Medical Insurance. Employee and his dependents shall be entitled to participate in such medical, dental, vision, prescription drug, wellness, or other health care or medical coverage plans as may be established, offered or adopted from time to time by Parent for the benefit of its similarly situated employees, pursuant to the terms set forth in such plans. | |
(b) Life Insurance. Employee shall be entitled to participate in any life insurance plans established, offered, or adopted from time to time by Parent for the benefit of its similarly situated employees. | |
(c) Disability Insurance. Employee shall be entitled to participate in any disability insurance plans established, offered, or adopted from time to time by Parent for the benefit of its similarly situated employees. | |
(d) Vacations, Holidays. Employee shall be entitled to at least four (4) weeks of paid vacation each year and all holidays observed by Parent. | |
(e) Stock Option Plans. Employee shall be eligible for participation in any stock option plan or restricted stock plan adopted by Parents Board of Directors or the Compensation Committee for the benefit of similarly situated employees. | |
(f) Other Benefits. In addition to and not in any way in limitation of the benefits set forth in this Section 3, Employee shall be eligible to participate in all additional employee benefits provided by Parent (including, without limitation, all tax-qualified retirement plans, non-qualified retirement and/or deferred compensation plans, incentive plans, other stock option or purchase plans, and fringe benefits) on terms at least as favorable as the terms of any benefits that are afforded to other similarly situated employees during the term of this Agreement. | |
(g) Terms and Provisions of Plans. Parent agrees that it shall not take action (during the term of this Agreement or the Election Period, as defined in Section 8(a)) to modify the terms and provisions of any such plan or arrangement so as to exclude only Employee and/or his dependents, either by excluding Employee and/or his dependents explicitly by name or by modifying provisions generally applicable to all employees and dependents so that only Employee and/or his dependents would ever possibly be affected. | |
(h) Vesting of Rights Upon Change In Control. Upon the occurrence of a Change in Control (as defined in Section 8(h)) during the term of this Agreement, and regardless of whether Employee terminates this Agreement following such Change in Control, and notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in any other agreement or document (including Parents applicable plan documents), all stock options, restricted stock, and other similar rights that have been granted to Employee and are not vested on the date of such Change in Control, as well as any non-qualified retirement benefit or deferred compensation plan balance (collectively, the Rights) that is not vested on the date of occurrence of such an event, shall become vested and exercisable immediately and as provided under the applicable plan or agreement, Employee shall have the continuing right to exercise any or all of the Rights until such rights expire in accordance with their original terms (without regard to any provision thereof requiring earlier expiration upon termination of employment). Upon the Effective Date, the Rights of Employee existing on the Effective Date shall be and become fully vested, nonforfeitable and immediately exercisable. |
3
4. Personnel Policies. Employee shall conduct himself at all times in a businesslike and professional manner as appropriate for a person in his position and shall represent Parent in all respects as complies with good business and ethical practices. In addition, Employee shall be subject to and abide by the good faith policies and procedures of Parent applicable generally to personnel of Parent, as adopted from time to time.
5. Reimbursement for Business Expenses. Employee shall be reimbursed, on a no less frequently than monthly basis, for all out-of-pocket business expenses incurred by him in the performance of his duties hereunder, provided that Employee shall first document and substantiate said business expenses in the manner generally required by Parent under its policies and procedures.
6. Settlement Payments . In consideration for Employees agreement to terminate the Prior Agreement and waive the right to receive cash payments or other benefits under the Prior Agreement upon termination of employment following a change in control by reason of consummation of the Merger, Parent shall provide on the Effective Date the compensation described in this Section 6 (provided this Agreement is not terminated prior to the Effective Date), and Employee shall have no other right to receive payments or other benefits under this Agreement or the Prior Agreement by reason of the Merger:
(a) Parent shall pay Employee in cash the sum of Two Million Eight Hundred Eighty Thousand Dollars ($2,880,000.00) (the Cash Settlement Payment). The Cash Settlement Payment shall be paid in one lump sum on the Effective Date. | |
(b) The provisions of Section 8(g) of this Agreement shall be applicable to the payments provided for in this Section 6. All payments under this Section 6 are in addition to, and not in lieu of, any payment due under this Agreement following termination of Employees Employment. | |
(c) At the election of Employee, with respect to up to 80% of the aggregate number of shares subject to stock option agreements outstanding as of the Effective Date (Option Shares), Employee shall be entitled to receive from Parent in exchange for cancellation of the stock option agreements (or portion thereof) relating to such Option Shares for which Employee elects, a cash payment in an amount equal to (1) the Cash Consideration (as defined in the Merger Agreement) multiplied by the aggregate number of Option Shares subject to the option agreements (or portion thereof) to be cancelled less (2) the aggregate exercise price set forth in the stock option agreements (or portion thereof) being cancelled. Employee shall notify Parent no later than three (3) business days prior to the Effective Date with respect to the number of Option Shares subject to the stock option agreements Employee wishes to make the election pursuant to this Section 6(c). In exchange for such cash payments, Employee agrees to execute a cancellation agreement with respect to the Option Shares subject to the stock option agreements (or portion thereof) being cancelled, which cancellation agreement shall be in a form reasonably acceptable to Parent. The remaining Option Shares subject to stock option agreements (or portions thereof) not being cancelled hereunder shall be converted into the right to acquire shares of Parents common stock in accordance with Section 3.06 of the Merger Agreement and Employee shall have the continuing right to exercise any or all of the remaining Option Shares until such rights expire in accordance with their original terms (without regard to any provisions thereof requiring earlier expiration upon termination of employment). | |
(d) Employee acknowledges and agrees that upon the Effective Date, the Prior Agreement is terminated, cancelled and of no further force and effect; provided, however, that this Agreement shall terminate upon any termination of the Merger Agreement (and, in case of any such termination hereof, this Agreement shall be deemed to be void ab initio and the Prior Agreement shall be deemed to have remained in full force and effect); provided further, that the termination of this Agreement shall only become effective if the Merger Agreement terminates |
4
prior to the Effective Date. Until the Effective Date, the Prior Agreement remains in full force and effect. |
7. Term and Termination of Employment .
(a) This Agreement shall be effective as of the Effective Date. | |
(b) Employees Employment shall terminate immediately upon the discharge of Employee by Parent for Cause. For the purposes of this Agreement, the term Cause, when used with respect to termination by Parent of Employees Employment hereunder, shall mean termination as a result of: (i) Employees material violation of the covenants set forth in Section 11 or 12, (ii) Employees willful, intentional, or grossly negligent failure to perform his duties under this Agreement diligently and in accordance with the directions of Parent; (iii) Employees willful, intentional, or grossly negligent failure to comply with the good faith decisions or policies of Parent; or (iv) final conviction of Employee of a felony materially adversely affecting Parent; provided, however, that in the event Parent desires to terminate Employees Employment pursuant to subsections (i), (ii), or (iii) of this Section 7(b), Parent shall first give Employee written notice of such intent, detailed and specific description of the reasons and basis therefor, and thirty (30) days to remedy or cure such perceived breach or deficiency (the Cure Period); provided, however, that with respect only to a breach that it is not possible to cure within such thirty (30) day period, so long as Employee is diligently using his best efforts to cure such breach or deficiency within such period and thereafter, the Cure Period shall be automatically extended for an additional period of time (not to exceed sixty (60) additional days) to enable Employee to cure such breach or deficiency, provided, further, that Employee continues to diligently use his best efforts to cure such breach or deficiency. If Employee does not cure the perceived breach or deficiency within the Cure Period, Parent may discharge Employee immediately upon written notice to Employee. If Parent desires to terminate Employees Employment pursuant to subsection (iv) of this Section 7(b), Parent shall first give Employee three (3) days prior written notice of such intent. | |
(c) Employees Employment shall terminate immediately upon the death of Employee. | |
(d) Employees Employment shall terminate immediately upon ninety (90) days prior written notice to Employee if Employee shall at any time be incapacitated by reason of physical or mental illness or otherwise become incapable of performing the duties under this Agreement for a continuous period of one hundred eighty (180) consecutive days; provided, however, to the extent Parent could, with reasonable accommodation and without undue hardship, continue to employ Employee in some other capacity after such one hundred eighty (180) day period, Parent shall, to the extent required by the Americans With Disabilities Act, offer to do so, and, if such offer is accepted by Employee, Employee shall be compensated accordingly. | |
(e) Employee may terminate this Agreement, upon thirty (30) days prior written notice to Parent (the Notice Period), in the event (i) there is a material diminution in Employees duties and responsibilities, or such duties and responsibilities are otherwise diminished from the duties and responsibilities held by Employee immediately prior to the Merger, or such greater duties and responsibilities, as may be assigned to Employee from time to time; provided, however, that the change in Employees duties and responsibilities resulting from Employee no longer being an officer of a publicly traded company shall not, by itself, be sufficient to qualify as a Responsibility Breach; (ii) Employee is required to relocate to an office that is more than thirty-five (35) miles from Employees current office located at One Concourse Parkway, Suite 300, Atlanta, Georgia 30328; (iii) there is a reduction in Employees Base Salary payable under Section 2, a materially adverse change in the terms of Exhibit A |
5
attached hereto or a material reduction in benefits provided to Employee under Section 3 (whether occurring at once or over a period of time); or (iv) Parent materially breaches this Agreement, (each of (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) being referred to as a Responsibilities Breach), Parent fails to cure said Responsibilities Breach within the Notice Period; provided, however, that with respect only to breaches that it is not possible to cure within the Notice Period, so long as Parent is diligently using its best efforts to cure such breaches within such Notice Period, the Notice Period shall be automatically extended for an additional period of time (not to exceed sixty (60) additional days) to enable Parent to cure such breaches, provided, further, that Parent continues to diligently use its best efforts to cure such breaches. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 7(e), the Notice Period for failure to pay compensation shall be five (5) days. | |
(f) This Agreement shall automatically renew for successive three (3) year terms (each a Renewal Term) unless either Parent or Employee gives the other party hereto written notice of its or his intent not to renew this Agreement no later than ninety (90) days prior to the date the Initial Term, or the then-current Renewal Term, is scheduled to expire. Employees employment shall terminate upon termination or expiration of this Agreement. | |
(g) Parent may terminate this Agreement at any time, without cause, upon ninety (90) days prior written notice to Employee. | |
(h) Employee may terminate this Agreement at any time, without cause, upon ninety (90) days prior written notice to Parent. | |
(i) Other than as specifically provided in and in strict compliance with this Section 7, this Agreement and/or Employees Employment may not be terminated. |
8. Termination Payments.
(a) Upon (1) the termination of Employees Employment by Parent pursuant to Section 7(g) or (2) the termination or expiration of this Agreement, for whatever reason, provided that in the case of this subsection (2), the earlier of (x) such termination or expiration or (y) notice of such termination or non-renewal occurs within three years after a Change in Control (the effective date of such termination or expiration being referred to as the Termination Date), Employee shall receive the payments and benefits set forth below. |
(i) Parent shall pay Employee accrued but unpaid Base Salary through the Termination Date, Bonus Compensation due and owing to Employee (as further set forth in Section 8(d)) and any other benefits required to be provided to Employee and his dependents under contract and applicable law. | |
(ii) Parent shall pay Employee in cash an amount equal to his Annual Compensation (as defined in Section 8(h)(ii)) multiplied by three (3), which amount will be paid in one lump sum within fifteen (15) days of the Termination Date. | |
(iii) All stock options, restricted stock, and other similar rights, including any nonqualified retirement plan benefit or deferred compensation plan balance (Nonqualified Plan Benefit) that is not vested on the Termination Date, that have been granted to Employee shall become vested and exercisable immediately, and as provided under the applicable plan or agreement, Employee shall have the continuing right to exercise such rights until such rights expire in accordance with their original terms (without regard to any provision thereof requiring earlier expiration upon termination of employment). |
6
(iv) Until the earlier to occur of: (x) the date which is three (3) years after the Termination Date, or (y) Employees accepting employment with another employer or otherwise obtaining coverage (the Election Period), Parent shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide to Employee and his dependents the coverage for the benefits described in Sections 3(a), (b) and (c). | |
(v) To the extent required, Parent shall pay to Employee the Gross-Up Payment as set forth in Section 8(g). |
(b) Upon termination of Employees Employment or the termination or expiration of this Agreement, which termination or expiration occurs: (1) as a result of Employee terminating this Agreement pursuant to Section 7(e), (2) this Agreement being terminated pursuant to Section 7(c) or 7(d), or (3) this Agreement not being renewed by Parent, and which termination or expiration is not covered by Section 8(a) hereof (the effective date of such termination or expiration being referred to herein as the Termination Date), Employee shall receive the payments and benefits set forth below. |
(i) Parent shall pay Employee accrued but unpaid Base Salary through the Termination Date, Bonus Compensation due and owing to Employee (as further set forth in Section 8(e)) and any other benefits required to be provided to Employee and his dependents under contract and applicable law. | |
(ii) Parent shall pay Employee in cash an amount equal to his Annual Compensation multiplied by three (3), which amount will be paid in twenty-four (24) equal monthly installments beginning on the first day of the calendar month following the calendar month in which the Termination Date occurs. | |
(iii) All stock options, restricted stock, and other similar rights, including any Nonqualified Plan Benefits that are not vested on the Termination Date, that have been granted to Employee shall become vested and exercisable immediately, and as provided under the applicable plan or agreement, Employee shall have the continuing right to exercise such rights until such rights expire in accordance with their original terms (without regard to any provision thereof requiring earlier expiration upon termination of employment). | |
(iv) For the duration of the Election Period, Parent shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide to Employee and his dependents the coverage for the benefits described in Sections 3(a), (b) and (c). |
(c) Upon termination of Employees Employment or the termination or expiration of this Agreement, which termination or expiration occurs: (1) as a result of Parent terminating this Agreement pursuant to Section 7(b), (2) as a result of this Agreement not being renewed by Employee, or (3) as a result of Employee terminating this Agreement pursuant to Section 7(h), and which termination or expiration is not covered by Sections 8(a) or 8(b)(the effective date of such termination or expiration being referred to herein as the Termination Date), Employee shall receive the payments and benefits set forth below. |
(i) Parent shall pay Employee accrued but unpaid Base Salary through the Termination Date, Bonus Compensation due and owing to Employee (as further set forth in Section 8(d)) and any other benefits required to be provided to Employee and his dependents under contract and applicable law. |
7
(ii) Parent shall pay Employee in cash an amount equal to his Termination Base Salary (as defined herein) in twelve (12) equal monthly installments beginning on the first day of the calendar month following the calendar month in which the Termination Date occurs; provided, however, that Parent shall not be obligated to make any such monthly payments covering the portion of the above-referenced twelve month occurring prior to the second anniversary of the Effective Date and such payments shall be waived. Termination Base Salary shall be the greater of Employees Base Salary in effect on the Termination Date or the greatest Base Salary in effect during the calendar year immediately prior to the calendar year in which the Termination Date occurs. | |
(iii) To the extent that Employee and/or any of his dependents is eligible to, and timely elects to, receive continuation coverage under any group health plan providing medical, dental, vision, prescription drug, wellness or other health care or medical coverage which is subject to the provisions of part 6 of Title I of ERISA (COBRA), Parent shall timely pay any premiums required for such coverage. This payment of premiums by Parent is not intended to alter in any way the provisions of any group health plan of Parent, and all time limits, effects of subsequent coverage and all other relevant provisions of any such plan remain unchanged and shall control Employees (and his dependents) entitlement to coverage or benefits under such plan. |
(d) For the purposes of payments to be made under this Section 8: |
(i) Any accrued but unpaid Base Salary shall be paid to Employee within five (5) business days of the Termination Date. | |
(ii) For purposes of calculating Bonus Compensation due and owing to Employee: |
(A) Regardless of the reason for termination or expiration of this Agreement, in the event that Bonus Compensation for the calendar year preceding the calendar year in which the Termination Date occurs has not been paid by the Termination Date, such Bonus Compensation shall be paid to Employee concurrently with Parents payment of Bonus Compensation generally for such calendar year. |
(B) In the case of a termination or expiration of this Agreement governed by Sections 8(a) or 8(b) hereof, Employee shall receive an amount of Bonus Compensation for the calendar year in which the Termination Date occurs equal to (x) the amount of Bonus Compensation which Employee would have been entitled to receive had termination or expiration not occurred in such calendar year multiplied by (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days beginning on January 1st of the calendar year in which the Termination Date occurs and ending on the Termination Date, and the denominator of which is 365. This payment shall be paid to Employee concurrently with Parents payment of Bonus Compensation generally for such calendar year. |
(C) In the case of a termination or expiration of this Agreement governed by Section 8(c) hereof, Employee shall not receive any Bonus Compensation for the calendar year in which the Termination Date occurs. |
(iii) For purposes of calculating the amount of payments made using the Annual Compensation formula, Parent shall initially compute the Annual Compensation under Section 8(h)(ii)(B) using the Prior Bonus Amount or $420,000, whichever is |
8
higher. However, in the event the Current Bonus Amount, when awarded, exceeds the higher of the Prior Bonus Amount or $420,000, then Parent will pay the difference to Employee, either in equal amounts over the remainder of the term over which such payments are to be made, or in one lump sum, as the case may be. |
(e) Following the termination or expiration of this Agreement, Employee shall be bound by the covenants not to solicit or compete set forth in Section 12 hereof as set forth below. |
(i) In the event of a termination or expiration of this Agreement which is governed by Sections 8(a) or 8(b) hereof, Employee shall comply with the covenants not to solicit or compete set forth in Section 12 hereof for a period of two (2) years immediately following the Termination Date. | |
(ii) In the event of a termination or expiration of this Agreement which is governed by Section 8(c) hereof, Employee shall comply with the covenants not to solicit or compete set forth in Section 12 hereof for a period of one (1) year immediately following the Termination Date; provided, however, that if within ninety (90) days after the Termination Date, Parent provides Employee with written notice of such election (the Extension Notice), Employee shall comply with the covenants not to solicit or compete set forth in Section 12 below for a period of two (2) years immediately following the Termination Date. In the event that Parent provides Employee with the Extension Notice in the time provided, and in addition to the payment to be made pursuant to Section 8(c)(ii) hereof, Parent shall pay Employee in cash an amount equal to his Annual Compensation, which shall be paid in twelve (12) equal monthly installments beginning on the first day of the calendar month following the calendar month of the final payment to be made pursuant to Section 8(c)(ii), above. |
(f) In the event of the death of Employee, all benefits and compensation hereunder shall, unless otherwise specified by Employee, be payable to, or exercisable by, Employees estate. | |
(g) Gross-Up Payment. |
(i) Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event it shall be determined that any payment, grant, acceleration or distribution by or on behalf of Parent to or for the benefit of Employee as a result of any change in control (within the meaning of Section 280 G of the internal revenue code) or as otherwise payable under Sections 3(h), 6 or 8(a) (whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise, but determined without regard to any additional payments required under this Section 8(g) (a Payment)) would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code), or any interest or penalties are incurred by Employee with respect to such excise tax (such excise tax, together with any such interest and penalties, are hereinafter collectively referred to as the Excise Tax), then Employee shall be entitled to receive an additional payment (a Gross-Up Payment) in an amount such that, after payment by Employee of all taxes upon the Gross-Up Payment (such taxes including, without limitation, any income taxes and Excise Tax imposed upon the Gross-Up Payment, and any interest or penalties imposed with respect to such taxes), Employee retains an amount of the Gross-Up Payment equal to the Excise Tax imposed upon the Payment. | |
(ii) Subject to the provisions of Section 8(g)(iii), all determinations required to be made under this Section 8, including whether and when a Gross-Up Payment is |
9
required and the amount of such Gross-Up Payment and the assumptions to be utilized in arriving at such determination, shall be made by a nationally recognized accounting firm or law firm selected by Employee and reasonably acceptable to Parent (the Tax Firm); provided, however, that the Tax Firm shall not determine that no Excise Tax is payable by Employee unless it delivers to Employee a written opinion (the Accounting Opinion) that failure to pay the Excise Tax and to report the Excise Tax and the payments potentially subject thereto on or with Employees applicable federal income tax return will not result in the imposition of an accuracy-related or other penalty on Employee. All fees and expenses of the Tax Firm shall be borne solely by Parent. Within 15 business days of the receipt of notice from Employee that there has been a Payment, the Tax Firm shall make all determinations required under this Section 8, shall provide to Parent and Employee a written report setting forth such determinations, together with detailed supporting calculations, and, if the Tax Firm determines that no Excise Tax is payable, shall deliver the Accounting Opinion to Employee. Any Gross-Up Payment, as determined pursuant to this Section 8, shall be paid by Parent to Employee within fifteen days of the receipt of the Tax Firms determination. Subject to the remainder of this Section, any determination by the Tax Firm shall be binding upon Parent and Employee; provided, however, that Employee shall only be bound to the extent that the determinations of the Tax Firm hereunder, including the determinations made in the Accounting Opinion, are reasonable and reasonably supported by applicable law. As a result of the uncertainty in the application of Section 4999 of the Code at the time of the initial determination by the Tax Firm hereunder, it is possible that Gross-Up Payments which will not have been made by Parent should have been made (Underpayment), consistent with the calculations required to be made hereunder. In the event that it is ultimately determined in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 8(g)(iii) that Employee is required to make a payment of any Excise Tax, the Tax Firm shall reasonably determine the amount of the Underpayment that has occurred and any such Underpayment shall be promptly paid by Parent to or for the benefit of Employee. In determining the reasonableness of Tax Firms determinations hereunder, and the effect thereof, Parent and Employee shall be provided a reasonable opportunity to review such determinations with Tax Firm and their respective tax counsel, if separate from the Tax Firm. Tax Firms determinations hereunder, and the Accounting Opinion, shall not be deemed reasonable until Employees reasonable objections and comments thereto have been satisfactorily accommodated by Tax Firm. | |
(iii) Employee shall notify Parent in writing of any claims by the Internal Revenue Service that, if successful, would require the payment by Parent of the Gross-Up Payment. Such notification shall be given as soon as practicable, but no later than 30 calendar days after Employee actually receives notice in writing of such claim, and shall apprise Parent of the nature of such claim and the date on which such claim is requested to be paid; provided, however, that the failure of Employee to notify Parent of such claim (or to provide any required information with respect thereto) shall not affect any rights granted to Employee under this Section except to the extent that Parent is materially prejudiced in the defense of such claim as a direct result of such failure. Employee shall not pay such claim prior to the expiration of the thirty (30) day period following the date on which he gives such notice to Parent (or such shorter period ending on the date that any payment of taxes with respect to such claim is due). If Parent notifies Employee in writing prior to the expiration of such period that it desires to contest such claim, Employee shall do all of the following: |
(A) give Parent any information reasonably requested by Parent relating to such claim; |
10
(B) take such action in connection with contesting such claim as Parent shall reasonably request in writing from time to time, including, without limitation, accepting legal representation with respect to such claim by an attorney selected by Parent and reasonably acceptable to Employee; |
(C) cooperate with Parent in good faith in order effectively to contest such claim; |
(D) if Parent elects not to assume and control the defense of such claim, permit Parent to participate in any proceedings relating to such claim; provided, however, that Parent shall bear and pay directly all costs and expenses (including additional interest and penalties) incurred in connection with such contest and shall indemnify and hold Employee harmless, on an after-tax basis, for any Excise Tax or income tax (including interest and penalties with respect thereto) imposed as a result of such representation and payment of costs and expenses. Without limiting the foregoing provisions of this Section 8, Parent shall have the right, at its sole option, to assume the defense of and control all proceedings in connection with such contest, in which case it may pursue or forego any and all administrative appeals, proceedings, hearings and conferences with the taxing authority in respect of such claim and may either direct Employee to pay the tax claimed and sue for a refund or contest the claim in any permissible manner, and Employee agrees to prosecute such contest to a determination before any administrative tribunal, in a court of initial jurisdiction and in one or more appellate courts, as Parent shall determine; provided, however, that if Parent directs Employee to pay such claim and sue for a refund, Parent shall advance the amount of such payment to Employee, on an interest-free basis and shall indemnify and hold Employee harmless, on an after-tax basis, from any Excise Tax or income tax (including interest or penalties with respect thereto) imposed with respect to such advance or with respect to any imputed income with respect to such advance; and further provided that any extension of the statute of limitations relating to payment of taxes for the taxable year of Employee with respect to which such contested amount is claimed to be due is limited solely to such contested amount. Furthermore, Parents right to assume the defense of and control the contest shall be limited to issues with respect to which a Gross-Up Payment would be payable hereunder and Employee shall be entitled to settle or contest, as the case may be, any other issue raised by the Internal Revenue Service or any other taxing authority. |
(iv) If, after the receipt by Employee of an amount advanced by Parent pursuant to this Section 8(g), Employee becomes entitled to receive any refund with respect to such claim, Employee shall (subject to Parents complying with the requirements of Section 8(g)(iii)) promptly pay to Parent the amount of such refund (together with any interest paid or credited thereon after taxes applicable thereto). If, after the receipt by Employee of an amount advanced by Parent pursuant to Section 8(g)(iii), a determination is made that Employee is not entitled to a refund with respect to such claim and Parent does not notify Employee in writing of its intent to contest such denial of refund prior to the expiration of 30 days after such determination, then such advance shall, to the extent of such denial, be forgiven and shall not be required to be repaid and the amount of forgiven advance shall offset, to the extent thereof, the amount of Gross-Up Payment required to be paid. |
(h) For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall be defined as follows: |
11
(i) Change in Control shall mean: |
(A) The acquisition (other than from Parent) by any person, entity or group, within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the Exchange Act) (excluding, for this purpose, any employee benefit plan of Parent or its subsidiaries which acquires beneficial ownership of voting securities of Parent) of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of 25% or more of either the then outstanding shares of Parents stock or the combined voting power of Parents then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors; or |
(B) The consummation by Parent of a reorganization, merger, consolidation, in each case, with respect to which the shares of the company voting stock outstanding immediately prior to such reorganization, merger or consolidation do not constitute or become exchanged for or converted into more than 50% of the combined voting power entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the reorganized, merged or consolidated companys then outstanding voting securities, or a liquidation or dissolution of Parent or the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of Parent; or |
(C) The failure for any reason of individuals who constitute the Incumbent Board to continue to constitute at least a majority of the board of directors of Parent; or |
(D) The sale, assignment or transfer of the Business to an unaffiliated third party, whether by sale of all or substantially all the assets of the Business, sale of stock or merger. |
(ii) Annual Compensation means the sum of the following amounts: |
(A) the greater of Employees Base Salary in effect on the Termination Date, or the greatest Base Salary in effect during the calendar year immediately prior to the calendar year in which the Termination Date occurs; and |
(B) the greater of the Bonus Compensation which Employee would have received for the calendar year in which the Termination Date occurs had Employees Employment not been terminated (the Current Bonus Amount), or such Bonus Compensation for the calendar year immediately prior to the calendar year in which the Termination Date occurs (the Prior Bonus Amount); provided, however, in no event shall the Bonus Compensation be less than $420,000 for purposes of calculating Employees Annual Compensation. For purposes of calculating Employees Annual Compensation only, Employee shall be deemed to have met all conditions, including employment conditions, necessary for the receipt of the Current Bonus Amount. |
(iii) Incumbent Board shall mean the members of the board of directors of Parent as of the date hereof and any person becoming a member of the board of directors of Parent hereafter whose election, or nomination for election by Parents shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board (other than an election or nomination of an individual whose initial assumption of office is in connection with an actual or threatened election contest relating to the election of the |
12
directors of Parent, as such terms are used in Rule 14a-11 of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act). |
9. Products, Notes, Records and Software . Employee acknowledges and agrees that all memoranda, notes, records and other documents and computer software created, developed, compiled, or used by Employee or made available to him during the term of his Employment concerning or relative to the Business, including, without limitation, all customer data, billing information, service data, and other technical material of NOVA or Parent is and shall be NOVAs or Parents, as the case may be, property. Employee agrees to deliver all such materials to NOVA or Parent, as applicable, thirty (30) days after Employee receives a written request therefor from NOVA or Parent. Employee further agrees not to use such materials for any reason after said termination.
10. Arbitration .
(a) Parent and Employee acknowledge and agree that (except as specifically set forth in Section 10(d)) that any claim or controversy arising out of or relating to this Agreement shall be settled by binding arbitration in Atlanta, Georgia, in accordance with the National Rules of the American Arbitration Association for the Resolution of Employment Disputes in effect on the date of the event giving rise to the claim or controversy. Parent and Employee further acknowledge and agree that either party must request arbitration of any claim or controversy within one (1) year of the date of the event giving rise to the claim or controversy by giving written notice of the partys request for arbitration. Failure to give notice of any claim or controversy within one (1) year of the event giving rise to the claim or controversy shall constitute waiver of the claim or controversy. | |
(b) All claims or controversies subject to arbitration pursuant to Section 10(a) above shall be submitted to arbitration within six (6) months from the date that a written notice of request for arbitration is effective. All claims or controversies shall be resolved by a panel of three arbitrators who are licensed to practice law in the State of Georgia and who are experienced in the arbitration of labor and employment disputes. These arbitrators shall be selected in accordance with the National Rules of the American Arbitration Association for the Resolution of Employment Disputes in effect at the time the claim or controversy arises. Either party may request that the arbitration proceeding be stenographically recorded by a Certified Shorthand Reporter. The arbitrators shall issue a written decision with respect to all claims or controversies within thirty (30) days from the date the claims or controversies are submitted to arbitration. The parties shall be entitled to be represented by legal counsel at any arbitration proceedings. | |
(c) Parent and Employee acknowledge and agree that the arbitration provisions in this Agreement may be specifically enforced by either party, and that submission to arbitration proceedings may be compelled by any court of competent jurisdiction. Parent and Employee further acknowledge and agree that the decision of the arbitrators may be specifically enforced by either party in any court of competent jurisdiction. | |
(d) Notwithstanding the arbitration provisions set forth herein, Employee and Parent acknowledge and agree that nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to require the arbitration of any claim or controversy arising under Sections 11 and 12 of this Agreement, nor shall such provisions prevent Parent from seeking equitable relief from a court of competent jurisdiction for violations of Sections 11 and 12 of this Agreement. These provisions shall be enforceable by any court of competent jurisdiction and shall not be subject to arbitration except by mutual written consent of the parties signed after the dispute arises, any such consent, and the terms and conditions thereof, then becoming binding on the parties. Employee and Parent further acknowledge and agree that nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to require arbitration of any claim for workers compensation or unemployment compensation. |
13
11. Nondisclosure.
(a) Confidential Information. Employee acknowledges and agrees that because of his Employment, he will have access to proprietary information of NOVA and Parent concerning or relative to the Business of NOVA and Parent which is of a special and unique value (collectively, Confidential Information) which includes, without limitation, technical material of NOVA and Parent, sales and marketing information, customer account records, billing information, training and operations information, materials and memoranda, personnel records, pricing and financial information relating to the business, accounts, customers, prospective customers, employees and affairs of NOVA and Parent, and any information marked Confidential by NOVA or Parent. Employee acknowledges and agrees that Confidential Information is and shall be NOVAs or Parents property, as the case may be, prior to and after the Merger. Employee recognizes and acknowledges that this Agreement furthers Parents interest in connection with entering into the Merger Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby. Employee agrees that except as required by Employees duties with NOVA or, following the Merger, Parent, Employee shall keep NOVAs or Parents Confidential Information confidential, and Employee shall not use Confidential Information for any reason other than on behalf of NOVA and Parent pursuant to, and in strict compliance with, the terms of this Agreement. Employee further agrees that for a period beginning on the Termination Date and ending two (2) years thereafter, Employee shall continue to keep Confidential Information confidential, and Employee shall not use Confidential Information for any reason or in any manner. | |
(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Employee shall not be subject to the restrictions set forth in subsection (a) of this Section 11 with respect to information which: |
(i) becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of disclosure by Employee or the breach of Employees obligations under this Agreement; | |
(ii) becomes available to Employee from a source which is unrelated to his Employment or the exercise of his duties under this Agreement, provided that such source lawfully obtained such information and is not bound by a confidentiality agreement with Parent or NOVA; or | |
(iii) is required by law to be disclosed. |
(c) Trade Secrets. Employee acknowledges and agrees that because of his Employment, he will have access to trade secrets (as defined in the Uniform Trade Secrets Act, O.C.G.A. § 10-1-760, et seq. (the Uniform Trade Secrets Act)) of NOVA (Trade Secrets). Nothing in this Agreement is intended to alter the applicable law and remedies with respect to information meeting the definition of trade secrets under the Uniform Trade Secrets Act, which law and remedies shall be in addition to the obligations and rights of the parties hereunder. |
12. Covenants Not to Solicit or Compete . Employee acknowledges and agrees that, because of his Employment and the anticipated Merger, he does and will continue to have access to confidential or proprietary information concerning merchants, associate banks and ISOs of Parent and shall have established relationships with such merchants, associate banks and ISOs as well as with the vendors, consultants, and suppliers used to service such merchants, associate banks and ISOs. As an inducement to Parent to enter into, complete and close the Merger and in consideration for Parents agreement to employ Employee with the compensation and benefits described herein, Employee agrees that from and after the Effective Date, and continuing thereafter for the period specified in Section 8(e) (provided NOVA complies with its obligations set forth in Section 8 hereof), except as permitted or contemplated by this Agreement, Employee shall not, directly or indirectly, either individually, in
14
partnership, jointly, or in conjunction with, or on behalf of, any person, firm, partnership, corporation, or unincorporated association or entity of any kind:
(a) obtain any interest (except as a shareholder holding less than five percent (5%) interest in a corporation) in any person, firm, partnership, corporation, or unincorporated association of any kind which provides credit card or debit card transaction processing services within the Territory; | |
(b) provide managerial, executive, advisory, consulting, sales or marketing services relating to credit card or debit card transaction processing to any person, firm, partnership, corporation, or unincorporated association of any kind which provides credit card or debit card transaction processing services within the Territory; | |
(c) solicit or contact, for the purpose of providing products or services competing with those provided by the Business (or any other business of Parent in which Employee was engaged), any person or entity that during the term of Employees Employment was a merchant, associate bank, ISO or customer (including any actively-sought prospective merchant, associate bank, ISO or customer) with whom Employee had material contact or about whom Employee learned material confidential information during the last twelve (12) months of his Employment; | |
(d) persuade or attempt to persuade any merchant, associate bank, ISO, customer, or supplier of Parent to terminate or modify such merchants, associate banks, ISOs, customers, or suppliers relationship with Parent if Employee had material contact with or learned material confidential information about such merchant, associate bank, ISO, customer or supplier during the last twelve (12) months of his Employment; or | |
(e) persuade or attempt to persuade any person who was employed by Parent or any of its subsidiaries as of the date of the termination of Employees Employment to terminate or modify his employment relationship, whether or not pursuant to a written agreement, with Parent or any of its subsidiaries, as the case may be. |
13. New Developments. Any discovery, invention, process or improvement made or discovered by Employee during the term of his Employment in connection with or in any way affecting or relating to the Business (as then carried on or under active consideration) shall forthwith be disclosed to Parent and shall belong to and be the absolute property of Parent; provided, however, that this provision does not apply to an invention for which no equipment, supplies, facility, trade secret information of Parent was used and which was developed entirely on Employees own time, unless (a) the invention relates (i) directly to the Business or (ii) to Parents actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development; or (b) the invention results from any work performed by Employee for Parent.
14. Remedy for Breach. Employee acknowledges and agrees that his breach of any of the covenants contained in Sections 9, 11, 12 and 13 of this Agreement would cause irreparable injury to Parent and that remedies at law of Parent for any actual or threatened breach by Employee of such covenants would be inadequate and that Parent shall be entitled to specific performance of the covenants in such sections or injunctive relief against activities in violation of such sections, or both, by temporary or permanent injunction or other appropriate judicial remedy, writ or order, without the necessity of proving actual damages. This provision with respect to injunctive relief shall not diminish the right of Parent to claim and recover damages against Employee for any breach of this Agreement in addition to injunctive relief. Employee acknowledges and agrees that, subject to Parents compliance with the provisions of Section 8 hereof, the covenants contained in Sections 9, 11, 12 and 13 of this Agreement shall be construed as agreements independent of any other provision of this or any other contract between the parties hereto, and that the existence of any claim or cause of action by Employee against Parent,
15
whether predicated upon this or any other contract, shall not constitute a defense to the enforcement by Parent of said covenants.
15. Reasonableness. Employee has carefully considered the nature and extent of the restrictions upon him and the rights and remedies conferred on Parent under this Agreement, and Employee hereby acknowledges and agrees that:
(a) the restrictions and covenants contained herein, and the rights and remedies conferred upon Parent, are necessary to protect the goodwill and other value of the Business; |
(b) the restrictions placed upon Employee hereunder are narrowly drawn, are fair and reasonable in time and territory, will not prevent him from earning a livelihood, and place no greater restraint upon Employee than is reasonably necessary to secure the Business and goodwill of Parent; | |
(c) Parent is relying upon the restrictions and covenants contained herein in continuing to make available to Employee information concerning the Business; and | |
(d) Employees Employment places him in a position of confidence and trust with Parent and its employees, merchants, associate banks, ISOs, customers, vendors and suppliers. |
16. Invalidity of Any Provision. It is the intention of the parties hereto that the provisions of this Agreement shall be enforced to the fullest extent permissible under the laws and public policies of each state and jurisdiction in which such enforcement is sought, but that the unenforceability (or the modification to conform with such laws or public policies) of any provision hereof shall not render unenforceable or impair the remainder of this Agreement which shall be deemed amended to delete or modify, as necessary, the invalid or unenforceable provisions. The parties further agree to alter the balance of this Agreement in order to render the same valid and enforceable. The terms of the non-competition provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed modified to the extent necessary to be enforceable and, specifically, without limiting the foregoing, if the term of the non-competition is too long to be enforceable, it shall be modified to encompass the longest term which is enforceable and, if the scope of the geographic area of non-competition is too great to be enforceable, it shall be modified to encompass the greatest area that is enforceable. The parties further agree to submit any issues regarding such modification to a court of competent jurisdiction if they are unable to agree and further agree that if said court declines to so amend or modify this Agreement, the parties will submit the issue of amendment or modification of the non-competition covenants in this Agreement to binding arbitration in accordance with Section 10 hereof.
17. Indemnification; Full Settlement and Legal Expenses.
(a) At all times during and after Employees Employment and the effectiveness of this Agreement, Parent shall indemnify Employee (as a director, officer, employee and otherwise) to the fullest extent permitted by law and shall at all times maintain appropriate provisions in its Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws which mandate that Parent provide such indemnification. | |
(b) Parents obligation to make the payments provided for in this Agreement and otherwise to perform its obligations hereunder shall not be affected by any set-off, counter-claim, recoupment, defense or other claim, right or action which Parent may have, or claim to have, against Employee or others. In no event shall Employee be obligated to seek other employment or take any other action by way of mitigation of the amounts payable to Employee under any of the provisions of this Agreement. Parent agrees to pay, to the full extent permitted by law, all legal fees and expenses which Employee may reasonably incur as a result of any legitimate, non-frivolous contest (regardless of the outcome thereof) by Parent or others of the validity or |
16
enforceability of, or liability under, any provision of this Agreement or any guarantee of performance thereof (including as a result of any legitimate, non-frivolous contest by Employee concerning the amount of any payment pursuant to Section 8 of this Agreement), plus in each case interest at the applicable federal rate provided for in Section 7872(f)(2) of the Code. Parent will not be bound to pay any legal fees or expenses arising out of baseless, meritless or frivolous contests brought hereunder by Employee or others. A contest will be deemed baseless, meritless and/or frivolous if a court or other arbiter assesses penalties or sanctions for bringing said contest, or a court or other arbiter dismisses said contest for failure to state a colorable claim. | |
(c) As a condition to receiving payments under Sections 8(a), (b) or (c), Employee must execute a release in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B. |
18. Applicable Law. This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Georgia.
19. Waiver of Breach. The waiver by Parent of a breach of any provision of this Agreement by Employee shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach by Employee.
20. Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of Parent, its subsidiaries and affiliates, and their respective successors and assigns. This Agreement is not assignable by Employee or by Parent, except that Parent may assign its rights (but not its obligations) under this Agreement to any affiliated or subsidiary corporation, and Parent may assign this Agreement to any successor to Parent in any reorganization, merger or consolidation, or transfer of all or substantially all of Parents business or properties.
21. Notices. All notices, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be delivered in person or deposited in the United States mail, certified or registered, with return receipt requested, as follows:
(i) | If to Employee, to: | |||
Edward Grzedzinski | ||||
Chief Executive Officer | ||||
NOVA Corporation | ||||
One Concourse Parkway, Suite 300 | ||||
Atlanta, Georgia 30328 | ||||
With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to: | ||||
Edward Grzedzinski | ||||
695 Peace Creek Trace | ||||
Alpharetta, Georgia 30005 | ||||
(ii) | If to NOVA, to: | |||
NOVA Corporation | ||||
One Concourse Parkway | ||||
Suite 300 | ||||
Atlanta, Georgia 30328 | ||||
Attention: Cherie Fuzzell
General Counsel |
||||
With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to: |
17
Long Aldridge & Norman LLP | ||||
SunTrust Plaza | ||||
303 Peachtree Street | ||||
Suite 5300 | ||||
Atlanta, Georgia 30308 | ||||
Attention: David M. Ivey, Esq. | ||||
(iii) | If to Parent, to: | |||
U.S. Bancorp | ||||
U.S. Bank Place | ||||
201 Second Avenue South | ||||
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402 | ||||
Attention: General Counsel |
22. Entire Agreement. This Agreement contains the entire agreement of the parties, and as of the Effective Date, supersedes all other prior negotiations, commitments, agreements and understandings (written or oral) between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, including but not limited to the Prior Agreement, which is hereby terminated as of the Effective Date. It may not be changed orally but only by an agreement in writing signed by the party against whom enforcement of any waiver, change, modification, extension, or discharge is sought.
23. Indemnification. At all times during and after Employees Employment and the effectiveness of this Agreement, Parent shall indemnify Employee (as a director, officer, employee and otherwise) to the fullest extent permitted by law and shall at all times maintain appropriate provisions in its Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws which mandate that Parent provide such indemnification.
24. Survival. The provisions of Sections 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 21 and 23 shall survive termination of Employees Employment and termination of this Agreement.
25. Withholding; No Offset. All payments required to be made by Parent under this Agreement will be subject to the withholding of such amounts, if any, relating to federal, state and local taxes as may be required by law. No payment under this Agreement will be subject to offset or reduction attributable to any amount Employee may owe to Parent or any other person, as permitted by law. Nothing in this Section shall be construed to reduce Employees right to the payments described in Section 8(g).
(Signatures Begin on Next Page)
18
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Agreement under seal as of the date first above shown.
EMPLOYEE: | ||||
By: | /s/ Edward Grzedzinski | |||
|
||||
Edward Grzedzinski | ||||
NOVA CORP: | ||||
NOVA CORPORATION | ||||
By: | /s/ Stephen M. Scheppmann | |||
|
||||
Name: | Stephen M. Scheppmann | |||
|
||||
Title: | Chief Financial Officer | |||
|
||||
[CORPORATE SEAL] | ||||
NOVA | ||||
NOVA INFORMATION SYSTEMS, INC | ||||
By: | /s/ Stephen M. Scheppmann | |||
|
||||
Name: | Stephen M. Scheppmann | |||
|
||||
Title: | Chief Financial Officer | |||
|
||||
[CORPORATE SEAL] | ||||
PARENT: | ||||
U.S. BANCORP | ||||
By: | /s/ Lee R. Mitau | |||
|
||||
Name: Lee R. Mitau | ||||
|
||||
Title: Executive Vice President | ||||
|
EXHIBIT 12
Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
Year Ended December 31 (Dollars in Millions)
2002
2001
2000
1999
1998
$
3,326.4
$
1,706.5
$
2,875.6
$
2,381.8
$
2,132.9
1,776.3
927.7
1,512.2
1,392.2
1,167.4
$
5,102.7
$
2,634.2
$
4,387.8
$
3,774.0
$
3,300.3
$
1,228.7
$
1,846.7
$
2,404.1
$
1,820.3
$
1,625.0
78.2
89.0
86.7
78.9
73.3
1,306.9
1,935.7
2,490.8
1,899.2
1,698.3
1,485.3
2,828.1
3,618.8
2,970.0
3,234.7
$
2,792.2
$
4,763.8
$
6,109.6
$
4,869.2
$
4,933.0
$
$
$
$
$
6,409.6
4,569.9
6,878.6
5,673.2
4,998.6
7,894.9
7,398.0
10,497.4
8,643.2
8,233.3
1,306.9
1,935.7
2,490.8
1,899.2
1,698.3
2,792.2
4,763.8
6,109.6
4,869.2
4,933.0
4.90
2.36
2.76
2.99
2.94
2.83
1.55
1.72
1.78
1.67
EXHIBIT 21
SUBSIDIARIES OF U.S. BANCORP
(JURISDICTIONS OF ORGANIZATION SHOWN IN PARENTHESES)
U.S. Bank National Association (a nationally chartered banking association)
U.S. Bank Trust National Association (a nationally chartered banking association)
U.S. Bank National Association ND (a nationally chartered banking association)
U.S. Bank Trust Company, National Association (a nationally chartered banking association)
U.S. Bank Trust National Association SD (a nationally chartered banking association)
Elan Life Insurance Company (Arizona)
Miami Valley Insurance Company (Arizona)
Midwest Indemnity Inc. (Vermont)
Mississippi Valley Life Insurance Company (Arizona)
U.S. Bancorp Insurance Company, Inc. (Vermont)
U.S. Bancorp Insurance Services, Inc. (Delaware)
U.S. Bancorp Insurance Services, LLC (Wisconsin)
U.S. Bancorp Insurance Services of Montana, Inc. (Montana)
U.S. Bancorp Investments, Inc. (Minnesota)
U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray Inc. (Delaware)
PJI Arizona, Inc. (Arizona)
PJH Idaho, Inc. (Idaho)
PJH Montana, Inc. (Montana)
PJH South Dakota, Inc. (South Dakota)
PJH Utah, Inc. (Utah)
PJH Wyoming, Inc. (Wyoming)
USBPJI Oklahoma, Inc. (Oklahoma)
Exhibit 23
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration
Statements on Form S-3 (Nos. 333-67465; 333-32572; 333-65358; 333-72626;
333-76322 and 333-89410) and Form S-8 (Nos. 33-52835; 333-01421; 333-02623;
333-32635; 333-51627; 333-51635; 333-76887; 333-82691; 333-38846; 333-47968;
333-61667; 333-48532; 333-65774; 333-68450; 333-74036 and 333-100671) of U.S.
Bancorp of our report dated January 21, 2003, except for Note 3, as to which
the date is February 19, 2003, relating to the financial statements, which
appears in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP
Minneapolis, Minnesota
February 28, 2003